-------
1 age Ho.
•4/18/90
CAS NUMBER
REGULATORY HAHE
TABLE 9-2
AHALYTES SORTED BY CAS HW8ER
USEPA 1MDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY D1VISIOH LIST OF AMALYTES
COHHOH HAKE
CLASS
1576676 3,6-Dimethylphenanthrene
1576698 2,7-Dimethylphenanthrene
1582098 p-Toluidine, alpha, alpha, alpha-trifluoro-2,6-dinitro-
1689845 BenzonitrUe, 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxy-
1730376 1-Methylfluorene
1746016 Dibenzo[b,e][1,4Jdioxin, 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
1836755 Ether, 2,4-dichlorophenyl p-nitrophenyl-
1888717 Hexachloropropene
2027170 2-Isopropylnaphthalene
2104645 Phosphorothioic acid, phenyl-, 0-ethyl 0-(p-nitro
2243621 1,5-Naphthalenediamine
2303164 Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-S-(2,3-dichloro
2385855 1,3,4-Hetheno-1H-cyclobuta[cd]pentalene, 1,1a,2,2,3,3a,
4,5,5,5a,5b,6,-dodecachlorooctahydro
2425061 4-Cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboximide N-((1,1,2,2-tetrachloro
2642719 Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl ester, S-ester with
3-(inercaptomethyl)-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4(3H)-one
2921882 Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl 0-(3,5,6-trichloro-
3209221 2,3-Dichloronitrobenzene
3288582 0,0-Diethyl S-methyl ester of Phosphorodithioic acid
3689245 Thiopyrophosphoric acid ([(HO)2P(S)]20), tetraethyl
4104147 Phosphoramidothioic acid, acetamidoyl, 0,0-bis(p-
4170303 2-Butenal
6923224 Phosphoric acid, dimethyl ester, ester with
-------
'•'age No.
14/18/90
CAS NUMBER
REGULATORY NAME
TABLE 9-2 .
ANALYTES SORTED BY CAS NUMBER
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF ANALYTES
COMMON NAME
CLASS
7440166 Rhodium
7440188 Ruthenium
7440199 Samarium
7440202 Scandium
7440213 Silicon
7440224 Silver
•7440235 Sodium
7440246 Strontium
7440257 Tantalum
7440279 Terbium
7440280 Thallium
7440291 Thorium
7440304 Thulium
7440315 Tin
7440326 Titanium
7440337 Tungsten
7440360 Antimony
7440382 Arsenic
7440393 Barium
7440417 Beryllium
7440428 Boron
7440439 Cadmium
7440451 Cerium
7440473 Chromium
7440484 Cobalt
7440508 Copper
7440520 Erbium
7440531 Europium
7440553 Gallium
7440564 Germanium ' .
7440575 Gold
7440586 Hafnium
7440600 Holmium
7440611 Uranium
7440622 Vanadium
7440644 Ytterbium
7440655 Yttrium
7440666 Zinc
7440677 Zirconium
7440699 Bismuth
7440702 Calcium
7440746 Indium
7553562 Iodine
7664417 Ammonia
7683649 Squalene
7700176 Crotonic acid, 3-hydroxy, alpha-methylbenzyl ester, di methylphosphate (E)
7704349 Sulfur
7723140 Phosphorus (black, white, red, yellow, or violet)
Rh
Ru
Sm
Sc
Si
Ag
Ma
Sr
Ta
Tb
Tl
Th
Tin
Sn
Ti
U
Sb
As
Ba
Be
B
Cd
Ce
Cr
Co
Cu
Er
Eu
Ga
Ge
Au
Hf
Ho
U
V
Yb
Y
Zn
Zr
Bi
Ca
In
I
Ammonia
Squalene
Crotoxyphos \ Ciodrin
S
P
M(C)
MCC)
MCC)
M(C)
M(A)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCA)
HCC)
MCC)
MCA)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCO
MCC)
MCC)
MCC)
MCA)
MISC
SV(N)
PCOP)
MCA)
MCA)
-------
age Ho.
4/18/90
10
CAS NUMBER
REGULATORY NAME
TABLE 9-2
AHALYTES SORTED BY CAS mJHB'ER
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST Of ANALYTES
COMHON MAHE
CUSS
7782492 Selenium
7782505 Chlorine
7786347 Crotonic acid, 3-hydroxy-, methyl ester, dimethyl phos phate (E)-
8001352 Toxaphene
8065483 Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl 0-(2-(ethylthio) ethyl) ester mixed with
0,0-diethyl S-(2-(ethylthio) ethyl) ester (7:3)
10049044 Chlorine dioxide
10061015 cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
10061026 trans-1,3-Dichloropropene
10595956 N-Nitrosoroethylethylamine
11096825 PCB-1260
11097691 PCB-1254
11104282 PCB-1221
11141165 PCB-1232
12122677 Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid,-zinc salt
12'»27382 Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid,-manganese salt
12672296 PCB-1248
12674112 PCB-1016
13071799 Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl-S-(«1,1-dimethyl ethyl)thio)methyl ester
13171216 Phosphoric acid, dimethyl ester, ester with 2-chloro-N-
N-diethyl-3-hydroxycrotonamide
13494809 Tellurium
> 14797650 Nitrites
1 15972608 2-Chloro-N-(2,6-diethylphenyl)-N-(methoxymethyl) acetamide
16984488 Fluoride
18496258 Sulfide
19408743 1,2,3,7,8,9-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
20324338 THpropyleneglycol methyl ether
21609905 Phosphorothioic acid, phenyl, 0-(4-bromo-2,5-dichloro phenyl) 0-methyl ester
23950585 Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl)-
28434868 3,3'-Dichloro-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether
33213659 Endosulfan-II
37871004 1,2,3,4,6,7,8-Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin '
40321764 1,2,3,7,8-Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
53469219 PCB-1242
53494705 Endrin ketone
57653857 1,2;3,6,7,8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
Se
Chlorine
Hevinphos \ Phosdrin
Camphechlor
Demeton \ Systox
Chlorine oxide
1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (Z)-
1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (E)-
Ethanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso
Aroclor 1260
Aroclor 1254
Aroclor 1221
Aroclor 1232
Zineb \ Dithane Z
Maneb \ Vancide
Aroclor 1248
Aroclor 1016
Terbufos \ Counter
Phosphamidon \ Dimecron
Te
Nitrites
Alachlor \ Hetachlor \ Lasso
Fluoride •
Sulfide
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxDD
Tripropyleneglycol methyl ether
Leptophos \ Phosvel
Pronamide \ Kerb
3,3'-Dichloro-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether
Thiodan II
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpDD
1,2,3,7,8-PeDD
Aroclor 1242
Endrine ketone
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxDD
H(A)
K(A)
P(OP)
P(OH)
P(OP)
HISC
VOL
VOL
SV(B)
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
P(C)
P(C)
PCB
PCB
P(OP)
P(OP)
H(C)
MISC
P(OH)
HISC
HISC
DIOXINS
SV(N)
P(OP)
P(H)
SV(N)
P(OH)
DIOXINS
DIOXINS
PCB
P(OH)
DIOXINS
-------
Page No.
04/18/90
COMMON NAME
TABLE 9-3
ANALYTES SORTED BY COMMON NAME
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF ANALYTES
REGULATORY NAME
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
==========
(1,1'-Biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine
1/1'-Bipnenyl-4I4'-diamine, 3,3'-dichloro
1,1-Dichloroethylene \ Vinylidine chloride
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpOD
1,2,3,4,7,8-HxDD
1,2,3,6,7,8-HxDD
1,2,3,7,8,9-HxDD
1,2,3,7,8-PeDD
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene
1,2,3-Trimethoxybenzene
1,2-Benzertedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl)ester
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, butyl phenylmethyl ester
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester \ Dioctyl ph
1,3,5-Trithiane
1,3-Benzenediol
1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)-
1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro-
1,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
1,3-Dichloropropane
1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
1,4-Naphthalenedione
1,5-Naphalenediamine
1-Bromo-4-phenoxybenzene \ Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy-
1-Butenainine, N-butyl-N-nitroso
1-Hethylfluorene
-Hethylphenanthrene
-Phenylnaphthalene
-Propanol, 2-methyl-
-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro-
-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (E)-
1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (Z)-
2,3,6-Trichlorophenol
2,3-Benzothiophene \ Benzo(b)thiophene
2,3-Dichloroaniline
2,3-Dichloronitrobenzene
2,3-benzofluorene
2,4,5-T \ Weedone \ Acetic acid, 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy-
2,4,5-TP \ Silvex
2,4,5-Trimethylaniline
2,4-D \ Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-
2,4-Diaminotoluene \ Toluene, 2,4-diamino-
2,6-di-tert-Butyl-p-benzoquinone
2,7-Dimethylphenanthrene
2-(Methylthio)benzothiazole
2-BromochIorobenzene
2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-, (E)-
2-Hexanone
Benzidine
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
1,1-Dichloroethene
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,4,7,8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,6,7,8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,7,8,9-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,7,8-Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene
1,2,3-Trimethoxybenzene
bis(2-Ethylhexyl) phthalate
Butyl benzyl phthalate
Diethyl phthalate
Di-n-octyl phthalate
1,3,5-Trithiane
Resorcinol
Safrole
Hexachlorobutadiene
1,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
1,3-Dichloropropane
2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro (mixture of cis and trans)
1,4-Naphthoquinone
1,5-Naphthalenediatnine
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine
1-Methylfluorene
1-Methylphenanthrene
1-Phenylnaphthalene
Isobutyl alcohol
Hexachloropropene
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
2,3,6-Trichlorophenol
Thianaphthene
2,3-Dichloroaniline
2,3-Dichloronitrobenzene
2,3-Benzofluorene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid
Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)-
Aniline, 2,4,5-trimethyl-
2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid, salts and esters
1,3-Benzenediamine, 4-methyl-
2,6-di-tert-Butyl-p-benzoquinone
2,7-Dimethylphenanthrene
2-(Methylthio)benzothiazole
1-Brorao-2-chlorobenzene
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
2-Hexanone
SV(B)
SV(B)
VOL
DIOXINS
DIOXINS
DIOXINS
DIOXINS
DIOXINS
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(A)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
VOL
VOL
SV(N)
SV(B)
SV(N)
SV(B)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
VOL
SV(N)
VOL
VOL
SV(A)
SV(N)
SV(B)
SV(N)
SV(N)
P(OH)
P(H)
SV(B)
P(H)
SV(B)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(B)
VOL
VOL
VOL
92875
91941
75354
37871004
1-030
57653857
19408743
40321764
87616
634366
117817
85687
84662
117840
291214
108463
94597
87683
96231
142289
764410
130154
2243621
101553
924163
1730376
832699
605027
78831
1888717
10061026
10061015
933755
95158
608275
3209221
243174
93765
93721
137177
94757
95807
719222
1576698
615225
694804
110576
591786
-------
Page Ho.
04/18/90
COKHOH HAKE
TABLE 9-3
AHALYTES SORTED BY COHHOH HAME
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF AHALYTES
REGULATORY HAHE
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
2-Isopropylnaphthalene
2-Hethyl-4,6-dinitrophenol \ DNOC \ 4,6-Dinttro-o-cresol
2-Methylbenzothioazole
2-Methylphenol \ o-Cresytic acid \ Phenol, 2-methyl-
2-Naphthylamine
2-Phenylnaphthalcne
2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl, methyl ester
2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester
3,3'-Dichloro-4,4'-diaiTrinodiphenyl ether
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine
3,5,5-Trimethyl-2-cyclohexenone
3,6-Dimethylphenanthrene
3-Bromochlorobenzene
3-Methylcholanthrene
3-Methylphenol \ Phenol, 3-methyl-
3-chloronitrobenzene
4,4'-DDD/Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2-dichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro-
4,4'-DDE/Benzene, 1,1'-(dichloroethenlyidine)bis[4-chloro
4,4'-DDT/Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)b?s[4-chloro
4,5-dimethyl phenanthrene
4-Aminobiphenyl
4-Chloro-2-nitroaniline
4-Hethylphenol \ Phenol, 4-methyl-
4-Nitrobiphenyl
5-Chloro-o-toluidine
6,9-Hethano-2,3,4-benzodioxathiepin, 6,7
9,10-Dimethyl-1,2-Benzanthracene
Acenaphthylene
Acenaphthylene, 1,2-dihydro-
Acetic acid, ethenyl ester
Acetone
Acetophenone
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Ag
Al
Alachlor \ Hetachlor \ Lasso
Aldrin
Allyl alcohol
AUyl chloride
Anntonia
Aniline
Anthracene
Aramite
Aroclor 1016
Aroclor 1221
Aroclor 1232
Aroclor 1242
\ 3-Chloropropene
2-Isopropylnaphthalene SV(H)
Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro- SV(A)
2-Hethylbenzothioazole SV(H)
o-Cresol SV(A)
beta-Naphthylaniine SV(B)
2-Phenylnaphthalene SV(H)
Methyl raethacrylate VOL
Ethyl methacrylate VOL
3,3'-Dichloro-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether SV(H)
1,1'-Biphenyl-4,4'-diaraine, 3,3'-dimethoxy SV(B)
Isophorone SV(H)
3,6-Diraethylphenanthrene SV(H)
l-Brorao-3-chlorobenzene VOL
Benz[j]aceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl- SV(H)
m-Cresol SV(A)
1-Chloro-3-nitrobenzene SV(M)
4,4'-ODD P(OH)
4,4'-DDE P(OH)
4,4'-DDT P(OH)
4,5-dimethyl phenanthrene SV(H)
[1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-amine SV(B)
4-Chloro-2-nitroaniline SV(B)
p-Cresol * SV(A)
Biphenyl, 4-nitro 'SV(N)
o-Toluidine, 5-chloro- SV(B)
Endosulfan sulfate P(OH)
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene SV(B)
Acenaphthylene SV(N)
Acenaphthene SV(N)
Vinyl acetate VOL
2-Propanone VOL
Ethanone, 1-phenyl SV(N)
2-Propenal VOL
2-Propenenitrile VOL
Silver H(C)
Aluminum H(C)
2-Chloro-N-(2,6-diethylphenyl)-N-(methoxymethyl) P(OH)
1,4:5,8-Dinnethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro- P(OH)
2-Propen-1-o1 VOL
1-Propene, 3-chloro- VOL
Ammonia HISC
Benzenamine SV(B)
Anthracene - SV(M)
Sulfurous acid, 2-chloroethyl-, 2-[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl) SV(A)
PCB-1016 PCB
PCS-1221 PCB
PCB-1232 PCB
PCB-1242 PCB
2027170
534521
120752
95487
91598
612942
80626
97632
28434868
119904
78591
1576676
108372
56495
108394
121733
72548
72559
50293
203645
92671
89634
106445
92933
95794
1031078
57976
208968
83329
108054
67641
98862
107028
107131
7440224
7429905
15972608
309002
107186
107051
7664417
62533
120127
140578
12674112
11104282
11141165
53469219
-------
Page No.
04/18/90
COMMON NAME
TABLE 9-3
ANALYTES SORTED BY COMMON NAME
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF ANALYTES
REGULATORY NAME
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
Aroclor 1248
Aroclor 1254
Aroclor 1260
As
Asbestos
Au
Azinphos-ethyl \ Ethyl Guthion
Azinphos-methyl \ Guthion
B
BOD
Ba
Be
Benz[a]anthracene \ 1,2-Benzanthracene
Benz[e]acephenanthrylene
Benzanthrone
Benzenamjne, 2-methyl-5-nitro
Benzenamine, 2-nitro
Benzenamine, 3-nitro
Benzenamine, 4,4'-methylenebist2chloro \ MOCA
Benzenamine, 4-nitro-
Benzenamine, N-nitroso-N-phenyl
Benzenamine, N-phenyl
Benzene
Benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-
Benzene, 1,2,4-trichtoro-
Benzene, 1,2-dichloro- \ o-Dichlorobenzene
Benzene, 1,3-dichloro- \ m-Dichlorobenzene
Benzene, 1,3-dinitro- \ m-Dinitrobenzene
Benzene, 1,4-dichloro- \ p-Dichlorobenzene
Benzene, 1-chloro-4-phenoxy
Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-djnitro
Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-
Benzene, chloro-
Benzene, dimethyl- \ Xylenes \ Xylene, (total)
Benzene, ethenyl-
Benzene, ethyl
Benzene, methyl •
Benzene, nitro-
Benzene, pentachloro-
Benzenemethanol
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(ghi)perylene
Benzo(k)fIuoranthene
Benzo[def]phenanth rene
Benzoic acid
Bi
Bromoform \ Methane, tribromo-
Bromoxynil \ 3,5-Dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile
PCB-1248 PCB
PCS-1254 PCB
PCB-1260 PCB
Arsenic H(A)
Asbestos MISC
Gold M(C)
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl ester, S-ester with P(OP)
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-dimethyl ester, S-ester with P(OP)
Boron M(A)
Biochemical Oxygen Demand MISC
Barium M(C>
Beryllium "(C)
Benzo(a)anthracene SV(N)
Benzo(b)fluoranthene . SV(N)
Benzanthrone - SV(N)
5-Nitro-o-toluidine SV(B)
2-Nitroaniline SV(B)
3-Nitroaniline SV(B)
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) SV(B)
p-Nitroaniline SV(B)
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine SV(B)
Diphenylamine SV(B)
Benzene VOL
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene , SV(B)
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene SV(N)
1,2-Dichlorobenzene SV(N)
1,3-Dichlorob^nzene SV(N)
1,3-Dinitrobenzene SV(N)
1,4-Dichlorobenzene SV(B)
4-Chlorophenylphenyl ether SV(N)
2,4-Dinitrotoluene SV(N)
2,6-Dinitrotoluene SV(B)
Chlorobenzene VOL
Total xylenes VOL
Styrene * VOL
Ethylbenzene VOL
Toluene VOL
Nitrobenzene . SV(B)
Pentachlorobenzene SV(N)
Benzyl alcohol SV(N)
Benzo(a)pyrene SV(M)
Benzo(ghi)perylene SV(N)
Benzo(k)fluoranthene SV(N)
Pyrene SV(N)
Benzoic acid SV(A)
Bismuth M(C)
Tribromomethane VOL
Benzonitrile, 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxy- SV(A)
12672296
11097691
11096825
7440382
1332214
7440575
2642719
86500
7440428
1-002
7440393
7440417
56553
205992
82053
99558
86744
99092
101144
100016
86306
122394
71432
95943
120821
95501
541731
99650
106467
7005723
121142
606202
108907
1330207
100425
100414
108883
98953
608935
100516
50328
191242
207089
129000
65850
7440699
75252
16S9845
-------
Page Mo.
04/18/90
COHMON NAME
TABLE 9-3
AMALYTES SORTED BY COHHOH NAME
USEPA IHDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF AHALYTES
REGULATORY HAKE
E sssa
CLASS
X23XS
CAS NUMBER
Busan 85
COD
Ca
Camphechlor
Caproic acid
Captafol \ Difotatan
Captan
Carbamic acid, dimethyldithio-, sodium salt
Carbamic acid, roethyldithio-, monopotassium salt
Carbazole
Carbolic acid
Carbon disulfide
Carbon tetrachloride \ Methane, tetrachloro-
Carbophenothion \ Trithion
Cd
Ce
Chloramine
Chlordane
Chlorfenvinphos \ Supona
Chloride
Chlorine
Chlorine cyanide
Chlorine oxide
Chlorite
Chlorobenzilate \ Ethyl-4,4'-dichlorobenzilate
Chlorodibromomethane \ Methane, dibromochloro-
Chloroethanenitrile
Chloroprene \ 1,3-Butadiene, 2-chloro
Chlorpyrifos \ Dursban
Chrysene
Co
Conductivity, specific
Copper cyanide
Corrosivity
Coumaphos \ Co-Ral
Cr
Crotonaldehyde VCrotylaldehyde
Crotoxyphos \ Ciodrin _
Cryptosporidium
Cu
Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes)
Cygon \ Dimethoate
DNBP \ Dinoseb \ 2-sec-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
Demeton \ Systox
Di-n-butyl phthalate \ Dibutyl phthalate
Dial late \ Avadex
Diazinon \ Spectracide
D i benz[a,h] anthracene
Potassium ditnethyldithiocarbamate P(C)
Chemical Oxygen Demand HISG
Calcium H(C)
Toxaphene P(OH)
Hexanoic acid SV(A)
4-Cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboximide N-((1,1,2,2-tetrachloro P(OH)
4-Cyclohexene-1,2-d|carboxinide N-CtrichloromethyDthio- P(OH)
Sodium ditnethyldithiocarbamate p(C)
Potassium-N-methyldithiocarbamate p(C)
Carbazole SV(B)
Phenol SV(A)
Carbon disulfide VOL
Tetrachloromethane VOL
Phosphorodithioic acid, s«(p-chlorophenyl)thio) P(OP)
Cadmium H(C)
Cerium M(C)
Chloramine HISC
4,7-Methano-1H-indene 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a, P(OH)
Phosphoric acid, 2-chloro-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)vinyl di P(OP)
Chloride HISC
Chlorine H(A)
Cyanogen chloride HISC
Chlorine dioxide MISC
Chlorite MISC
Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-alpha-(4-chlorophenyt)- P(OH)
Dibromochloromethane VOL
Chloroacetonitrile VOL
2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene VOL
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl 0-(3,5,6-trichloro- P(OP)
Chrysene SV(N)
Cobalt H(C)
Specific conductivity HISC
Copper cyanide (CuCN) MISC
Corrosivity HISC
Coumarin, 3-chloro-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-, 0-ester with 0, P(OP)
Chromium H(C)
2-Butenal VOL
Crotonic acid, 3-hydroxy, alpha-methylbenzyl ester, di P(OP)
Cryptosporidium MISC
Copper H(C)
Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes) NOS MISC
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-dimethyl s-[2-(methylamino)- P(OP)
Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-4,6-dinitro- p(H)
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl 0-(2-(ethylthio) P(OP)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester SV(N)
Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-S-(2,3-dichloro P(C)
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl 0-(2-isopropyl-6- P(OP)
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene SV(N)
128030
1-004
7440702
8001352
142621
2425061
133062
128041
137417
86748
108952
75150
56235
786196
7440439
7440451
0-012
57749
470906
1-003
7782505
506774
10049044
0-011
510156
124481
107142
126998
2921882
218019
7440484
1-011
544923
1-014
56724
7440473
4170303
7700176
0-039
7440508
57125
60515
88857
8065483
84742
2303164
333415
53703
-------
Page No.
04/18/90
COMMON NAME
TABLE 9-3
ANALYTES SORTED BY COMMON NAME
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF ANALYTES
REGULATORY NAME
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
===5======
Dibenzofuran
D i benzoth i ophene
Dibromochloropropane \ DBCP
Dichlone \ Phygon
Dichloran \ Botran
Dichtoroethyl ether
Dichloroiodomethane
Dichloromethane \ Methane, dichloro-
Dichlorvos \ DDVP
Dicrotophos \ Bidrin
Dieldrin
Diethyl ether
Dimethyl phthalate
Dimethyl sulfone
Dimethylmtrosamine \ Methamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-
Dinex \ DN-111 \ 2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
Dioxathion
Dioxin \ TCDD \ 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
Diphenyl
Diphenyl ether
Diphenyl sulfide
Disodium cyanodithioimidocarbonate
Disulfoton
Dy
EPN \ Santox
Endrin
Endrin aldehyde
Endrine ketone
Er
Erythritol anhydride \ 2,2'-Bioxirane
Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-
Ethanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso
Ethane, 1,1'-[methylenebis(oxy)]bis[2-chloro-
Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro-
Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro
Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro
Ethane, chloro \ Ethyl chloride
Ethane, hexachloro
Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)
Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-, (E)-
Ethene, chloro
Ethene, trichloro \ Trichloroethylene
Ethion \ Bladan
Ethyl methanesulfonate
Ethylene dibromide \ EDB \ Ethane, 1,2-dibromo-
Ethylene dichloride \ EDC \ Ethane, 1,2-dichloro-
Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts and esters
Ethylenethiourea
Dibenzofuran
Dibenzothiophene
Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro-
1,4-Naphthoquinone, 2,3-dichloro-
2,6-dichloro-4-nitroaniline
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
Dichloroiodomethane
Methylene chloride
Phosphoric acid, 2,2-dichlorovinyl dimethyl ester
Phosphoric acid, dimethyl ester, ester with (E)-3-
2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth(2,3-b)oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-hexa
Diethyl ether
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester
Dimethyl sulfone
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro-
Phosphorodithioic acid, S,S'-p-dioxane-2,3-dryl 0,0,0',
Dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxin, 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
Biphenyl
Diphenyl ether
Diphenyldisulfide
Disodium cyanodithioimidocarbonate
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl S-[2-(ethylthio)
Dysprosium
Phosphorothioic acid, phenyl-, 0-ethyl 0-(p-nitro
1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-
Endrin aldehyde
Endrin ketone
Erbium
1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane
N-Nitrosodiethylamine
N-Nitrosomethylethylamine
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Chloroethane
Hexachloroethane
2-Chloroethylvinyl ether
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
Vinyl chloride
Trichloroethene
Phosphorodithioic acid, S,S'-methylene 0,0,0',0'-tetra
Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester
1,2-Dibromoethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethanediylbis-, salts and
Ethylenethiourea
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(B)
P(OH)
SV(B)
SV(N)
VOL
VOL
P(OP)
P(OP)
P(OH)
VOL
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(B)
P(H)
PCOP)
DIOXINS
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
MISC
P(OP)
M(C)
P(OP)
P(OH)
P(OH)
P(OH)
M(C)
SV(N)
SV(B)
SV(B)
SV(N)
VOL
VOL
VOL
VOL
SV(N)
VOL
VOL
VOL
VOL
P(OP)
SV(N)
VOL
VOL
P(C)
SV(N)
132649
132650
96128
117806
99309
111444
0-015
75092
62737
141662
60571
60297
131113
67710
62759
131895
78342
1746016
92524
101848
882337
138932
298044
7429916
2104645
72208
7421934
53494705
7440520
1464535
55185
10595956
111911
630206
79345
79005
75003
67721
110758
156605
75014
79016
563122
62500
106934
107062
111546
96457
-------
Page Ho.
04/18/90
COHKOM HAHE
===========
TABLE 9-3
AJMLYTES SORTED BY COHHOH NAME
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF ANALYTES
REGULATORY HAHE
CLASS
TKX3SXS
CAS NUMBER
Ethylidene chloride \ Ethane, 1,1-dichloro-
Eu
Fumphur \ Famophos
Fe
Fensulfothion \ Desanit
Fenthion \ Baytex
Fluoranthene
Fluorene
Fluoride
Fluorotrichloromethane \ Methane, trichlorofluoro-
Ga
Ge
HCB \ Benzene, hexachloro-
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene \ HCP
Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
HexachIorodi benzofurans
Hexamethylphosphoramide \ HHPA
Hf
Hg
Ho
Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl
Hypochlorite ion
I
Ignitafoility
In
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
Ir
Isodrin (Stereoisomer of Aldrin)
Isosafrole
K
Kepone
La
Leptophos \ Phosvel-
Li
Lindane \ gamma-BHC \ Hexachlorocyclohexane (gamma)
Longifolene
Lu
MIBK \ Methylisobutylketone \ 2-Pentanone, 4-methyl
Malachite green \ C.I. Basic Acid Green 4
Malathion \ Sumitox
Maneb \ Vancide
Mestranol \ 17-alpha-Ethynylestradiol 3-methyl ether
Methaerylonitrile
Methane, bromodichloro
Methane, trichloro- \ Trichloromethane
Methane, trichloronitro-
1,1-Dichloroethane VOL
Europium H(C)
Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0-dinethyl 0-rp-t(dimethyla(nino) P(OP)
Iron H(C)
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl 0-(p-(methylsul P(OP)
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-dimethyl-, 0-(4-raethylthio)- P(OP)
Fluoranthene SV(N)
Fluorene SV(N)
Fluoride MISC
Trichlorofluoromethane VOL
Gallium M(C)
Germanium H(C)
HexachIorobenzene SV(N)
4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-da,4,7, P(OH)
2,5-Methano-2H-indeno[1,2b]oxirene, 2,3,4,5,6,7,7-hepta P(OH)
1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro- SV(N)
Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins DIOXINS
Hexachlorodibenzofurans DIOXINS
Phosphoric triamide, hexamethyl- P(OP)
Hafnium M(C)
Mercury M(C)
Holmium M(C)
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine SV(B)
Hypochlorite ion MISC
Iodine M(A)
Ignitability MISC
Indium ~ M(C)
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene SV(N)
Iridium M(C)
1,2,3,4,10,10-Hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-1,4:5, P(OH)
1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)- SV(B)
Potassium H(C)
4-Metheno-2H-cyclobuta(cd)pentalen-2-one, 1,1a,3,3a, P(OH)
Lanthanum M(C)
Phosphorothioic acid, phenyl, 0-(4-bromo-2,5-dichloro P(OP)
Lithium M(C)
Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, <1-alpha,-2-alpha, P(OH)
Longifolene SV(N)
Lutetium H(C)
4-Methyl-2-pentanone VOL
Ammoniura, (4-(p-(dimethylamino)-alpha-phenylbenzyli SV(B)
Succinic acid, mercapto-, diethyl ester, S-ester with 0, P(OP)
Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid,-manganese salt P(C)
17-alpha-19-Norpregna-1,3,5(10)-trien-20-yn-17-ol, 3- SV(N) ,
2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl- VOL
Bromodichloromethane VOL
Chloroform VOL
Chloropicrin SV(N)
75343
7440531
52857
7439896
115902
55389
206440
86737
16984488
75694
7440553
7440564
118741
76448
1024573
77474
1-200
1-201
680319
7440586
7439976
7440600
122667
0-009
7553562
1-013
7440746
193395
7439885
465736
120581
7440097
143500
7439910
21609905
7439932
58899
475207
7439943
108101
569642
121755
12427382
72333
126987
75274
67663
76062
-------
Page No.
04/18/90
COMMON NAME
TABLE 9-3
ANALYTES SORTED BY COMMON NAME
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF ANALYTES
REGULATORY NAME
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
D
Methapyrilene
Methoxychlor
Methyl bromide \ Methane, bromo
Methyl chloride \ Methane, chloro
Methyl chloroform \ Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro-
Methyl ethyl ketone \ MEK
Methyl iodide \ Methane, iodo
Methyl parathion \ Parathion-methyl \ Metaphos
Methylene bromide \ Methane, dibromo
Methylsulfonic acid, methyl ester
Mevinphos \ Phosdrin
Mg
Mi rex \ Dechlorane
Mn
Mo
Monocrotophos \ Azodrin
Morpholine, 4-nitroso-
N,N-Dimethylformamide
N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine
N-Nitrosomethylphenylamine
Na
Nabam
Naled \ Dibrom
Naphthalene
Naphthalene, 2-chloro-
Naphthalene, 2-methyl
Nb
Nd
Nemazine \ 10H-Phenothiazine
Ni
Nitrate/nitrite
Nitrites
Nitrofen \ TDK
O&G
Os
P
PCNB \ Terraclor-\ Quintozene
PCP \ Phenol, pentachloro-
Parathion \ Parathion, ethyl
Pb
Pd
Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Pentachlorodi benzofurans
Pentachloroethane
Pentamethylbenzene
Perchloroethylene \ Ethene, tetrachloro
Perylene
Phenacetin \ Phorazetim
1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N'-2pyridinyl-N'-(2-
Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-
Bromomethane
Chloromethane
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
2-Butanone
lodomethane
Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0-dimethyl 0-(4-nitrophenyl)
Dibromomethane
Methyl methanesulfonate
Crotonic acid, 3-hydroxy-, methyl ester, dimethyl phos
Magnesium
1,3,4-Metheno-1H-cyclobuta[cd]pentalene, 1,1a,2,2,3,3a,
Manganese
Molybdenum
Phosphoric acid, dimethyl ester, ester with (E)-3-
N-Nitrosomorpholine
N,N-Di methylformaraide
Di-n-propylnitrosamine
N-Nitrosomethylphenylamine
Sodium
Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, -sodium salt
Phosphoric acid, 1,2-dibromo-2,2-dichloroethyl di
Naphthalene
2-Chloronaphthalene
2-Methylnaphthalene
Niobium
Neodymium
Phenothiazine
Nickel
Nitrate/nitrite
Nitrites
Ether, 2,4-dichlorophenyl p-nitrophenyl-
Oil and grease
Osmium
Phosphorus (black, white, red, yellow, or violet)
Pentachloroni trobenzene
Pentachlorophenol
Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0-diethyl 0-(4-nitrophenyl)
Lead
Palladium
PentachIorodibenzo-p-dioxins
PentachIorodi benzofurans
Ethane, pentachloro-
PentamethyIbenzene
Tetrachloroethene
Perylene
Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl>-
SV(B)
P(OH)
VOL
VOL
VOL
VOL
VOL
P(OP)
VOL
SV(N)
P(OP)
M
-------
Page Ho.
04/18/90
COMMON HAME
====
TABLE 9-3
AHALYTES SORTED BY COHHOH HAHG
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST Of AHALYTES
REGULATORY NAME
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
Phenanthrene
Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro-
Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro-
Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro-
Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-
Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-
Phenol, 2,4-djnitro
Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-
Phenol, 2-chloro
Phenol, 2-nitro-
Phorate \ Thimet
Phosacetin
Phosmet \ Imidan
Phosphamidon \ Dimecron
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0,8-triethyl ester
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl S-methyl ester
Piperidine, 1-Nitroso-
Pr
Pronamide \ Kerb
Propane, 1,2,3-trichloro-
Propane, 2,2'-oxybis[1-chloro-
Propionitrile \ Propanenitrile
Propylene dichloride \ Propane, 1,2-dichloro-
Pt
Pyridine
Re
Reactivity
Retort
Rh
Ru
S
Sb
Sc
Se
Si
Sm
Sn
Squalene
Sr
Sulfide
Sulfotepp \ Bladafum \ Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate
TEPP \ Phosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester
TOC \ Organic carbon, total
TVOA \ VOC \ Organic carbon, volatile
Ta
Tb
Te
Terbufos \ Counter
Phenanthrene
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,4-Dimethylphenol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
2,6-Dichlorophenol
2-Chlorophenol
2-Nitrophenol
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl S-[(ethylthio)
Phosphoraraidothioic acid, acetamidoyl, 0,0-bis(p-
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-dimethyl ester, S-ester with
Phosphoric acid, dimethyl ester, ester with 2-chloro-N-
0,0,0-Triethylphosphorothioate
0,0-Diethyl S-ipethyl ester of phosphorodithioic acid
N-Nitrosopiperidine
Praseodymium
Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl)-
1,2,3-Trichloropropane
bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether
Ethyl cyanide
1,2-Dichloropropane
Platinum
Pyridine
Rhenium
Reactivity
Oil and grease
Rhodium
Ruthenium
Sulfur
Antimony
Scandium
Selenium
Silicon
Samarium
Tin
Squalene
Strontium
Sulfide
Thiopyrophosphoric acid (C(HO)2P(S)]20), tetraethyl
Tetraethylpyrophosphate
Total organic carbon
Total volatile organic carbon
Tantalum
Terbium
Tellurium
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl-S-«(1,1-dimethyl
SV(H)
SV(A)
SV(A>
SV(A)
SV(A)
SV(A)
SV(A)
SV(A)
SV(A)
SV(N)
P(OP)
PCOP)
P(OP)
PCOP)
P(OP)
P(OP)
SV(B)
M(C)
P(H)
VOL
SV(N)
VOL
VOL
H(C)
SV(B)
H(C)
MISC
HISC
M(C)
H(C)
H(A)
M(C)
M(C)
H(A)
H(A)
H(C)
M(C)
SV(N)
H(C)
HISC
P(OP)
P(OP)
HISC
HISC
H(C)
H(C)
H(C)
P(OP)
85018
58902
95954
88062
120832
105679
51285
87650
95578
88755
298022
4104147
732116
13171216
126681
3288582
100754
7440100
23950585
96184
108601
107120
78875
7440064
110861
7440155
1-015
1-016
7440166
7440188
7704349
7440360
7440202
7782492
7440213
7440199
7440315
7683649
7440246
18496258
3689245
107493
1-012
1-001
7440257
7440279
13494809
13071799
-------
Page No.
04/18/90
COMMON NAME
TABLE 9-3
ANALYTES SORTED BY COMMON NAME
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST OF ANALYTES
REGULATORY NAME
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Tetrachlorodi benzofurans
Tetrachlorvinphos \ Gardona
Th
Thioacetamide
Thiodan I
Thiodan II
Thiophenol \ Mercaptobenzene ,
Thioxanthone \ Thiaxanthone
Thiram \ Thiuram \ Arasan
Ti
Tl
Tin
Total dissolved solids \ TDS
Total solids
Total suspended solids \ TSS
Trichlorofon \ Dylox
Tricresylphosphate \ TCP \ TOCP
Trifluralin \ Treflan
^ Trimethylphosphate
i Triphenylene
^ Tripropyleneglycol methyl ether
"" U
V
U
Y
Yb
Zineb \ Dithane Z
Zinophos \ Thionazin
Ziram \ Cymate
Zn
Zr
alpha-BHC
alpha-Naphthylamine
alpha-Picoline \ 2-Methylpyridine
alpha-Terpineol
beta-BHC
delta-BHC
n-C10
n-d2
n-C14
n-C16
n-C18
n-C20
n-C22
n-C24
n-C26
n-C28
Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Tetrachlorodibenzofurans
Phosphoric acid, 2-chloro-1-(2,4,5-trichlorophenyl)
Thorium
Ethanethioami'de
Endosulfan-I
Endosulfan-II
Benzenethiol
Thioxanthe-9-one
Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide, tetramethyl
Titanium
Thallium
Thulium
Residue, filterable
Residue, total
Residue, non-filterable
Phosphoric acid, (2,2,2-trichloro-1-hydroxyethyl)-,
Phosphoric acid, tri-o-tolyl ester
p-Toluidine, alpha, alpha, alpha-trifluoro-2,6-dinitro-
Phosphoric acid, trimethyl ester
Triphenylene
Tripropyleneglycol methyl ether
Uranium
Vanadium
Tungsten
Yttrium
Ytterbium
Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid,-zinc salt
0,0-Diethyl-0-(2-pyrazinyl)phosphorothioate
Zinc bis(dimethyldithiocarbamato)-
Zinc
Zirconium
Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1-alpha, 2-alpha,
1-Naphthylamine
2-Picoline
alpha-Terpineol
Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1-alpha, 2-beta,
Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1-alpha, 2-alpha,
n-Decane
n-Dodecane
n-Tetradecane
n-Hexadecane
n-Octadecane
n-Eicosane
n-Docosane
n-Tetracosane
n-Hexacosane
n-Octacosane
DIOXINS
DIOXINS
P(OP)
M(C)
SV(N)
P(OH)
P(OH)
SV(B)
SV(B)
P(C)
M(C)
M(C)
M(C)
MISC
MISC
MISC
P(OP-)
P(OP)
P(OH)
P(OP)
SV(N)
SV(N)
M(C)
M(C)
M(C)
M(C)
M(C)
P(C)
P(OP)
P(C)
M(C)
M(C)
P(OH)
SV(B)
VOL
SV(N)
P(OH)
P(OH)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
SV(N)
1-331
1-332
961115
7440291
62555
959988
33213659
108985
492228
137268
7440326
7440280
7440304
1-010
1-008
1-009
52686
78308
1582098
512561
217594
20324338
7440611
7440622
7440337
7440655
7440644
12122677
297972
137304
7440666
7440677
319846
134327
109068
98555
319857
319868
124185
112403
629594
544763
593453
112958
629970
646311
630013
630024
-------
Page Ho.
04/18/90
10
COHHOH HAHE
TABLE 9-3
AHALYTES SORTED BY COHHOH HAKE
USEPA INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY DIVISION LIST Of AHALYTES
REGULATORY HAHE
CLASS
CAS NUMBER
n-C30
o + p xytene
o,p'-DDT
o-Anisidine
o-Totuidine
p-Chloro-i-cresol \ Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl-
p-Chloroaniline
p-Djmethylaminoazobenzene
p-Dioxane \ 1,4-Diethyleneoxide
p-IsopropyItoluene
p-Nitropnenol \ Phenol, 4-nitro-
pH
n-Triacontane
o + p xylene
o,p'-DDT
o-Anisjdine
o-Toluidine
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
Benzenamjne, 4-chloro-
Benzenamine, M,N-diniethyl-4-(pehnylazo)-
1,4-Dioxane
p-Cymene
4-Nitrophenol
Hydrogen ion
SV(H)
VOL
P(OH)
SV(B)
SV(B)
SV(A)
SV(B)
SV(B)
VOL
SV(H)
SV(A)
H(C)
638686
1-952
789026
90040
95534
59507
106478
60117
123911
99876
100027
1-006
-------
TABLE 9-4
ITD LIST OF INORGANIC CONTAMINANTS
TCL-LISTED INORGANICS
Antimony
Arsenic
Aluminum
Barium
Beryllium
Boron
Cadmium
Calcium
Chromium
Cobalt.
Copper
Iron
Lead
Magnesium
Manganese
Mercury
Molybdenum
Nickel
Selenium
Silver
Sodium
Thallium
. Tin
Titanium
Vanadium
Yttrium
Zinc
SEMI-QUANTITATIVE SCREEN METALS
Bismuth
Cerium
Dysprosium
Erbium
Europium
Gadolinium
Gallium
Germanium
Gold
Hafnium
Holminum
Indium
Iodine
Iridium
Lanthanum
Lithium
Lutetium
Neodymium
Niobium
Osmium
Palladium
Phosphorus
Platinum
Potassium
Pras eodymium
Rhenium
Rhodium
Ruthenium
Samarium
Scandium
Silicon
Strontium
Sulfur
Tantalum
Tellurium
Terbium
Thorium
Thulium
Tungsten
Uranium
Ytterbium
Zirconium
891003T
002.0.0
9-33
-------
TABLE 9-5
USEPA TARGET COMPOUND LIST
1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE
1,1,2,2-TETRACHLOROGTHANE
1,1,2-TRICHLORO£THANE
1,1-DICHLOROETHANE
1,1-DICHLOROETHENE
1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE
1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE
1,2-DICHLOROETHAHE
1,2-DICHLOROPROPANE
1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE
1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE
2,4,5-TRICHLOROPHENOL
2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL
2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL
2,4-DIHETHYLPHENOL
2,4-DIHITROPHENOL
2,4-DINlTROTOLUEHE
2,6-DIHITROTOLUEHE
2-BUTAHONE (HEK)
2-CHLOROETHYLVINYLETHER
2-CHLORONAPHTHALENE
2-CHLQROPHENOL
2-HEXANONE
2-HETHYLNAPHTHALENE
2-NITROANILINE
2-HITROPHENOL
3,3'-DICHLOROBENZIDINE
3-HITROAHILIHE
4,4-DDO
4,4-DOE
4,4-DDT
4.6-D1HITRO-2-HETHYLPHENOL
4-BROHOPHEHYL-PHEMYLETHER
4-CHLORO-3-METHYLPHENOL
4-CHtO«OAHILIHE
4-CHLOROPHENYL-PHEHYLETHER
4-METHYL-2-PENTANONE
4-HITRCAHILIHE
4-MITROPHENOL
ACEHAPHTHENE
ACENAPHTHYLENE
ACETONE
ALDRIH
ALPHA-BKC
ALPKA-CHLORDANE
ALUH1NUH
ANTHRACENE
ANTIMONY
ARSENIC
BARIUM
BENZENE
BENZO(A)AKTHRACENE
BENZO(A)PYRENE
BENZO(B)FLUORANTHENE
BENZO
-------
TABLE 9--6
THE USEPA PRIORITV'POLLUTANTS
1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE
1,1,2,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE
1,1,2-TRICHLOROETHANE
1,1-DICHLOROETHANE
1,1-DICHLOROETHENE
1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE
1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE
1,2-DICHLOROETHANE
1,2-DICHLOROPROPANE
1,2-DIPHENYLHYDRAZINE
1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE
1,4-01CHLOROBENZENE
2,3,7,8-TCDO
2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL
2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL
2,4-DIMETHYLPHENOL
2,4-DINITROPHENOL
2,4-DINITROTOLUENE
2,6-DINITROTOLUENE
2-CHLOROETHYLVINYLETHER
2-CHLORONAPHTHALENE
2-CHLOROPHENOL
2-NITROPHENOL
2-PROPENAL
2-PROPENENITRILE
3,3'-DICHLOROBENZIDINE
4,4-DDD
4,4-DDE
4,4-DDT
4,6-OINITRO-2-METHYLPHENOL
4-BROMOPHENYL-PHENYLETHER
4-CHLOROPHENYL-PHENYLETHER
4-NITROPHENOL
ACENAPHTHENE
ACENAPHTHYLENE
ALDRIN
ALPHA-BHC
ANTHRACENE
ANTIMONY
ARSENIC
ASBESTOS
BENZENE
BENZIDINE
BENZO(A)ANTHRACENE
BENZO(A)PYRENE
BENZO(B)FLUORANTHENE
BENZO(G,H,I)PERYLENE
BENZOdOFLUORANTHENE
BERYLLIUM
BETA-BHC
BIS(2-CHLOROETHOXY)METHANE
BISC2-CHLOROETHYDETHER
BIS<2-CHLOROISOPROPYL)ETHER
BIS(2-ETHYLHEXYL)PHTHALATE
BROMOCHLOROMETHANE
BROMOFORM
BROMOMETHANE
BUTYL BENZYL PHTHALATE
CADMIUM
CARBON TETRACHLORIDE
CHLORDANE
CHLOROBENZENE
CHLOROETHANE
CHLOROFORM
CHLOROMETHANE
CHROMIUM
CHRYSENE
COPPER
CYANIDE
DELTA-BHC
DI-N-BUTYLPHTHALATE
DI-N-OCTYL PHTHALATE
DIBENZ(A,H ^ANTHRACENE
01BROMOOICHLOROMETHANE
DIELDRIN
DIETHYLPHTHALATE
DIMETHYL PHTHALATE
ENDOSULFAN I
ENDOSULFAN II
ENDOSULFAN SULFATE
ENDRIN
ENDRIN ALDEHYDE
ETHYLBENZENE
FLUORANTHENE
FLUORENE
GAMMA-BHC
HEPTACHLOR
HEPTACHLOR EPOXIDE
HEXACHLOROBENZENE
HEXACHLOR08UTADIENE
HEXACHLOROCYCLOPENTADIENE
HEXACHLOROETHANE
INDENO(1,2,3-CD)PYRENE
ISOPHORONE
LEAD
MERCURY
METHYLENE CHLORIDE
N-NITROSODI-N-PROPYLAMINE
N-NITROSOOIMETHYLAMINE
N-NITROSODIPHENYLAMINE (1)
NAPHTHALENE
NICKEL
NITROBENZENE
P-CHLORO-M-CRESOL
PCB-1016
PCB-1221
PCB-1232
PCS-1242
PCS-1248
PCB-1254
PCS-1260
PENTACHLOROPHENOL
PHENANTHRENE •
PHENOL
PYRENE
SELENIUM
SILVER
TCDD
TETRACHLOROETHENE
THALLIUM
TOLUENE
TOXAPHENE
TRANS-1,2-DICHLOROETHENE
TRANS-1,3-DICHLOROPROPENE
TRICHLOROETHENE
VINYL CHLORIDE
ZINC
Q-35
-------
Page No.
05/22/90
TABLE 9-7
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
COMPOUND
CAS NUMBER
1,1 Dimethylhydrazine
1,1'-Biphenyl-4,4'-di8mine, 3,3'-dichloro
1,1-Dichloroethylene \ Vinytidine chloride
1,2 Dimethylhydrazine
1,2 Propylenimene
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl)ester
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, butyl phenylmethyl ester
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester \ Dioctyl ph
1,3 Dichloropropene
1,3 Propane sultone
1,3-Benzenediol
1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)-
1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro-
1,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
1,3-Dfchloropropane
1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
1,4-Naphthalenedione
l-(o-Chlorophenyl) thoiurea
1-Acetyl-2-thiourea
1-Bromo-4-phenoxybenzene \ Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy-
1-Butenamine, H-butyl-N-nitroso
1-Chloro 2,3-epoxpropane
1-Propanol, 2-methyl-
1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro-
1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (E>-
1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (Z)-
2,4,5-T \ Weedone \ Acetic acid, 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy-
2,4,5-TP \ Silvex
2,4-D \ Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-
2,4-Diaminotoluene \ Toluene, 2,4-diamino-
2,6-Toluenediaraine
2-Acetylaminofluorene
2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-, (E)-
2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
2-Hethyl-4,6-dinitrophenol \ DNOC \ 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
2-Hethylphenol \ o-Cresylic acid \ Phenol, 2-methyl-
2-Naphthylamine
2-Nitropropane
2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl, methyl ester
2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester
2-methyllactonitrile
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine
3,3-Dimethylbenzdine
3,4 Dihydroxy-alpha-(methylamino)methyl benzyl alcohol
3,4-Tolucnediaroine
3-Chloropropionitrile
3-Hethylcholanthrene
3-Methylphenol \ Phenol, 3-methyl-
4,4'-DDD/Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2-dichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro-
4,4'-DDE/Benzene, 1,1'-(dichloroethenlyidine)bis[4-chloro
4,4'-DDT/Benzene, 1,1'-<2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro
4-Am!nobiphenyl
92875
57147
91941
75354
540738
75558
117817
85687
84662
117840
542756
1120714
108463
94597
87683
96231
142289
764410
130154
5344821
591082
101553
924163
106898
78831
1888717
10061026
10061015
93765
93721
94757
95807
823405
53963
110576
131895
534521
95487
91598
79469
80626
97632
75865
119904
119937
329657
496720
542767
56495
108394
• 72548
72559
50293
92671
9-36
-------
Page No.
05/22/90
COMPOUND
.TABLE9-7 (CONTINUED)
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
CAS NUMBER
4-Aminopyridine
4-Methylphenol \ Phenol, 4-methyl-
4-Nitroquinoline-1-oxide
5-(Aminomethyl)-3-isoxazolol
7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole
9,10-Dimethyl-1,2-Benzanthracene
Acetonitrile
Acetophenone
Acetyl chloride
Acrolein
AeryIamide
Acrylonitrile
Aflatoxins
Aldicarb
Aldrin
Ally! alcohol
Allyl chloride \ 3-Chloropropene
Alpha-Naphthylthiourea
Aluminum phosphide
Amitrole
Anmonium vanadate
Aniline
Antimony
Antimony and compounds, N.O.S.
Arami te
Aroclor 1016
Aroclor 1221
Aroclor 1232
Aroclor 1242
Aroclor 1248
Aroclor 1254
Aroclor 1260
Arsenic
Arsenic Acid
Arsenic pentoxide
Arsenic trioxide
, Auramine
Barium
Barium cyanide
Benz
-------
Page No.
05/23/90
COMPOUND
TABLE 9-7 (CONTINUED)
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
CAS NUMBER
Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-
Benzene, chloro-
Benzene, methyl
Benzene, nitro-
Benzene, pentachloro-
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(j)fluoranthene
Bcnzonearsonic acid
Benzotr{chloride
Benzyl chloride
Beryllium
Bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether
Bis(chloromethyl)ether
Bromoacetone
Bromoform \ Methane, tribromo-
Brucine
Cacodylic acid
Cadmium
Calcium chromate
Calcium cyanide
Camphechlor
Carbolic acid
Carbon disulfide
Carbon oxyfluoride
Carbon tetrachloride \ Methane, tetrachloro-
Chlomaphazine
Chloral
Chlorambucil
Chlordane
Chlorinated benzenes (N.O.S.)
Chlorinated ethane N.O.S.
Chlorinated fluorocarbons N.O.S.
Chlorinated naphthalene N.O.S.
Chlorinated phenol N.O.S.
Chlorine cyanide
ChIoroacetaIdehyde
Chloroalkyl ethers, N.O.S.
Chlorobenzilate \ Ethyl-4,4'-dichlorobenzilate
Chlorotnethyl methyl ether '
Chloroprene \ 1,3-Butadiene, 2-chloro
Chromium
Chrysene
Citrus red No. 2
Coal tars
Copper cyanide
Creosote
Cresols (Cresylic acid)
CrotonaIdehyde \ Crotylaldehyde
Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes)
Cyanogen
Cyanogen bromide
Cycasin
Cygon \ Dimethoate
DMBP \ Dinoseb \ 2-sec-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
606202
108907
108883
98953
608935
50328
205823
98055
98077
100447
7440417
39638329
542881
598312
75252
357573
75605
7440439
13765190
592018
8001352
108952
75150
353504
56235
494031
75876
305033
57749
506774
107200
510156
107302
126998
7440473
218019
6358538
8005452
544923
8001589
1319773
4170303
57125
460195
506683
14901087
60515
88857
9-38
-------
Page No.
05/22/90
TABLE 9-7 (CONTINUED)
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
COMPOUND
CAS NUMBER
Daunomycin
Di-n-butyl phthalate \ Dibutyl phthalate
Diallate \ Avadex
Dibenz{a,h)acridine
D i benz[a,h]anthracene
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene
Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene ,
D i benzo(a,i)pyrene
Dibromochloropropane \ DBCP
Dichlorobenzene, N.O.S.
Dichlorodiffuoromethane
Dichloroethyl ether
Dichloroethylene N.O.S.
Dichloromethane \ Methane, dichloro-
Dichlorophenylarsine
Dichloropropane,N.O.S.
Dichloropropanol,N.O.S.
Dichloropropene N.O.S.
Dieldrin
Diethyl-p-nitro phenyl phosphate
Diethylarsine
Diethytstilbesterol
Dihydrosafrole
Diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP)
Dimethyl phthalate
Dimethyl sulfate
Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride
Dimethylnitrosamine \ Methamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-
Dinex \ DN-111 \ 2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
Dinitrobenzene N.O.S.
Dioxin \ TCDD \ 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
Disulfoton
Dithiobiuret
Dubenz(a)acridine
Endosulfan
Endothal
Endrin
Endrine ketone
Erythritol anhydride \ 2,2'-Bioxirane
Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-
Ethanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso
Ethane, 1,1'-tmethylenebis(oxy)]bis[2-chloro-
Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro-
Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro
Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro
Ethane/ hexachloro t
Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)
Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-, (E)-
Ethene, chloro
Ethene, trichloro \ Trichloroethylene
Ethyl methanesulfonate
Ethylene dibromide \ EDB \ Ethane, 1,2-dibromo-
Ethylene dichloride \ EDC \ Ethane, 1,2-dichloro-
Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
20830813
84742
2303164
226368
53703
192654
189640
189559
96128
25321226
75718
111444
25323302
75092
696286
26638197
26545733
26952238
60571
311455
692422
56531
94586
55914
131113
77781
79447
62759
131895
25154545
1746016
298044
541537
224420
115297
145733
72208
53494705
1464535
55185
10595956
111911
630206
79345
79005
67721
110758
156605
75014
79016
62500
106934
107062
110805
9-39
-------
Page Mo.
05/22/90
COMPOUND
TABLE 9-7 (CONTINUED)
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
CAS NUMBER
Ethylene oxide
Ethylenebfsdithiocarbamic acid, salts and esters
Ethyleneimine
Ethylenethiourea
Ethylidene chloride \ Ethane, 1,1-dichloro-
Farcphur \ Famophos
Fluoranthene
Fluorine
Fluoroacetsmide
Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt
Fluorotrichloromethane \ Methane, trichlorofluoro-
Formaldehyde
Glycidylaldehyde
HCB \ Benzene, hexachloro-
Halomethane N.O.S.
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Heptachlor epoxide
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene \ HCP
Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Hexachlorodibenzofurans
HexachIorophene
Hexaethyltetraphosphate
Hydrazine
Hydrazinc, 1,2-diphenyl
Hydrogen cyanide
Hydrogen fluoride
Hydrogen sulfide
Indenod ,2,3-cd)pyrene
Iron dextran
Isodrin (Stereoisomer of Aldrin)
Isosafrole
Kepone
Lasiocarpine
Lead
Lead acetate
Lead phosphate
Lead subacetate
Lindane
Lindane \ gamma-BHC \ Hexachlorocyclohexane (gamma)
HNNG
Halec hydrazide
Maleic anhydride
Halononitrile
Helphalan
Mercury
Mercury fulminate
Hethacrylonitri le
Methane, trichloro- \ Trichlororoethane
Hethapyrilene
Hethomyl
Hethoxychlor
Methyl bromide \ Methane, bromo
Methyl chloride \ Methane, chloro
75218
111546
151564
96457
75343
52857
206440
7782414
640197
62748
75694
50000
765344
118741
76448
1024573
1024573
77474
70304
757584
302012
122667
74908
7664393
7783064
193395
9004664
465736
120581
143500
303344
7439921
301042
7446277
1335326
58899
58899
70257
123331
108316
109773
148823
7439976
628864
126987
67663
91805
16752775
72435
74839
74873
9-40
-------
Page Ho.
05/22/90
TABLE 9-7 (CONTINUED)
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
COMPOUND
CAS NUMBER
Methyl chloroform \ Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro-
Methyl ethyl ketone \ MEK
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide
Methyl hydrazine
Methyl iodide \ Methane, iodo
.Methyl isocyanate
Methyl parathion
Methyl parathion \ Parathion-methyl \ Metaphos
Methylchlorocarbonate
Methylene bromide \ Methane, dibromo
Methylsulfonic acid, methyl ester
MethylthiouraciI
Mitomycin C
Morpholine, 4-nitroso-
Mustard Gas
N,N-Diethylhydrazine
N-Nitroso-N-ethyl urea
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea
N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane
N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine /-
N-Nitrosodiethanolamine
N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine
N-Nitrosonornicotine
N-Nitrososarcosi ne
Nabam
Naphthalene
Naphthalene, 2-chloro-
Nickel
Nickel carbonyl
Nickel cyanide
Nicotine and salts
Nitric oxide
Nitrogen dioxide
Nitrogen mustard N-oxide and hydrochloride salt
Nitrogen mustard and hydrochloride salt
Nitroglycerin
Nitrosamine, N.O.S.
Nitrosopyrrolidine
Octamethylpyrophosphoramide
Osmium tetroxide
PCNB \ Terraclor \ Quintozene
PCP \ Phenol, pentachloro-
Paraldehyde
Parathion \ Parathion, ethyl
Parathon
PentachIorethane
Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Pentachlorodibenzofurans
PentachIoroethane
Perchloroethylene \ Ethene, tetrachloro
Phenacetin \ Phorazetim
Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro-
Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro-
Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro-
71556
78933
1338234
60334
74884
624839
298000
298000
79221
74953
66273
56042
50077
59892
505602
1615801
759739
684935
615532
621647
1116547
4549400
16543558
13256229
142596
91203
91587
7440020
13463393
557197
54115
10102439
10102440
126852
51752
55630
35576911
930552
152169
20816120'
82688
87865
123637
56382
56362
76017
76017
127184
62442
58902
95954
88062
9-41
-------
Page Ho.
05/22/90
COMPOUND
TABLE 9-7 (CONTINUED)
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
CAS NUMBER
Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-
Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-
Phenol, 2,4-dinitro
Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-
Phenol, 2-chloro
Phenylenediamine
Phenylmercury acetate
Phenylthiourea
Phorate \ Thimet
Phosgene
Phosphine
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0,8-triethyl ester
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl S-methyl ester
Phthalic acid esters, N.O.S.
Phthalic anhydride
Piperidine, 1-Nitroso-
Potassiura cyanide
Potassium silver cyanide
Pronamide \ Kerb
Propane, 1,2,3-trichloro-
Propane, 2,2'-oxybis[1-chloro-
Propargyl alcohol
Propionitrile \ Propanenitrile
Propylene dichloride \ Propane, 1,2-dichloro-
Propylthiouracil
Pyridine
Pyridine
Reserpinen
Saccharin and salts
Selenium
Selenium dioxide
Selenium sulfide
Selenourea
Si Ivor
Silver cyanide
Sodium cyanide
Streptozotocin
Strontium sulfide
Strychnine and salts
Sulfotepp \ Bladafum \ Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate
TEPP \ Phosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester
Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Tetrachlorodibenzofurans
Tetrachloroethane N.O.S.
Tetraethyl lead
Tetranitromethane
Thallium
Thallium (1) sulfate
Thallium and compounds N.O.S.
Thallium selenite
Thallium<1) nitrate
Thallium(1)acetate
Thai liund )carbonate
Thallium(1)chloride
120832
105679.
51285
87650
95578
25265763
62384
103855
298022
75445
7803512
126681
3288582
85449
100754
151508
506616
23950585
96184
108601
107197
107120
78875
51525
110861
110861
50555
81072
7782492
7783008
7446346
630104
7440224
506649
143339
18883664
1314961
57249
3689245
107493
25322207
78002
509148
7440280
10031591
7440280
12039520
10102451
563688
6533739
7791120
9-42
-------
Page Ho.
05/22/90
COMPOUND
TABLE 9-7 (CONTINUED)
RCRA LISTED COMPOUNDS
CAS NUMBER
Thioacetamide
Thiodan I
Thiodan II
Thiofanox
Thiophenol
Thiophenol \ Mercaptobenzene
Thi osemicarbazide
Th i ourea
Thiram \ Thiuram \ Arasan
Thoimethanol
Toluene diisocyanate
Toluenediamine
Trichloromethanethiol
Trichloropropane, N.O.S.
Tris(1-aziridinyl)phosphine sulfide
Tris(2,3-dibromoprppyl)phosphate
Trypan blue
Undecamethlyenediamine,N,N-bis(2-chlorobenzyl)-dihydrochloride
Uracil mustard
Vanadium pentoxide
Vinyl Chloride
Warfarin
Zinc cyanide
Zinc phosphide
Zinophos \ Thionazin
alpha.alpha-Dimethylphenethylamine
alpha-Naphthylamine
alpha-Picoline \ 2-Hethylpyridine
n-Propylamine
p-Benzoquinone
p-Chloro-ra-cresol \ Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl-
p-Chloroaniline
p-D i met hyIam i noa zobenzene
p-Dioxane \ 1,4-Diethyleneoxide
p-Nitrophenol \ Phenol, 4-nitro-
p-Toluidine
q-Toluidine hydrochloride
sym-Trinitrobenzene
62555
959988
33213659
39196184
108985
108985
79196
62566
137268
74931
584849
25376458
75707
52244
126727
72571
2056259
66751
1314621
75014
81812
557211
1314847
297972
122098
134327
109068
107108
106514
59507
106478
60117
123911
100027
106490
636215
99354
9-43
-------
Page Ho.
05/18/90
COMPOUND
TABLE 9-8
SARA LISTED COMPOUNDS
CAS NUMBER
COMPOUND
CAS NUMBER
** PRIORITY GROUP 1
BENZODICHLOROGENZIDINE 91941
BENZIDIHE 92875
1,2-DICHLOROETHANE 107062
TOLUENE 108883
PHENOL 108952
BISC2-CHLOROETHYDETHER 111444
2,4-OIHITROTOLUENE 121142
BHC-ALPHA,GAMHA,BETA,DELTA 319846
BISCCHLOROHETHYDETHER 542881
N-HITROSODI-N-PROPYLAMINE 621647
MERCURY 7439976
ZINC 7440666
SELENIUM 7782492
** PRIORITY GROUP 3
1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE
CHLOROMETHANE
OXIRANE
BROMOFORM
1,1-DICHLOROTHANE
DI-N-BUTYL PHTHALATE
2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL
NAPTHALENE
NITROBENZENE
ETHYLBENZENE
ACROLEIN
ACRYLONITRILE
CHLOROBENZENE
HEXACHLOROBENZENE
1,2-DIPHENYLHYDRAZINE
CHLORODIBROHOMETHANE
1,2 TRANS-DICHLOROETHENE
INDENO(1,2,3-CD)PYRENE
2,6 DINITROTOLUENE
TOTAL XYLENES
ENDRIN ALDEHYDE/ENDRIN
SILVER
COPPER
AMMONIA
TOXAPHENE
** PRIORITY GROUP 4
2,4-DINTROPHENOL
P-CHLORO-M-CRESOL
ANITINE
BENZOIC ACID
HEXACHLOROETHANE
BROMOMETHANE
CARBONDISULFIDE
FLUOROTRICHLOROMETHANE
DICHLORODIFLUOROMETHANE
2-BUTANONE
DIETHYL PHTHALATE
PHENANTHRENE
HEXACHLOROBUTADIENE
PHENOL,2-METHYL
1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE
2,4-DIMETHYLPHENOL
2-PENTANONE, 4-METHYL
1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE
2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL
1,4-DIOXANE
DIMETHYL PHTHALATE
FLUORANTHENE
4.6-DINITRO-2-METHYLPHENOL
1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE
THALLIUM
71556
74873
75218
75252
75343
84742
88062
91203
98953
100414
107028
107131
108907
118741
122667
124481
156606
193395
606203
1330207
7221934
7440224
7440508
7664417
8001352
51285
59507
62533
65850
67721
74839
75150
75694
75718
78933
84662
85018
87683
95487
95501
105679
108101
120821
120832
123911
131113
206440
534521
541731
7440280
Q-ii
-------
SECTION 10
DESCRIPTION OF AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS
9.89.107C
0013.0.0
-------
SECTION 10 - DESCRIPTION OF AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS. Various studies have
documented the fate of contaminants in the most common conventional biological
treatment processes. Those processes include aerated lagoons, activated sludge,
trickling filters, rotating biological contactors (RBCs), and powdered activated
carbon treatment (PACT) facilities. Section 10 presents a description of each
of the above listed treatment processes.
891003B-mll
14.
-------
BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT PROCESSES
The fate of contaminants has been studied in the most common conventional
biological treatment processes, including aerated lagoons, activated sludge
trickling filters, rotating biological contactors (RBCs), and powdered activat-
ed carbon treatment (PACT) facilities. Each treatment process and its use and
performance characteristics is discussed in the following sections.
AERATED LAGOON
Aerated lagoons are completely mixed biological reactors without biomass
recycle. They can be large multicellular basins or individual basins that are
mixed and aerated using surface aerators (either fixed or floating). Good
removal of soluble organic matter can be achieved with the proper mix of
retention time and aeration. A biomass removal step must follow the aerated
lagoon process before discharge to the receiving water. This is often accom-
plished in a large quiescent pond or in a section of the aerated lagoon isolat-
ed by baffles or dikes. If the lagoon is used as a pretreatment device, the
biomass is carried with the liquid to. subsequent unit processes. The primary
purpose of the operation is to remove soluble organic matter by conversion to
biological mass. The main differences between it and the activated sludge
system is that the microorganisms in the lagoon are grown in the dispersed
state rather than as a flocculant mass, and biomass is not recycled from the
sedimentation step to the aeration step.
The performance of aerated lagoons in removing biodegradable organic compounds
depends on several parameters, including detention time, temperature, and the
nature of waste. Aerated lagoons generally provide a high degree of BOD
reduction. In general, problems with aerated lagoons are excessive algae
growth, offensive odors if sulfates are present and dissolved oxygen is de-
pressed, and seasonal variations in effluent quality. Aerated lagoons can
handle considerable variations in organic and hydraulic loading if sized
properly, and are less vulnerable to process upsets than most biological
wastewater treatment methods.
ACTIVATED SLUDGE . .
The activated sludge system is a biological treatment process including a mixed
suspension of aerobic and facultative microorganisms, a settling basin for
separation of the biomass, and a biomass recirculation system.
The microorganisms oxidize soluble organics and agglomerate colloidal and
particulate solids in the presence of dissolved molecular oxygen. The mixture
of microorganisms, agglomerated particles, and wastewater (referred to as mixed
liquor) is aerated in a basin. The aeration step is followed by sedimentation
to separate biological solids from the treated wastewater. A major portion of
these biological solids are removed .by sedimentation and recycled to the
aeration basins to be recombined with the incoming wastewater. The excess
biological solids (i.e., waste sludge) must be disposed of by thickening,
7.88.93
0262.0.0
10-1
-------
pretreatment, dewatering, or direct disposal (e.g., land-spreading, landfil-
ling, and incineration.)
Activated sludge is the most widely used biological wastewater treatment
process. The effectiveness of this process is dependent on several design and
operation variables such as organic loading, sludge retention time, mixed
liquor suspended solids concentration, hydraulic detention time, and oxygen
supply. In addition to the removal of dissolved organics by biosorption, the
biomass can also remove suspended and colloidal matter. The suspended matter
is removed by enmeshment in the biological floe, and the colloidal matter is
removed by physiochemical adsorption to the biological floe. VOCs may be
air-stripped to a certain extent during the aeration process, and metals are
partially removed and accumulate in the sludge.
TRICKLING FILTER
A trickling filter is a biological waste treatment process in which a microbial
population adheres to a fixed medium and is used to biodegrade the organic
components of a wastewater. The physical unit consists of a suitable structure
packed with an inert medium (e.g., rock, wood, or plastic) on which a biologi-
cal mass is grown. The wastewater is distributed over the upper surface of the
medium. As it flows through the medium, which is covered with biological
slime, both dissolved and suspended organic matter are removed by adsorption.
The adsorbed matter is oxidized by the organisms in'the slime during their
metabolic processes. Air flows through the filter by convection or through the
use of blowers, thereby providing the oxygen necessary to maintain aerobic
conditions. Recycling a. large portion of the flow is necessary to attain high
BOD removals. A wide range of effluent quality can be expected, depending on
the design and operating conditions. Many modifications of the traditional
trickling filter system are available, but all rely on a fixed media with an
attached biological growth to perform the treatment.
ROTATING BIOLOGICAL CONTACTOR
RBCs provide a fixed-film biological treatment method for the removal of BOD
from wastewaters. The most common types consist of corrugated plastic discs
mounted on horizontal shafts to which a biological mass attaches. The medium
slowly rotates in the wastewater with 40 to 50 percent of its surface immersed.
During rotation, the medium picks up a thin layer of wastewater (when sub-
merged), which then absorbs oxygen when exposed to the atmosphere. The biolog-
ical mass growing on the medium surface adsorbs, coagulates, and biodegrades
the organic pollutants from the wastewater. The excess microorganisms continu-
ously slough from the disc because of the shearing forces created by the
rotation of the discs in the wastewater. This rotation also mixes the waste-
water, keeping the sloughed solids in suspension until they are removed in a
final clarifier.
7.88.93
0263.0.0
10-2
-------
POWDERED ACTIVATED CARBON TREATMENT
PACT is the addition of powdered activated carbon to a biological process
(usually activated sludge). The powdered activated carbon is added to the
aeration tank of the activated sludge system. Depending on waste characteris-
tics, mixed liquor carbon levels in the tank will range from approximately
1,000 mg/£ to as high as 10,000 mg/Jl. After aeration, the solids are separated
in the final clarifier and a portion of the solids are recycled to meet the
requirements of the activated sludge system (Meidl and Wilhelmi, 1986).
Performance of the PACT process generally depends on the amount of carbon
carried in the aeration tank and the solids retention time in the system. The
PACT process is able to effect greater removals of conventional and
nonconventional organics than the activated sludge process (Grieves, et al.,
1978; Hutton and Temple, 1979).
7.88.93
0264.0.0
10-3
-------
REFERENCES
Greives, L. et al. "Powdered Carbon Enhancement Versus Granular Carbon
Adsorption for Oil Refinery Wastewater Treatment"; 51st Annual Conference;
WPCF; Anaheim, California; October 1978.
Hutton, D. and S. Temple. "Priority Pollutant Removal: Comparison of DuPont
PACT Process and Activated Sludge"; 52nd Annual Conference, WPCF; Houston,
Texas; October 1979.
900409-mil
Page 3
10-4
-------
SECTION 11
INFORMATION FOR EVALUATING PRETREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
9.89.107C
0014.0.0
-------
SECTION 11 - INFORMATION FOR EVALUATING PRETREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES.
Prior to discharge of a CERCIA wastestream to a POTW, the stream may require
pretreatment. Pretreatment systems are commonly composed of a number of unit
operations, depending on the types of contaminants and concentrations in a
wastestream. Section 11 provides information on 12 separate unit operations
that may be used to construct a pretreatment system. A description of each unit
operation (how the process works, equipment types available, advantages and
limitations, design criteria, etc.) and a detailed evaluation of the process
(effectiveness, implementability, costs, etc.) are included. The section is
structured to contain information in the same format as a CERCLA Feasibility
Study.
The user of the technology manual may use Section 11 in two ways:
o To help make screening decisions while assembling the pretreatment
train.
o To provide information that can be used in detailed evaluation of the
"discharge to POTW" alternative.
891003B-mll
15.
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title - Page No.
SECTION 11 INFORMATION FOR EVALUATING PRETREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES . . 11-1
11-1 OIL AND GREASE SEPARATION 11-1
11-1.1 Description 11-2
11-1.2 Evaluation of Oil and Grease Separation . . . . . 11-6
11-2 OXIDATION 11-7
11-2.1 Description '. 11-7
11-2.2 Evaluation of Oxidation . 11-16
11-3 REDUCTION . 11-17
11-3.1 Description 11-17
11-3.2 Evaluation of Chemical Reduction 11-22
11-4 PRECIPITATION 11-23
11-4.1 Description 11-23
11-4.2 Evaluation of Precipitation 11-32
11-5 NEUTRALIZATION 11-36
11-5.1 Description 11-36
11-5.2 Evaluation of Neutralization 11-42
11-6 SEDIMENTATION 11-45
11-6.1 Description 11-45
11-6.2 Evaluation of Sedimentation 11-51
11-7 FILTRATION 11-52
11-7.1 Description 11-52
11-7.2 Evaluation of. Filtration 11-58
11-8 AIR- AND STEAM-STRIPPING 11-59
11-8.1 Description 11-59
11-8.2 Evaluation of Air- and Steam-stripping 11-67
11.89.45
0002.0.0
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Section
Title
Page No,
11-9
11-10
11-11
11-12
ANAEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT 11-69
11-9.1 Description 11-69
11-9.2 Evaluation of Anaerobic Biological
Treatment 11-78
AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT 11-83
11-10.1 Description 11-83
11-10.2 Evaluation of Aerobic Biological
Treatment 11-87
CARBON ADSORPTION - - 11-92
11-11.1 Description 11-92
11-11.2 Evaluation of Carbon Adsorption 11-99
ION EXCHANGE 11-102
11-12.1 Description 11-102
11-12.2 Evaluation of Ion Exchange 11-108
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCES
11.89.45
0003.0.0
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
11-1
11-2
11-3
11-4
11-5
11-6
11-7
11-8
11-9
11-10
11-11
11-12
11-13
11-14
11-15
11-16
11-17
11-18
11-19
11-20
11-21
11-22
11-23
11.89.45
0004.0.0
Title *
OIL/WATER SEPARATION
OIL AND GREASE SEPARATION - CAPITAL COSTS
OIL AND GREASE SEPARATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
COSTS
CHEMICAL OXIDATION
ULTRAVIOLET/HYDROGEN PEROXIDE OXIDATION. v
OXIDATION - CAPITAL COSTS
OXIDATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
CHEMICAL REDUCTION
REDUCTION - CAPITAL COSTS
REDUCTION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
CHEMICAL PRECIPITATION - BATCH FLOW
CHEMICAL PRECIPITATION - CONTINUOUS FLOW •
SOLUBILITY OF METAL HYDROXIDES AND SULFIDES
PRECIPITATION - CAPITAL COSTS
PRECIPITATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
NEUTRALIZATION
NEUTRALIZATION - CAPITAL COSTS
NEUTRALIZATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS . . .
SEDIMENTATION
REPRESENTATIVE TYPES OF SEDIMENTATION. . . ... - - • • •
SEDIMENTATION - CAPITAL COSTS . . .
SEDIMENTATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
GRANULAR MEDIA FILTRATION BED
rage a
-------
Figure
LIST OF FIGURES
(Continued)
Title
Page No.
11-24 FILTRATION - CAPITAL COSTS 11-60
11-25 FILTRATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS 11-61
11-26 AIR-STRIPPING 11-63
11-27 STEAM-STRIPPING 11-65
11-28 AIR-STRIPPING - CAPITAL COSTS 11-70
11-29 AIR-STRIPPING - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS 11-71
11-30 ANAEROBIC TJPFLOW FILTER 11-73
11-31 AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT - ACTIVATED SLUDGE 11-84
11-32 AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT - CAPITAL COSTS 11-93
11-33 AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
COSTS 11-94
11-34 CARBON ADSORPTION 11-97
11-35 CARBON ADSORPTION - CAPITAL COSTS 11-101
11-36 CARBON ADSORPTION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS. . . . 11-103
11-37 ION EXCHANGE 11-106
11-38 ION EXCHANGE - CAPITAL COSTS 11-111
11-39 ION EXCHANGE - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS 11-112
11.89.45
0005.0.0
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table
11-1
11-2
11-3
11-4
11-5
1,1-6
11-7
1 1 _O
Title
EFFECTIVE TYPES OF PRECIPITATION FOR SELECTED METAL IONS .
VARIOUS CHEMICAL/LOADING- SPECIFIC TOXICITY OR INHIBITION
PARTIAL LISTING OF DESIGN CRITERIA: ACTIVATED SLUDGE,
PRIORITY POLLUTANT COMPOUND CLASS RESPONSES TO
Trvu TTYrHATJfiK APPT.TP ATTfyW SUMMARY
Page NO.
11-11
11-33
11-76
11-79
11-88
11-89
11-90
11-109
11.89.45
0006.0.0
-------
-------
SECTION 11
INFORMATION FOR EVALUATING PRETKEATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
This section provides information for evaluating pretreatment technologies.
It should be used to construct and evaluate a pretreatment train as a part of
the overall POTW discharge alternative. The FS writer may use this section in
two ways.
f
o This section may be used to help make screening decisions while
assembling the pretreatment train. This section contains detailed
information and references that discuss applicability, performance,
and feasibility of technologies for specific contaminants and
wastestreams.
o Once the pretreatment train is assembled, this section provides
information that can be used in the detailed evaluation of the
"discharge to POTW" alternative.
Section 11 is organized into 12 subsections, each discussing a separate unit
operation. These unit operations are not intended to be used individually, but
should be combined into an appropriate pretreatment train. The information on
each technology has been tailored to address the "discharge to POTW" alterna-
tive .
Each subsection is organized into two major parts:
Description. The description contains information on how the process
works, major types of equipment available, advantages and limitations of
the technology, chemicals required to implement the process, residuals
generated or released, design criteria, and a discussion of expected
performance. The description also contains the technical data and refer-
ences necessary to select and size an appropriate unit operation.
Evaluation. The evaluation is designed specifically for use by the FS
writer. Once the process has been selected; the evaluation provides the
information necessary to perform a detailed evaluation of the process.
Included are discussions of effectiveness, implementability, and cost.
Costs are presented only to provide a general sense of relative costs of
different technologies. The costing figures included in this section
were generated from information gathered from several sources. The
references listed at the end of this section provide an initial source
for costing information. However, any FS should rely on site-specific
estimates, derived from discussions with process vendors and other
sources.
11-1 OIL AND GREASE SEPARATION
This subsection discusses the use of oil/water separators to remove free oils
and greases from wastestreams prior to discharge to the POTW; Information is
11-1
11.89.45
0007.0.0
-------
provided to aid in the evaluation of this technology as a part of a total waste
treatment alternative.
11-1.1 Description
Oil/water separators are used to separate nonaqueous phase organic liquids
(oils and grease) from a CERCLA waste discharge. Separators find use in
removing oil and grease from leachate streams and in separating the organic
phase from joint groundwater/floating product extraction systems.
The oil in these streams can exist as either free or emulsified oil, depending
on the wastestream characteristics and the recovery technique.. Free oils can
be separated by gravity separators, which operate on the principal that under
quiescent conditions, the lighter phase will rise to the surface and may be
collected. Emulsified oils exist as small droplets of oil interspersed
throughout the aqueous stream. These emulsions are treated to cause the small
droplets to combine and separate by gravity similar to free oils. The emulsion
breaking step can be achieved using thermal treatment, chemical additives, or
coalescing devices.
Oil/water separation is typically one of the first unit processes in a treat-
ment train. The separators are usually large tanks that provide several
minutes (i.e., 10 to 30) of holding time for the wastewater stream.
The oil/water separator generates three effluent streams: the treated waste-
water, the nonaqueous phase organic layer, and any sludge resulting from the
settling of solids. The treated wastewater may be suitable for discharge to a
POTW or further pretreatment. If the oil phase is hazardous, it should be
disposed of as a RCRA waste or reclaimed. Likewise, if the sludge is
hazardous, it can be dewatered and disposed of as a RCRA waste.
11-1.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Most oil/water separators are based on
the design developed by the American Petroleum Institute (API) for treatment of
wastewater containing oil. This basic design has been modified by numerous
vendors to optimize flow patterns and oil collection efficiency. These units
are available as self-contained package units, or can be designed and installed
with relative ease.
The two major types of treatment units are presented in Figure 11-1. The raw
discharge enters the treatment unit into an equalization basin area. Treatment
chemicals may be added here, if necessary. Heavy solids settle to the bottom
of the equalization basin. The flow then proceeds through a series of baffles
designed to produce laminar flow conditions, which promote,separation of oil
and the remaining solids. Flow through the central part of the separator is
characterized by the settling of solid particles to the bottom of the chamber
and rising of oil particles to the surface of the water.
Sludge collecting on the bottom is trapped by a sludge baffle and drawn off
periodically. Any nonaqueous phase organics that are heavier than water would
also be removed at this point. Lighter oils are trapped by an upper baffle and
diverted into an oil collection reservoir. Alternate methods for removing the
light oils include rope skimmers or rotating drums. These skimmer systems pass
11-2
11.89.45
0008.0.0
-------
ACCESS PORTS
OILY WATER .
INLET
I
BAFFLES TO INDUCE
LAMINAR FLOW
-OIL BAFFLE
r
VENT
SLUDGE REMOVAL PORT
ON. COLLECTION RESERVOIR
•(PUMPOUT TO OIL HOLDING TANK)
OR. COLLECTION TROUGH
.TREATED WATER
OUTLET
SLUDGE BAFFLE
I
U)
GRAVITY OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
OILY WATER
INLET
COALESCING MEDIA
OIL COLLECTION TROUGH
Ol
TREATED WATER
OUTLET
COALESCING OIL/WATER SEPARATOR
5307-83
FIGURE 19-1
OIL/WATER SEPARATION
-------
through the oil phase collecting oil on. the surface of the rope or drum. The
oil is then scraped into a collection reservoir. Oils are periodically pumped
out of the collection reservoir. Wastewater passing through the baffles exits
the oil/water separator ready for further pretreatment or discharge.
Coalescing separators are similar to gravity-
portion of the separator, a series of baffles
to act as a coalescing medium (see Figure 11-
oleophilic (i.e., oil-loving) materials that
droplets collect on the surface of the media
detach and float to the surface. Oil removal
similarly to gravity separators. Alternative
vendors for specialized applications.
type separators. In the center
, tubes, or plates are installed
1). These plates are composed of
attract small oil droplets. These
and form larger globules that
and sludge removal are conducted
arrangements are available from
11-1.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. Gravity oil/water separators are simple
processes that are easy to design and construct. The units are extremely
reliable within design operating ranges and require little maintenance.
Dispersed or emulsified oils require the use of chemical additives or
coalescing-type separators. High removal efficiencies can be achieved through
the use of emulsion-breaking chemicals; however, these chemicals may increase
the volume of sludge, making treatment of the sludge more difficult. Limita-
tions of chemical treatment include increased cost and the need for skilled
operators.
11-1.1.3 Chemicals Required. Chemicals are only required if it is necessary
to break chemically stable emulsions to separate oils. Chemicals used include
polymers, ferric chloride (FeC£3), alum, and sulfuric acid.
11-1.1.4 Residuals Generated. Oil skimmings are generally disposed of by
recycling, incineration, or other commercial disposal. Sludges may be disposed
by dewatering and landfilling or incinerating. Chemicals used, to break emul-
sions may increase the metals content of the sludges, but these metals are of
low toxicity (Fe, Al).
11-1.1.5 Design Criteria. Effective oil removal requires careful considera-
tion of the physical properties and mechanical relationships of oil and waste-
water. Properties such as types of oily wastes, specific gravity, and vis-
cosity, plus mechanical relationships such as rate of rise, short-circuiting
factor, turbulence factor, horizontal velocity, and overflow rate, are impor-
tant in sizing oil separation units. Treatment of emulsified oils requires
consideration of chemical type, dosage and sequence of addition, pH, mechanical
shear and agitation, heat, and retention time.
Design of the API separator is based on the following three basic design
relationships:
1. Minimum Total Horizontal Area
= F
m
11-4
11.89.45
0010.0.0
-------
where:
= minimum total horizontal area (ft2)
F = design factor
Q = flow rate of wastewater (ft3/min)
m
V = rate of rise of the minimum-size oil droplet to be removed;
typically 150 microns (ft/min)
The design factor F is the product of a short-circuiting factor recom-
mended as 1.2 and a turbulence factor (varying from 1.07 to 1.45 for
V /V ratios from 3 to 20; where V = mean horizontal velocity of waste
through separator and V = rate of rise of the minimum-size oil droplet to
be removed).
The velocity of the rising droplet, V , is found using a modified version
of Stokes Law.
V '= 0.0241
S - S
w o
where: S = specific gravity of wastestream
S = specific gravity of oil
jj° = absolute viscosity of wastestream (poises)
All values are based on design temperature.
2. Minimum Vertical Cross-sectional Area
A =
c
where:
V.
H
A = vertical cross-sectional area (ft2)
c
Q = flow rate of wastewater (ft3/min)
m
V = horizontal flow velocity (ft/min)
H
The value of V should not exceed 15 times the value of V and should not
exceed 3 feet/minute.
3. Minimum Ratio of Depth to Width of 0.3
These specifications are designed for a stream containing oil droplets of
150-micron diameter or larger. For smaller droplets, a coalescing-type
separator is recommended. In practice, most package units are designed to
11-5
11.89.45
0011.0.0
-------
meet these specifications. For large flow systems, units may be operated
in series or parallel to optimize oil removal and operating efficiencies.
11-1.1.6 Performance. The removal efficiency of oil by gravity separation is
partly a. function of the retention time of the water in the tank and the waste
stream composition. The performance level of emulsion-breaking is dependent
primarily on the raw waste characteristics and proper maintenance and function-
ing of the system components. The systems discussed in the previous sections
are designed to remove free oil and grease to below 15 mg/liter (ppm). Gravity
separators will achieve this level of performance for droplets larger than 150
microns. Coalescing separators will achieve this level of performance for
emulsions containing droplets as small as 20 microns.
11-1.2 Evaluation of Oil and Grease Separation
This section provides information for evaluation of oil/water separators as a
part of an alternative in the FS. The information is organized under three
general headings: effectiveness, implementability, and cost.
11-1.2.1 Effectiveness. Oil/water separators provide a highly reliable method
for removing free organic phase oils from a wastestream. Typical effluent
concentrations of 15 mg/£ total oil and grease can be achieved. The technology
provides a significant reduction of free oils in the wastestream. The oils may
be disposed of using permanent disposal technologies, such as incineration.
Oil/water separation is one of the first steps in an overall treatment train.
Separators available as package units are typically constructed as enclosed
containers, reducing the possibility for VOC emissions. In combination with
other pretreatment technologies and/or discharge to a POTW, oil/water separa-
tors will successfully achieve and maintain a high level of protection of
public health and the environment.
11-1.2.2 Implementability. Oil/water separators are well-proven technologies
that are available in a variety of packaged units for specific applications.
The technology has been well-demonstrated for removal of free oils and grease
from aqueous streams. With relatively few moving parts and low maintenance
requirements, separators achieve a high level of reliability.
Separators generally are placed at the beginning of a treatment train and may
also act as flow equalization tanks and sedimentation basins for large solids.
Trash should be removed from a stream prior to the oil/water separator. Post-
treatment may include treatment for additional removal of organics or inor-
ganics, depending on the specific discharge requirements.
Prepackaged oil/water separators can be installed with relatively little site
work. OSM requirements are minimal. The separator must be emptied of sludge
and oil on a regular schedule. Appropriate disposal options must be identified
for these materials.
11-1.2.3 Cost. Cost information was compiled for flow rates ranging from 30
to 1,000 gpm. These costs are based on the following assumptions.
11-6
11.89.45
0012.0.0
-------
Capital Costs
o Oil/water separator of API gravity separator design with and without
coalescing media.
o Separator with coalescing media designed to remove droplets as small
as 20 microns with an effluent quality of less than 15 mg/£ total oil
and grease.
o Separator without coalescing media designed to remove droplets down
to 150 microns with an effluent quality of less than 15 mg/£ total
oil and grease.
o Oil pumped from separator to storage tank capable of holding 2
percent of daily volumetric flow.
o Pumps and piping designed with 100-percent backup capability.
o Oil/water separator installed on concrete pad.
O&M Costs
o Electricity to operate pumps is included.
o Labor required to operate and maintain system is 8 hours/week for
system flows less than 100 gpm, and 16 hours/week for system flows
greater than 100 gpm.
o No disposal costs for residual streams are included.
o No chemical costs are included.
Cost information is presented in Figures 11-2 and 1-1-3. Cost curves were
prepared for two cases: Case I, a standard API gravity separator for use with
nonemulsified oils; and Case II, a coalescing separator for use with emulsified
oils.
11-2 OXIDATION
11-2.1 Description
Oxidation is a chemical reaction in which one or more electrons are transferred
from the chemical being oxidized to an oxidizing agent. The process can be
controlled to oxidize undesirable compounds through control of pH and choice of
oxidizing agent. Metals and inorganic compounds can be oxidized to less toxic
forms. Organics can either be completely oxidized to carbon dioxide and water,
or partially oxidized to a form more desirable for subsequent treatment.
e
Industrial wastewater treatment applications of chemical oxidation include
destruction of cyanide, transformation of selected organics to_biodegradable
11-7
11.89.45
0013.0.0
-------
00
V)
WO
KC
-------
OIL & GREASE SEPARATION
i
vD
CO
)-o
IE C
O O
cue
I-
55
50 -
45 -
40 -
35
30 -
25 -
20 -
15
ANNUAL COSTS
0.2
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
i r
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
D GRAVITY + COALESCING
0.8
FIGURE 11-3
OIL AND GREASE SEPARATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
forms, or detoxification of organics and inorganics. Frequently, oxidation is
used as a preliminary step to precipitation of metals.
11~2.1.1 Equipment Types Available. A variety of oxidizing agents are avail-
able for use. The contaminant requiring oxidation controls the choice of
oxidizing agent; therefore, it also determines the equipment that will be
required. Table 11-1 lists some commonly used oxidizing agents and their
corresponding applications.
All oxidizing agents in Table 11-1 can be applied as batch or continuous
processes. Generally, smaller quantities' of wastewater are treated more
economically in batch, while larger quantities are treated continuously.
Reaction times for oxidation are typically less than one hour. Therefore,
batch operations may require a significant amount of operator attention. The
choice between batch and continuous oxidation is generally reduced to a compar-
ison of the tank sizes and operational requirements.
Two process flow diagrams are shown in Figures 11-4 and 11-5. The first
represents a general diagram for continuous oxidation using chemical additions
such as ozone, chlorine, permanganate, or hydrogen peroxide. The second
represents continuous oxidation using ultraviolet (UV) photolysis in combina-
tion with a hydrogen peroxide. UV photolysis is also applied in combination
with ozonation.
Both flow diagrams contain conventional process equipment: influent feed
pumps, reaction tanks, chemical addition metering pumps, mixers, oxidation
reduction potential (ORP) meters (with controls), and pH monitors (with con-
trols). The differences are the types of reactors or contact tanks. The
reaction tanks and chemical feed points should be designed to allow complete
mixing and reaction of waste and chemicals.
The UV photolysis contact tank, shown in Figure 11-5, is baffled to ensure the
TJV radiation sufficiently contacts the wastewater. UV light is easily absorbed
by suspended solids and by the water itself. If the wastestream is inconsis-
tent in flow or concentration, a flow equalization chamber may be required at
the beginning of the treatment tra'i'n. Depending on the oxidizing agent em-
ployed, various wastewater characteristics may affect the equipment require-
ments. Parameters affecting the process configurations are included in the
discussion of required chemicals (see Section 11-2.1.3).
11-2.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. Advantages of using oxidation as a
metals treatment include its reliability and proven effectiveness on industrial
wastewaters. Oxidation can destroy cyanide and oxidize selected metals to a
more precipitable form. If reduction must also be applied to the wastestream
(i.e., chromium reduction), the oxidized contaminant must be removed from
solution prior to reduction, and vice versa. The equipment and chemicals
required to oxidize most wastestreams are readily available.
Oxidation of organics is a growing application. However, the primary disadvan-
tage of the technology is its inability to selectively oxidize an individual
contaminant in a wastestream. Excessive doses of oxidizing agent may be
required to oxidize the target pollutant. For instance, if a wastestream
11-10
11.89.45
0016.0.0
-------
TABLE 11-1
APPLICATIONS OF COMMONLY USED OXIDIZING AGENTS
OXIDIZING AGENT
TARGET COMPOUND
REFERENCE
Ozone
Manganese, Cyanide, Phenol
Organics (general)
Iron
Patterson, 1985
Kawamura, 1987
Clifford et al., 1986
Chlorine or
Chlorine Dioxide
Cyanide
Iron, Manganese
Cyanide, Selenium, Phenol
Weber, 1972
Clifford et al., 1986
Patterson, 1985
Potassium
Permanganate
Iron
Manganese, Selenium, Phenol
Clifford et al., 1986
Patterson, 1985
Hydrogen Peroxide
Phenol, Selenium
Patterson, 1985
Ultraviolet/Ozone
or Hydrogen Peroxide
Methylene Chloride, Pentachloro- Fletcher,, 1987
phenol
Phenols
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Organics (general)
McShea et al., 1986
Fletcher, 1987
Arisman et al.,
1980
Fletcher, 1987
Hager, 1988
Bourbigot et al.,
1985
Fletcher, 1987
11.89.45T
0001.0.0
11-11
-------
CAUSTIC OR
ACID STORAGE
-CHEMICAL
METERING
PUMPS
t
,
OXIDIZING
AGENT
STORAGE
CONTROLLER
CONTROLLER
o o
o o
1
H»-OXIDIZING AGENT
-*- pH ADJUSTMENT
INFLUENT
_J
ORP PROBE
ph PROBE
EFFLUENT
1
TO PRECIPITATION CHAMBER
(OPTIONAL DEPENDENT ON
INFLUENT CONTAINMENT)
FIGURE 11-4
CHEMICAL OXIDATION
5307-87
11-12
-------
STORAGE
METERING PUMP
INFLUENT
ER
T ULTRAVIOLET 1
| LIGHT CONTROL
I PANEL I
L_ _J
'I'
V
ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT BULBS
EFFLUENT
^ HAGER 1988
FIGURE II-5
ULTRAVIOLET/HYDROGEN PEROXIDE OXIDATION
5307-87
11-13
-------
contains high concentrations of iron, and the pollutant requiring oxidation is
phenol, most of the iron will be oxidized before the oxidizing agent reacts
With the phenol. A similar disadvantage occurs when the wastewater contains
various contaminants. Chemical interactions may take place and interfere with
oxidation of the target pollutant, thus requiring high oxidant dosing.
The individual oxidizing agents have specific advantages and limitations.
These advantages and limitations are discussed with the description of the
oxidizing agents in the following subsection.
11-2.1.3—Chemicals Required. In addition to the oxidizing agent, oxidation
usually requires pH adjustment. Ozone is the only oxidant in Table 11-1 that
±s not pH-sensitive. The remainder of the oxidizing agents listed require PH
adjustment or buffering agents to provide the hydroxide or hydrogen ions
required of the reaction. Weber (1972) and Snoeyink and Jenkins (1980) provide
complete discussions on the calculation of buffer requirements and appropriate
buffering agents. The following paragraphs discuss individual oxidizing
agents.
Ozone' Ozone is a highly reactive and unstable form of oxygen and it must be
generated on-site. Ozone is generated by passing air or oxygen through an
electronic arc. Because ozone is used as a gas, high organic materials concen-
trations can create frothing in the reaction tank, requiring skimmers and
ultimate disposal of the froth. Air quality standards will require additional
equipment to recycle or treat ozone escaping from the reaction tank. Most
reaction tanks are covered to minimize off-gas losses. A catalytic destruction
system is often employed to convert ozone back to oxygen. The additional
equipment requirements associated with the use of ozone make it much more
expensive than other chemical oxidants; however, it is the most powerful
oxidant. The oxidizing potential of ozone is only slightly sensitive to pH;
however, ozone is more stable in acidic solutions. Manufacturers offer
complete ozone generation and monitoring equipment.
Chlorine/Chlorine Dioxide. Chlorine (C12) has been used as a disinfectant and
oxidant in wastewater treatment for over a century. The oxidation potential of
chlorine generally increases with increasing pH. Chlorine is a gas at atmos-
pheric pressure; therefore, it requires special handling considerations.
Sodium hydroxide can be used as a method for increasing the pH during chlori-
nation. Chlorine is used extensively in the destruction of cyanide.
Chlorine oxidation of wastewaters with high organic content can produce chloro-
phenols or trihalomethanes (THMs) as by-products; however, oxidation with
chlorine dioxide reduces the production of toxic chlorophenols and THMs.
Chlorine dioxide is similar to ozone in that they both require on-site genera-
tion (due to chemical instability), making chlorine dioxide more expensive than
chlorine. Chlorine dioxide is produced from sodium chlorite (NaCIO ) and
chlorine gas (C12).
Permanganate. Permanganate oxidation potential increases with increasing pH.
Most organics will not completely oxidize even under severe alkaline condi-
tions. Rates of oxidation of metals and inorga'nics can be increased through
the use of catalysts and pH adjustments. Potassium permanganate (KMn04) is the
11-14
11.89.45
0020.0.0
-------
most easily manageable form for oxidation purposes, as it will keep indefinite-
ly as a solid when stored in a cool dry place. Potassium permanganate is
generally added to the process stream as a liquid of known concentration.
Hydrogen Peroxide. Use of hydrogen peroxide for organics decomposition is
growing; however, at present it does not provide economic oxidation of inor-
ganics. At increased pH, hydrogen peroxide provides more oxidizing power than
ozone for organics. The oxidation potential can be further increased when it
is used in conjunction with UV radiation. Hydrogen peroxide may cause foaming
similar to ozone, resulting in floe flotation problems during precipitation.
UV/Ozone or UV/Hydrogen Peroxide. Use of UV radiation with hydrogen peroxide
or ozone is recognized as economical and efficient for the destruction of toxic
organics. UV photolysis treatment processes require specially designed reac-
tion tanks to ensure adequate UV-wastewater contact. Suspended solids may
interfere with UV contact by absorbing UV radiation.
11-2.1.4 Residuals Generated. Whether a residual is generated depends on the
oxidation process employed. For example, oxidation of organics using ozone
creates a froth, which ultimately must be landfilled or incinerated. In
addition, oxidation with ozone will require either recycling or treatment of
gases escaping from the reaction tank. For iron and manganese, oxidation is a
preparatory step for precipitation. Oxidation of iron or manganese will
produce sludges using any oxidant. The sludge generated during the precipita-
tion process will require disposal or incineration. The documents referenced
in the performance section indicate whether residuals are generated during
individual applications.
11-2.1.5 Design Criteria. Design of an oxidation process for a wastestream is
straightforward. Weber (1972) and Snoeyink and Jenkins (1980) provide infor-
mation on appropriate oxidizing agents and pH for given undesirable contami-
nants. Several oxidizing agents may be appropriate for the wastewater.
Determination of the most effective reagent, where several may be appropriate,
is a function of the following:
o reagent consumption (grams of oxidizing agent/gallon of wastewater)
o required reaction or contact time
These factors vary with the composition and concentration of the wastewater
requiring treatment. Estimates of reagent consumption and the required reac-
tion times are possible through literature comparisons with similar appli-
cations. Table 11-1 lists references for information on full-scale and
pilot-scale applications of a variety of oxidants and contaminants.
Although oxidation has been widely used as a treatment method for industrial
wastestreams, bench-testing is almost always required to determine the neces-
sary reaction times and oxidant concentration requirements. To determine the
reagent consumption and reaction time in a bench test, batch reactors are
generally used. By performing a series of batch tests at different oxidant
concentrations, the optimum dosage requirement can be determined. Sampling of
the supernatant at various times throughout the reaction will reveal the
optimum reaction time.
11-15
11.89.45
0021.0.0
-------
Bench-testing establishes the relationship between the ORP of the wastewater
and completeness of the reaction. The relationship between ORP and concentra-
tion of an unoxidized contaminant is important because in full-scale designs,
ORP electrodes can provide continuous adjustment of chemical addition to meet
the demand of the wastewater, resulting in a consistent effluent quality.
While analytical data on concentrations can take months to acquire, ORP,elec-
trodes are attached to instrumentation that can immediately adjust feed rate of
oxidizing agents. Knowing the relationship between the ORP of the reaction and
a specific contaminant concentration can ensure that the process will effec-
tively meet discharge limits.
The optimum doses and reaction times, with the flow rates and flow fluctua-
tions, provide sufficient information to determine type and size of the neces-
sary equipment.
11-2.1.6 Performance. As discussed in previous sections, oxidation is not
selective, and the order in which an oxidizing agent reacts with the compounds
in the wastestream is dependent on the wastewater characteristics. Most metals
can be oxidized and subsequently precipitated. The potential for oxidation of
VOCs and SVOCs varies within the compound class. Table 11-1 provides referenc-
es for the treatability of several commonly oxidized compounds.
11-2.2 Evaluation of Oxidation
11-2.2.1 Effectiveness. The oxidation process can transform a variety of
compounds into more stable, less toxic forms. When used in conjunction with
precipitation, inorganics are transformed into more stable solid forms.
Although this significantly reduces the volume of the contaminant, the solids
settle to produce a sludge that must be disposed of. Oxidation alone (i.e.,
UV/hydrogen peroxide), or followed by biological degradation, can permanently
transform organics to less toxic forms. Because oxidation of metals generally
requires pH adjustment to conditions not normally encountered in nature, there
is little potential for the contaminants to revert to their more toxic forms.
Because of their strong oxidizing power, many of the common oxidants can be
toxic to microorganisms and therefore may require residuals monitoring prior to
discharge to a POTW. For example, chlorine is used as a disinfectant for
drinking water because of its known toxicity to many microorganisms. Residuals
should be carefully controlled to prevent substituting one undesirable pollu-
tant for another.
11-2.2.2 Implementability. Oxidation is well-demonstrated for concentrated
industrial wastestreams (see Section 11-2.1.6). Application at hazardous waste
sites is well-demonstrated in pilot- and full-scale. The equipment required
for this technology is conventional and readily available. The operational
requirements are minimal when metering pumps are used in conjunction with pH
and ORP monitoring devices and controls.
As discussed in Section 11-2.1.5, oxidation is not a selective process, and
bench-testing is normally required prior to design of a full-scale operation
system to identify optimum operating parameters.
11-16
11.89.45
0022.0.0
-------
Residuals created during oxidation may require equipment for monitoring,
removal, or treatment. One example is oxidation used prior to precipitation,
where sludge is generated. Another example is oxidation by ozonation, which
frequently requires recycling or treatment of the ozone off-gas and disposal of
froth.
11-2.2.3 Cost.
Capital cost estimates for treatment by oxidation are present-
ed in Figure 11-6. The figure shows two different chemical doses, representa-
tive of hydrogen peroxide treatment of phenol; The doses used in the cost
estimate represent those found in the literature (5 and 20 milligrams of
hydrogen peroxide per milligram of phenol in the influent, with influent
concentrations of phenol ranging from 5 to 500 ppm) (Patterson, 1985). Addi-
tional assumptions used to develop the capital cost estimates include the
following:
o all storage tanks for hydrogen peroxide are a maximum 3,000 gallons
and separated by concrete dikes for safety;
o pH is adjusted to 2 to 3 using sulfuric acid in quantities of approx-
imately half the oxidizing agent;
o all pumps are duplicated for easy repair and maintenance;
o all pumps and piping are directly attached to pH and ORP probes for
automatic addition adjustments;
o reaction times are assumed to be on the order of 5 minutes; and
o storage tanks provide at least one-month storage.
Operation and maintenance costs are presented in Figure 11-7. These costs
include chemical requirements, operator labor, and electricity. The costs for
the two different chemical usage rates bracket the range of O&M costs for
hydrogen peroxide oxidation of phenols. Because of its explosive nature,
hydrogen peroxide is one of the more expensive oxidants. Ozone is more ex-
pensive because it requires on-site generation and off-gas treatment.
Both capital and O&M costs are dependent on the contaminant type .and concen-
tration.
11-3 REDUCTION
11-3.1 Description
— *— i
Chemical reduction and oxidation occur simultaneously when electrons are
transferred during a chemical reaction from one chemical (the reducing agent)
to another. Reduction is defined as the gain of electrons; oxidation as the
loss of electrons. Chemical reduction is commonly used to detoxify chromium in
metal-plating wastewaters. Other applications not practiced as widely are
mercury and lead reduction. Generally, chemical reduction must be accompanied
by precipitation, ion exchange, or some other form of pretreatment for adequate
wastewater treatment. There are currently no common applications involving
11-17
11.89.45
0023.0.0
-------
oo
a: c
280
40
OXIDATION
CAPITAL COST
0.2
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
a LOW CHEM USE + HIGH CHEM USE
0.8
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
FIGURE 11-6
OXIDATION - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
6T-TT
11
wro
DOLLARS
(Millions)
maj
mm
53!
CO
§
5
§
g
m
DO
a
>
z
m
m O
I!
n
-------
reduction of organic compounds. The process of reducing chemicals in a waste-
water normally consists of an initial pH adjustment followed by addition of the
reducing agent. Although the pH adjustment can direct the reduction process to
be more reactive with certain metals to a limited extent, reduction is general-
ly not a selective process.
11~3.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Reduction process equipment is similar to
oxidation process equipment. Batch and continuous process configurations are
available for both technologies. Generally, batch processes are limited to low
flow rates, less than 10 gallons per minute (gpm). Reaction times for reduc-
tion processes are typically short; therefore, batch reactions may require more
operator time than continuous reactions.
«
A continuous flow diagram is shown in Figure 11-8, which represents the most
commonly used configuration. ORP and pH probes measure the effluent parameters
for process control. Chemicals are added near the influent to ensure adequate
mixing, and reaction time prior to pH and ORP measurement. The pH and ORP
probes are connected to control devices, which continuously feed the appropri-
ate amounts of reducing agent and caustic or acid to maintain the desired pH
and ORP. If the flow rate of the influent is highly variable, flow meters can
be used in conjunction with the pH and ORP probes to more accurately apply the
chemicals. Several different control schematics are available from manufac-
turers .
Although complete package systems are not available for the continuous flow
configuration, the individual pieces of equipment shown in the process flow
diagram are easily obtained from several manufacturers., -
11—3.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. Advantages of chemical reduction include
simple and readily available equipment. It is a well-studied and understood
reaction. The continuous process configuration is easily automated, reducing
operator requirements.
Disadvantages relate to its nonselective nature. The potential for reducing
nontarget compounds in a complex wastewater can create increased reducing agent
requirements. Also, because many reduced forms of organics and metals are more
toxic than the oxidized form, nonselective reduction may render a wastewater
more toxic than before the reduction. Chemical reduction appears to be limited
to a few selected metals as a water treatment method. Reduction has not been
demonstrated as a treatment method for organic compounds.
11-3.1.3 Chemicals Required. The major chemicals required during chemical
reduction are the caustic or -acid for pH adjustment and the reducing agent.
Full-scale industrial wastewater treatment operations show sulfur dioxide to be
the most commonly used reducing agent for chromium when waste sulfur dioxide is
available (Patterson, 1985). When sulfur dioxide is not available, chemical
reducing agents such as sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, or ferrous
sulfate can be used. Commonly used reducing agents for mercury include alumi-
num, zinc, hydrazine, stannous chloride, or sodium, borohydride.
11-20
11.89.45
0026.0.0
-------
CAUSTIC OR
ACID STORAGE
CONTROLLER
CHEMICAL
METERING
PUMP
CHEMICAL
METERING
PUMP
O
REDUCING AGENT
pH ADJUSTMENT
*- INFLUENT
REDUCING
AGENT
STORAGE
FIGURE 11-8
CHEMICAL REDUCTION
5307-87
11-21
-------
Typically, the pH for chromium reduction is adjusted with the addition of
hydrochloric or sulfuric acid. Mercury reduction occurs at varying pH for
different reducing agents. These reagents are readily available.
11-3.1.4 Residuals Generated. As with any chemical reaction, potential exists
for the residual reducing agent to exit the reaction chamber in the effluent
stream. Proper control systems regulating the reducing agent feed pump reduce
the chance for this to occur. Also, if reduction is followed by precipitation
(as in the case of chromium), sludge that requires disposal is produced.
11-3.1.5 Design Criteria. Information necessary to design a system capable of
reducing one or several metals should be acquired through bench-testing prior
to the design. The design information consists of the following:
o reducing agent type and dosage
o reaction time
o optimal pH
o ORP-contaminant concentration ratio
These criteria vary with the characteristics of the wastewater due to the
nonselective nature of the process. A variety of compounds may compete for the
reducing agent, 'which can increase the reducing agent dosage and potentially
the reaction time required. The pH is affected by the concentration of the
reducing agent applied. Knowing the relationship between the target contami-
nant concentration and the ORP of the wastewater will reduce the possibility of
either discharging an excess of the reducing agent or allowing excessive pass-
through of the nonreduced contaminant.
The size of the reaction chamber can'be determined from the known flow rate and
the required reaction time (determined during bench-testing). Weber (1972)
discusses in detail the process of calculating tank sizes.
11-3.1.6 Performance. Chemical reduction of chromium (Cr) and mercury (Hg)
has-been widely practiced in full-scale operations. The reduction of Cr to
Cr decreases the metal's toxicity to organisms and allows subsequent removal
by precipitation. Reduction of ionic mercury allows recovery in the metal
form. Treatability information on the reduction of mercury and chromium is
presented in the literature. Applications of reduction to organics do not
appear to be practical.
11-3.2 Evaluation of Chemical Reduction
The following sections evaluate some of the characteristics of chemical re-
duction as they might be discussed in an FS. The evaluation focuses mainly on
reduction of chromium and mercury because these are the two compounds that have
been chemically reduced in full-scale operations successfully.
+6
+3
11-3.2.1 Effectiveness. Reduction of chromium from Cr'~ to Cr " results in a
decrease in the toxicity of the chemical form. Chromium can be permanently
removed from the wastewater through reduction and precipitation processes.
When ionic mercury is reduced to its metallic form, it can be permanently
removed from the wastewater by subsequent precipitation. In summary, reduction
11-22
11.89.45
0028.0.0
-------
of chromium or mercury followed by precipitation decreases the toxicity of the
wastewater.
11-3.2.2 Implementability. A complex wastewater may contain chemicals in
their oxidized form, exerting a demand on the reducing agent. Increased demand
on the reducing agent may decrease the overall efficiency of the reaction.
Another potential problem associated with reducing a complex wastewater is that
oxidized chemicals may be reduced to more toxic forms. These potentially
adverse effects can be investigated through bench-testing.
In general, the process of chemical reduction of a wastewater can be quickly
and easily implemented. The equipment is readily available and many manufac-
turers offer controls for automation.
11-3.2.3 Cost. Cost estimates for the capital requirements of reduction of a
chromium- waste using sodium metabisulfite are presented in Figures 11-9 and
11-10. The two curves are representative of low and high published chemical
doses (Patterson, 1985). Sodium metabisulfite, the most commonly used reducing
agent for industries, is a medium-priced reducing agent. The capital costs are
based on the following:
o a reaction time of 20 minutes
o premixing the dry reducing agent for influent flow rates less than
300 gpm
o dry feed addition of the reducing agent for influent flow rates above
300 gpm
o chemical storage, for a minimum of one month
o all reaction tanks are surrounded by dikes for leak protection
o all pumps and piping are in parallel to facilitate maintenance
Because sodium metabisulfite is readily soluble in water, its premix require-
ments may be. less than those of other reducing agents (e.g., sulfur dioxide).
O&M cost estimates, presented in Figure 11-10, include operator's labor, low
and high published chemical doses, and electricity. O&M costs are primarily
affected by the labor requirements involved in the chemical addition. Reducing
agents that are difficult to handle, or that may produce undesirable off-gases
or sludges, will increase the O&M costs.
11-4 PRECIPITATION
11-4.1 Description
Precipitation is a chemical unit process in which soluble metallic ions are
removed from solution by conversion to an insoluble form. It is a commonly
used treatment technique for removal of heavy metals, phosphorus, and hardness.
11-23
11.89.45
0029.0.0
-------
NJ
-F-
REDUCTION
CAPITAL COSTS
0.2
b LOW CHEMICAL USAGE
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
1 ' T
0.4 0.6 0.8 1
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
+ HIGH CHEMICAL USAGE
FIGURE 11-9
REDUCTION - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
5l
o
a
REDUCTION
ANNUAL COSTS
0.2
D LOW CHEMICAL USAGE
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
I I I
0.4 0.6 0.8
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
+ HIGH CHEMICAL USAGE
FIGURE 11-10
REDUCTION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
Chemical precipitation is always followed by a solids-separation operation,
which may include clarification/sedimentation or filtration to remove the
precipitates (see Sections 11-6 and 11-7, respectively). The process can be
preceded by chemical oxidation or reduction to change the valence of certain
metal ions to a form that can be precipitated (see Sections 11-2 and 11-3).
The most common precipitation treatment processes use either hydroxide, carbon-
ate, or sulfide compounds to produce insoluble metal salts. Each process is
pH-dependent and governed by the optimal pH for removal of the metals desired.
A brief description of each process follows.
Hydroxide Precipitation. Hydroxide precipitation, the most common technique,
uses alkaline agents as a source of hydroxide to raise the pH of the wastewater
to the optimum pH for precipitation. The metal ions subsequently precipitate
as insoluble metal hydroxides. A general form of the hydroxide precipitation
reaction may be written as:
M
,+X
X (OH )
M (OH)
X
metal ion + hydroxide compound = insoluble metal hydroxide
where X equals the metal cation charge
Principal sources of hydroxide are lime (CaO), hydrated lime (Ca(OH)2), and
caustic soda (NaOH). Lime hydrolizes in water to form the hydroxide ion.
Carbonate Precipitation. Carbonate precipitation may be used to remove metals
either by direct precipitation or by converting hydroxides into carbonates
using carbon dioxide. A general form of the direct carbonate precipitation
reaction may be written as:
or
M
2M
CO,
_2
MC
-------
Two processes used to precipitate metal sulfides are (1) insoluble sulfide
precipitation (ISP) (i.e., sulfide is added as a slightly soluble iron sulfide
[FeS].slurry); and (2) soluble sulfide precipitation (SSP) (i.e., sulfide is
added as sodium sulfide [Na2Sj or sodium hydrosulfide [NaHS]). With the SSP
process, overdosing of sulfide compounds can produce toxic hydrogen sulfide gas
(H2S); therefore, reaction tanks should be covered and vented. The advantages
and limitations of each process are discussed in Section 11-4.1.2.
11-4.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Chemical precipitation typically requires
using a reaction tank with a mixer, a pH monitoring system, and pumps for
influent flow and chemical addition. Chemicals utilized in precipitation are
discussed in Sections 11-4.1.2 and 11-4.1.3; this subsection addresses basic
process equipment types (Figures ll-ll and 11-12).
"
Chemical precipitation requires a tank in batch (see Figure 11-11) or con-
tinuous operation for reaction (see Figure 11-12). For small or intermittent
flow rates or where waste characteristics may vary substantially with time,
batch systems are more feasible. Continuous treatment is applicable to uniform
and high flow rate wastewater streams (Peters et al., 1985). A continuous
system may use an equalization tank in which retention times range from"several
hours to a few days, to even out fluctuations in contaminant levels and flows
before treatment begins (Clifford et al., 1986).
The batch treatment tanks serve the multiple functions of equalizing the flow,
acting as a reactor, a flocculation chamber, and a settler. In Figure 11-11, a
cone bottom tank is used to allow solids to be removed.
Pump selection will depend on characteristics of the wastestream. Corrosive
environments may necessitate special materials of construction. The metering '
pumps, ,for precipitant and pH adjustment chemicals, are sized after assessing
the concentration of metal ions to be removed and their associated chemical
demand. Chemical demand is determined through bench-scale testing.
Several vendors offer package precipitation treatment systems. Alternatively,
individual components are readily available to fit other designs.
11-4.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. The benefits of precipitation include
low treatment cost, and reliable and easily operated equipment. However,
precipitation is primarily a metal ion removal process, potentially interfered
with by other organic, chelating, or oil and grease contaminants (Federal
Register, 1987). The advantages and limitations of each hydroxide, carbonate,
and sulfide precipitation process are listed in the following paragraphs
(Peters et al., 1985).
Hydroxide Precipitation.
are as follows:
The advantages of the hydroxide precipitation process
o
o
o
Certain chemicals for precipitation are available at low cost.
Systems can be automated, minimizing operator time.
Heavy metal ion concentrations can be effectively reduced.
11-27
11.89.45
0033.0.0
-------
FLOCCULANTS
METERING
PUMP
CHEMICAL
PRECIPITANTS
INFLUENT
METERING
PUMP
CONTROL
METERING
PUMP
pH PROBE
MIXER
—txh-
-N-
SLUDGE TO
DEWATERING
ACID/BASE
pH ADJUSTERS
EFFLUENT
•5307-83
FIGURE 11-11
CHEMICAL PRECIPITATION - BATCH FLOW
11-28
-------
CHEMICAL
PREOPITANTS
INFLUENT
CONTROL
r
I
METERING
PUMP
O
o1
FLOW
METER
METERING
PUMP
ACID/BASE
pH ADJUSTERS
a
pH PROBE
MIXER
EFFLUENT
530743
FIGURE 11-12
CHEMICAL PRECIPITATION - CONTINUOUS FLOW
11-29
-------
The limitations of the hydroxide precipitation process are as follows:
o The pH must be strictly controlled near the optimal pH to ensure
effective removal.
o Systems must be designed to allow adequate reaction times.
o Certain metals (e.g., chromium, iron, and manganese) must be reduced
or oxidized prior to precipitation.
o If two or more metals are present, the optimal pH for removal may be
different for each, thus affecting removal efficiency.
o Precipitated metals can resolubilize if pH changes.
o Complexing agents (e.g., cyanide, ethylene-diamine-tetraacetic acid
[EDTA], and other chelating agents) may adversely affect removal if
the wastestream is not pretreated to overcome these effects.
o Sludges may require further treatment prior to dewatering.
Carbonate Precipitation. The advantages of the carbonate precipitation process
are as follows:
o Certain metals require lower pH values to initiate precipitation.
fM
o Certain metals can be removed more effectively than by hydroxide
precipitation.
o Generally, a denser sludge is produced that is easier to settle and
dewater.
Carbonate precipitation limitations are similar to hydroxide precipitation.
Metals can resolubilize, complexing agents can interfere with the chemical
reactions, and the sludge may require further treatment.
Sulfide Precipitation. The advantages of the sulfide precipitation process are
as follows:
o The process removes metal ions at pHs as low as 2 to 3.
o Sulfides reduce hexavalent chromium to trivalent state under the same
conditions as required for precipitation.
o Sulfides are highly reactive, thus requiring less detention time.
o Thicker sludges are easier to dewater and dispose.
11-30
11.89.45
0036.0.0
-------
The limitations of the sulfide precipitation process are as follows:
o The process is more expensive.
o Toxic hydrogen sulfide gas is generated in the SSP process if strict
control of chemical addition is not maintained.
o High sulfide concentrations in the effluent can inhibit POTW biologi-
cal treatment processes.
However, the hydrogen sulfide gas and sulfide can be reduced by,controlling the
sulfide reagent dose or aerating after reaction time. Housing and venting the
process equipment controls hydrogen sulfide fumes.
Coprecipitation. In coprecipitation, contaminants that cannot be removed
effectively by direct precipitation are removed by incorporating them into
particles of another precipitate. It is a phenomenon that can be induced by
adding calcium, iron, or other ions to the wastewater prior to precipitation.
Examples of coprecipitation have been documented in Peters et al. (1985).
11-4.1.3 Chemicals Required. The following chemicals are described in
Section 11-4.1. The advantages and disadvantages of each type of precipitation
are listed in Section 11-4.1.2.
Hydroxide Precipitation; Quicklime (CaO), hydrated lime (Ca(OH)2), and liquid
caustic soda (NaOH). These compounds are most commonly used; others are
available at a higher cost.
Sulfide Precipitation; Sodium sulfide (Na2S) and ferrous sulfide (FeS).
Carbonate Precipitation: Calcium carbonate (CaCO3), carbon dioxide (C02), and
sodium carbonate (NaCO3).
H-4.1.4 Residuals Generated. Chemical precipitation generates solids that
must be removed in a subsequent treatment step (e.g., clarification or filtra-
tion). Ultimately, the treatment train produces a Sludge that must be de-
watered and disposed of. The sludge should be sampled and tested for contami-
nant concentrations that would classify it as a hazardous waste.
11-4.1.5 Design Criteria. In all design considerations, bench- and pilot-
scale studies should be conducted to match waste characteristics with a treat-
ment process. The reaction tank is sized based on wastewater flow and chemical
contact time required. Pilot- and bench-scale testing can provide other design
criteria that depend on contaminant concentration, as follows:
o performance of different chemical precipitant types
o chemical dosage requirements to drive the precipitation reaction to
completion
o minimum contact ,time to produce the desired quality of effluent
11-31
11.89.45
0037.0.0
-------
o rate of mixing to allow the chemicals and waste to react
o equipment sizes
o optimal pH for the reaction to occur
o sludge handling requirements
The precipitating reagent choice is important because the chemicals affect the
solubility and settling characteristics of precipitated metal compounds. -The
chemical choice can be complicated by metal complexing agents that reduce the
number of free metal ions available to precipitate. Polyelectrolyte (i.e.,
flocculant) addition is required to induce particle flocculation when pre-'
cipitated particles are too small to readily settle easily.
The most important operating parameter of the precipitation process is pH.
Since each metal ion has its lowest solubility at a different pH, operating pH
for a mixture of metal ions is either a compromise value, or must be based on
the pH optimum for the metal constituent requiring the most stringent effluent
limitation. Alternatively, a staged precipitation process can be used that has
different pH settings for specific metals to be removed during each stage
(Cliffqrd et al., 1986).
During operation, it is easier to control pH for a batch system than a continu-
ous system. A continuous system requires controls to keep the pH in optimal
range. Air treatment and controls are sometimes needed (as with sulfide
precipitation) to vent hydrogen sulfide fumes.
11-4.1.6 Performance. The precipitation process is effective in removing
metal ions from wastewater. Equipment is relatively simple and easy to oper-
ate. The process is most sensitive to the chemistry involved. Chemical
choice, dose, and the optimum operating pH are best determined from bench- or
pilot-scale studies. However, Table 11-2 and Figure 11-13 will provide a
starting point for chemical and pH considerations. Table 11-2 lists priority
metal pollutants and the precipitating compounds most effective in removing
that contaminant. The graph in Figure 11-13 shows the solubility of some of
the same metal ions as a hydroxide or sulfide metal salt. Figure 11-13 may be
helpful in choosing an optimum pH for a target metal ion, provided other ions
do not interfere with the chemical reaction. Bench- or pilot-scale data are
not available for confirmation. However, the metal salts solubility indicates
that precipitation may occur.
11-4.2 Evaluation of Precipitation
11-4.2.1 Effectiveness. Chemical precipitation can be an effective, permanent
means of reducing the metal ion concentration in wastewater. Pre- and/or
post-treatment is necessary to remove other contaminants such as organics,
suspended solids, oil and grease, or residual metals.
The level of metal removal partially depends on how well the waste characteris-
tics were evaluated with bench- and pilot-scale tests. The pH must be strictly
11.89.45
0038.0.0
11-32
-------
METAL ION
TABLE 11-2
EFFECTIVE TYPES OF PRECIPITATION FOR SELECTED METAL IONS
HYDROXIDE
TYPE OF PRECIPITATION
SULFIDE CARBONATE
Antimony
Arsenic
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Selenium
Silver
Thallium
Zinc
Iron
Manganese
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
T
T
X
X
T
T
X
-
X
X
T
NOTES:
"X" indicates process is applicable for removal of the metal ion. Bench-
or pilot-scale data are available to affirm precipitation occurrence.
"T" indicates process may be applicable for removal of the metal ion.
Bench- or pilot-scale data are not available for confirmation. However,
the metal salt's solubility indicates precipitation may occur.
11.89.45T
0002.0.0
11-33
-------
c
CD
O
-n
m
D
DO
§
o
m
§2
O
a
D
CO
O
O
3)
1
m
O
-n
N
>
3)
D
O
W
I
m
m
§
I
m
w
m
•o
CO
O)
CONCENTRATION OF DISSOLVED METAL SALT, mg/llter
o
•
_A
N
o
I
_L
O
O
i
oo
O
O)
O
M
O
o
O
M
-------
controlled to assure optimal precipitating conditions. - Metal complexing agents
that bind metal ions in solution need to be identified.
11-4.2.2 Implementability. Precipitation is a widely used and well-
demonstrated, method of metal removal. The equipment is basic and easily
designed. Many manufacturers also provide compact single treatment units that
are deliverable to a site. Precipitating chemicals are readily available and,
as in the case of lime, relatively inexpensive.
Sludge production can be voluminous, difficult to dewater, and may require
further treatment prior to disposal. Landfill or incineration should be
considered as disposal methods. Contaminated sludges may need RCRA approval
for transport and disposal.
11-4.2.3 Cost. A continuous flow sodium hydroxide (NaOH) precipitation
process has been costed based on the following assumptions.
Capital Costs
o Chemically resistant reaction tanks are closed and vented. They are
sized for a 20-minute detention time.
o Chemical storage tanks for liquid NaOH and a polymer are sized for 30
days' storage. The NaOH storage tank is insulated and heat-traced to
prevent crystallization.
!
o A NaOH premix tank with paddle mixer and metering pump controls is
included to dilute the NaOH in case it is too concentrated for the
wastestream.
o Variable speed mixers are in reaction tanks.
o Metering pumps and a pH probe control NaOH and polymer addition.
o Pumps and piping are designed with 100-percent backup capability.
«
o The process equipment is installed on a concrete pad.
O&M Costs
Electricity to operate pumps and mixers is included.
A 50-percent NaOH solution is costed for a range of 200 mg/£
(0.262 gal/1,000 gal) to 1,000 mg/£ (1.31 gal/1,000 gal).
The polymer dose ranges from 1 to 100 mg/X..
Labor is 8 hours/week for system flows less than or equal to 100 gpm,
and 16 hours/week for flows greater than 100 gpm.
Solids disposal is not costed (solids will be removed later in the
treatment train).
11.89.45
0041.0.0
11-35
-------
Capital and O&M costs are presented as a range of costs in Figures 11-14 and
11-15.
11-5 NEUTRALIZATION
One of the common types of chemical treatment used by industrial wastewater
treatment facilities is pH adjustment. Waters that are acidic or alkaline
could be disruptive to collection systems, treatment plants, and receiving
waters. The adjustment of alkalinity or acidity to yield a final pH of approx-
imately 7.0 is called neutralization.
One reason for pH adjustment is that the General Pretreatment Regulations
prohibit any discharge to a POTW with a pH less than 5.0. Further, wastes
entering biological treatment processes should have a pH between 6.5 and 8.0
for optimum growth of the microorganisms (Sundstrom and Klei, 1979; Water
Pollution Control Federation, 1977).
11-5.1 Description
The process of neutralization is the interaction of an acid with a base or vice
versa. The typical+properties exhibited by acids in solution are a result of
the hydrogen ion (H ) concentration in solution. Similarly, alkaline (or
basic) properties are a result of the hydroxyl ion (OH~) concentration. In
aqueous solutions, pH is a measure of acidity and basicity where pH = - log
[H ], or pH = 14.0 + log [OH_] at room temperature, respectively. Streams with
a higher concentration of OH ion that H ion have pH levels greater than 7.0
and are said to 1j>e basic or alkaline. Streams with a higher concentration of
hydrogen ions [H ] have pH levels less than 7.0, and are said to be acidic. A
typical neutralization system is shown in Figure 11-16.
Many industries produce effluents that are acidic or alkaline in nature.
Neutralization of an acidic or basic wastestream is necessary in a variety of
situations, for example:
o pH adjustment for precipitation
o preventing metal corrosion and/or damage to other materials
o preliminary treatment, allowing effective operation of biological
treatment processes
o providing neutral pH water for recycling uses and reducing detri- %
mental effects in the receiving water
o oil-emulsion breaking (see Section 11-1.1)
o controlling of chemical reaction rates (e.g., chlorination)
11-5.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Many acceptable methods of neutralizing
acidic or basic wastewaters are available, including the following:
11-36
11.89.45
0042.0.0
-------
W
WO
K C
<0
3s
O O
360
PRECIPITATION
CAPITAL COSTS
0.2
D LOW CHEMICAL USAGE
GALLONS
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
0.4 0.6 0.8
(Thousands)
S PER MINUTE
+ HIGH CHEMICAL USAGE
FIGURE 11-14
PRECIPITATION - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
oj
00
5°
_i »—
= 0.6 r
PRECIPITATION
ANNUAL COSTS
0.2
D LOW CHEMICAL USAGE
0.4 0.6 0.8
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
+ HIGH CHEMICAL USAGE
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
FIGURE 11-15
PRECIPITATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
i
CO
vO
BASE
STORAGE
METERING PUMP
AGITATOR
FEED
METERING PUMP
ACID
STORAGE
i
\
\
NEUTRALIZATION TANK
->• EFFLUENT
FIGURE IM 6
NEUTRALIZATION
5307-87
-------
o
o
mixing acidic and alkaline wastes so that the net effect is a near-
neutral pH
passing acid wastes through beds of limestone
mixing acid wastes with lime slurries or dolomitic lime slurries
o adding basic solutions (e.g., caustic soda [NaOH] and soda ash
[Na2C03]) to acid wastes
o blowing waste boiler-flue gas through alkaline wastes
o adding carbon dioxide (CO2) to alkaline wastes
o adding acid (e.g., sulfuric and hydrochloric) to alkaline wastes
(Nemerow, 1971)
The method chosen depends on the wastewater characteristics and subsequent
handling or use. For example, mixing of various streams is often insufficient
as & preliminary step to biological treatment or sanitary sewer discharge. In
this case, supplemental chemical addition is generally required to obtain the
proper pH.
Equipment for acid or base addition include dry feeders, metering pumps, slurry
pumps, and eductors. Lime compounds (i.e., CaO, CaC3O, and Ca(OH)2) are added
to a mixing tank with a dry feeder, water is added, and the solution is mixed
to form a slurry. Slurry pumps or eductors (water-induced flow) are used to
feed the slurry into the wastestream for neutralization. Metering pumps are
used for feeding solutions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or
acids to the wastestream.
Addition of neutralization chemicals is controlled by pH monitoring equipment,
placed near the discharge of the neutralization tank. Mixers are required to
ensure adequate mixing of reagents. Where large variations in wastewater flow
can occur, flow monitoring equipment is commonly used in conjunction with pH
controls to control the speed and frequency of metering or slurry pumps.
Mixing of wastestreams can be performed in a collection tank, rapid mix tank,
neutralization tank, or equalization tank. Final pH adjustment in preparation
for discharge can be done in a small neutralization tank at the end of the
treatment process.
11-5.1.2—Advantages and Limitations. The major limitation of neutralization is
that it is subject to the influence of temperature and the resulting heat
effects common to most chemical reactions. In neutralization, the reaction
between acid and base normally is exothermic (i.e., creates heat), and may
raise the temperature of the wastewater "stream or create hydrogen gas (an
explosion hazard). An average value for heat released during neutralization of
dilute solutions by strong acids or bases is 13,400 cal/g mole (24,100 BTU/lb.
mole) of water formed. By controlling the rate of addition of the neutralizing
reagent(s), the heat produced may be dissipated and the temperature increase
minimized. Heat can also be recovered by heat exchangers and used in other
11-40
11.89.45
0046.0.0
-------
processes (e.g., building heating). For each reaction, the final temperature
depends on initial wastestreara temperature, chemical species participating in
the reaction (e.g., strong acids or strong bases), and pH of the wastestream.
In general, concentrated solutions with extreme pH values (i.e., less than 3 or
greater than 12) can produce large temperature increases. This can result in
boiling and splashing of the solution, and accelerated chemical attack on
materials, or hydrogen generation. In most cases, proper planning of the
neutralization system with respect to required dosages of neutralizing agent,
rate of addition, reaction time, and equipment design can alleviate the heating
problem.
Neutralization will usually cause increased TDS content due to addition of
chemical agents. Anions and cations (e.g., sulfate, chloride, and calcium)
resulting from neutralization may not be considered hazardous; however, local
limits may exist for discharge to a POTW.
Acidification of streams containing sulfide tends to produce toxic gases. If
there is no satisfactory alternative, the gas must be removed through scrubbing
or some other treatment. Salt-containing wastestreams should be
bench-scale-tested to determine if such a problem would occur.
11-5.1.3 Chemicals Required.
Chemicals used in neutralization are specific to
Chemicals used frequently are lime (CaO),
the wastewater being treated. _
hydrated lime (Ca(OH)2), limestone (CaCO3), sodium hydroxide (NaOH), sodium
carbonate (Na2CO3), carbon dioxide (CO2), sulfuric acid (H2SO4), potassium
hydroxide (KOH), and hydrochloric acid (HC1).
The selection of a neutralization chemical depends on factors such as price,
availability, and process compatibility. Sulfuric acid is the most common acid
used for the neutralization of alkaline waste. It is less costly than hydro-
chloric acid, but tends to form precipitates with calcium-containing alkaline
wastewater. When hydrochloric acid is used for neutralization, the compounds
formed are soluble. An important consideration in the use of alkaline reagents
for neutralization of acidic wastewaters is the "basicity factor" (see
Section 11-5.1.5), which is the number of grams of calcium oxide equivalent
available for reaction in a particular alkali. Caustic soda has a high
basicity factor and high solubility; however, it is expensive. Lime compounds
are less costly, but have low-to-moderate solubility and form precipitates with
acidic wastewaters containing sulfuric acid, potentially causing disposal and
scaling problems. Soda ash has a low-to-moderate basicity and higher
solubility than lime.
11-5.1.4 Residuals Generated. Neutralization may be accompanied by metals
precipitation if the treatment proceeds to an alkaline pH. This may result in
the generation of residuals that can be removed in subsequent operations.
as clarification or filtration.
such
11-5.1.5 Design Criteria. There is no direct correlation between acidity or
basicity and pH. Therefore, to determine the chemical feed requirements for
design purposes, a laboratory titration curve using a pH meter'and a titrant of
standardized normality should be prepared using a representative sample of the
wastewater to be treated (Water Pollution Control Federation, 1977).
11-41
11.89.45
0047.0.0
-------
Depending on the volumes of wastewater, either batch treatment or continuous
treatment can be utilized. With continuous treatment, a minimum detention time
of 10 minutes is recommended.
Continuous systems can be designed as a single or multiple stage. As a general
rule, one stage can be used if the pH of the raw wastewater is between 4 and
10. Two or more stages are often required if the pH is as low as 2 or higher
than 10. Two-stage pH adjustment is often used in metal hydroxide precipita-
tion. The first stage provides rough pH control, followed by a second pH
"trimming11 step.
Design of an acid feed system is influenced by many factors, including type and
quantity of acid to be fed, purchase and installation costs, labor, and method
of control. The size of the neutralizing vessel depends on the wastewater
volume or flow, reaction time, solubility of the reagent, and the insoluble
precipitates formed during the reaction.
11-5.2 Evaluation of Neutralization
11-5.2.1 Effectiveness. Neutralization efficiency varies with the pH of the
influent stream and the reaction time. Off-gas treatment units may be required
when treating wastewaters that could produce hydrogen sulfide or other undesir-
able gases. Effluent streams from a neutralization unit include the neutral-
ized wastewater and sometimes solids or gases. The treated water may require
additional treatment to meet discharge limits. Pretreatment may be required
for wastewater streams containing large amounts of suspended solids, and oils
and greases. Neutralization substantially reduces the toxicity due to pH of
the influent water.
11-5.2.2 Implementability. Neutralization systems are feasible for on-site
pretreatment when large volumes of contaminated water/groundwater require pH
adjustment. Neutralization is suitable for the treatment of .water with high or
low pH levels (outside the range of 6 to 9).
Neutralization is used to process contaminated water at hazardous waste sites,
manufacturing facilities, and municipal water treatment plants. On-site
facilities have proven successful for a. broad range of pH values and flow
rates. Due to the nature of the neutralization process, a consistent quality
effluent can be obtained, provided there are no large changes in pH that the
system has not been designed to handle.
11-5.2.3 Cost. The material and methods used should be selected on the basis
of overall cost, because material costs vary widely and equipment for utilizing
various agents will differ with the method selected. The flow, type, and pH of
acid or alkali waste to be neutralized are also factors in deciding which
neutralizing agent to use (Nemerow, 1971).
For illustration, cost information was compiled for flow rates ranging from 10
to 1,000 gpm. These costs, as presented in Figures 11-17 and 11-18, are based
on the following assumptions.
11-42
11.89.45
0048.0.0
-------
I
-p-
U>
a:
5°
^•4 •—•
3.5
2.5 -
1.5 -
1 -
0.5 -
NEUTRALIZATION
CAPITAL COST
T —i 1 r
0.2 0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
D LOW CHEM USE + HIGH CHEM USE
0.8
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
FIGURE 11-17
NEUTRALIZATION - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
38
rnaj
m
9
m
H
N
6
m
3)
o
>
z
m
o30
gm
531
(/>00
n
DOLLARS
(Millions)
-------
Capital Costs
o
o
neutralization tank equipped with both acid and caustic feed systems
influent acidity concentrations ranging from 10 to 1,000 mg/£
O&M Costs
o Electricity to operate pumps is included.
o Labor required to operate and maintain system is 8 hours/week for
system flows less than or equal to 100 gpm, and 16 hours/week for
system flows greater than 100 gpm.
o Chemical costs are included.
Systems that require neutralization greater than 1,000 mg/£ will require heat
exchangers or special tank construction at additional costs, depending on the
duration of the acid flow, tank volume, and acid concentration.
11-6 SEDIMENTATION
11-6.1 Description
Sedimentation is a physical process that removes suspended solids from a liquid
matrix by gravitational settling. The following are fundamental elements of
most sedimentation processes:
o a basin or container of sufficient size to maintain the liquid in a
relatively quiescent state for a specified period of time;
o a means of directing the liquid to be treated into the basin or
container in a manner that is conducive to settling;
o a means of removing the settled particles from the liquid or vice
versa, as may be required; and
o a means of removing the clarified liquid from the tank without
disturbing the separation of solids and liquid.
Sedimentation is often preceded by precipitation or coagulation/flocculation.
Precipitation converts dissolved material to suspended form and coagulation/
flocculation combines colloidal particles into larger, faster settling
particles. Whether or not it is preceded with chemical pretreatment, plain
sedimentation involves feeding the wastewater into a tank or lagoon, where it
loses velocity and the suspended solids settle.
Sedimentation is used to separate suspended solids, chemically precipitated
solids, and other settleable solids from wastewater. It is also used in
conjunction with other unit processes to separate solids generated in other
waste treatment. The settling basins can also be used for other purposes, such
as oil and grease separation (see Section 11-1) and flow equalization.
11-45
11.89.45
0051.0.0
-------
11-6.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Sedimentation tanks are square, rectangu-
lar, or circular in plan view, and may operate with a horizontal or vertical
flow path. They may have flat, pitched, conical, or hopper bottoms; and may be
of single-story, two-story, or multiple-tray design. Sludge collection equip-
ment is a part of most units, although it is sometimes not included in small
Installations.
Sedimentation tanks can be operated on a batch or a continuous-flow basis
Continuous-flow is more common except in small installations or in tanks
serving the dual purposes of chemical treatment and sedimentation. Dual-
purpose tanks are usually limited to small flow rates because of their lower
operating efficiency. Batch treatment, however, provides more reliable control
of effluent quality, especially with widely varying waste compositions or flow
rates; therefore, it is used when critical control of effluent is necessary
(Gurnham, 1955).
Although there are many variations of the sedimentation process, the components
of the settling process are the same. The settling chamber has four zones:
the inlet zone, the clarification zone, the outlet zone, and the sludge zone
The inlet zone allows a smooth transition from the high velocities of the inlet
pipe to the low uniform velocity needed in the settling zone. Careful control
of the velocity change is necessary to avoid turbulence, short-circuiting, and
carry over. The clarification zone must be large enough to reduce the net
upward water velocity to below the settling rate of the solids. The outlet
zone provides a transition from the low velocity settling zone to the relative-
ly high overflow velocities. The sludge zone must effectively settle, compact
and collect the solids and allow removal of the sludge without disturbing the
settling zone above. The major representative types are discussed in the
following paragraphs and are shown in Figures 11-19' and 11-20.
Settling Ponds. Settling ponds can vary from less than 1 acre to several
hundred acres in size. The wastewater is merely decanted as the particles
accumulate on the bottom of the pond and eventually fill it. The accumulated
sludge is periodically emptied by mechanical shovels, draglines, or siphons.
Sedimentation Tanks. The tanks in which sedimentation is carried out may be
circular or rectangular in design and generally employ sludge collection
equipment. The sedimentation basins are also classified as horizontal-flow or
vertical-flow, according to the predominant direction of the flow. Applica-
tions of vertical-flow units are generally settling compartments in floccula-
tion-clarifiers and solids contact units.
Flow-through rectangular basins or tanks enters at one end, pass a baffle
arrangement,,and traverse the length of the tank to effluent weirs. Rectangu-
lar tanks are generally used for removal of truly settleable particles from a
liquid. The settled solids are mechanically transported along the bottom of
the tank by a scraper mechanism and removed as a sludge underflow. .The
sludge-removal equipment usually consists of crosspieces or flights attached to
endless conveyor chains, or suspended by a bridge-type mechanism that travels
up and down the tank on rails supported on the sidewalls.
11-46
11.89.45
0052.0.0
-------
FLOCCULANT
INFLUENT •
Cl
METERING PUMP
SEDIMENTATION TANK
FILTRATE
DEWATERED SLUDGE
^. SUPERNATANT WATER
"*" (TO FILTRATION)
WET
SLUDGE
SLUDGE
STORAGE
\/
SLUDGE DEWATERING
^
0
•« • / -y
FIGURE 11-19
SEDIMENTATION
5307-83
-------
SETTLING POND
Inlet Liquid
Overflow Discharge Weir
Accumulated Settled Particles
Periodically Removed by Machinical Shovel
SEDIMENTATION BASIN
Inlet Zone
Inlet Liquid
Settled Particles Collected
and Periodically Removed
CIRCULAR CLARIFIER
Baffles to Maintain
"Quiescent Conditions'
Settling Particles Trajectory
Outlet Zone
Outlet Liquid
Belt-Type Solids Collection Mechanism
Circular Baffle
Settling Zone.
Revolving Collection
Mechanism
_J
Inlet Zone •
V
JTlNJ
i ^
1
s
^
,/
/
,'
•
1'
f Liquid
/ Flow
-'TTTT-
tion ^^^3i_am • • • ,, S^^*
Annular Overflow V
Outlet Liquid
— Settling Panic
Settled Particles | Collected and Periodically Removed
Sludge Drawoff
Souice: De Renzo. 1978
5307-S7
_
FIGURE 11-20
REPRESENTATIVE TYPES OF SEDIMENTATION
11-48
-------
The most common type of circular basin or clarifier is the center-feed, in
which the wastewater to be treated enters the clarifier through the feedwell
located at or near the liquid surface in the center. The bottom of the clari-
fier is usually sloped 5 to 8 degrees to the center of the unit where sludge is
collected in a hopper for removal. Mechanically driven sludge rakes rotate
continuously and scrape the sludge down the sloped bottom to the sludge hopper.
The clarifier effluent or overflow leaves the clarifier over a weir mounted on
the rim of the tank. Equipment associated with the clarifier tank and sludge-
rake drive assembly may include surface skimmers and scum pits to collect foam
and/or oil that may collect on the surface of the clarifier, scum pumps, and
sludge pumps. Vacuum sludge-removal equipment is also available for the rapid
.removal of biological sludges.
Circular clarifiers are usually used in applications that involve precipita-
tion, flocculation, sedimentation, and biological sludge removal. Very often
all three processes occur within the same piece of equipment, because many
clarifiers are equipped with separate zones for chemical mixing, flocculation,
and settling. Clarifiers that use settling aids are equipped with a low lift
turbine, which mixes a portion of the previously settled solids with the incom-
ing feed to improve the settling efficiency.
The peripheral-feed or rim-feed circular clarifiers are designed to utilize the
entire volume of the clarifier basin for sedimentation. Wastewater is intro-
duced into the clarifier around the periphery of the tank causing a radial flow
pattern. The clarified liquid flows over weirs located in the center of the
tank.
Clarifiers or settling basins can be designed to include inclined plates,
slanted tubes, and lamella settlers placed in the clarifier tank or basin to
decrease the vertical settling distance and reduce turbulence, and to increase
the capacity of the clarifier or basin.
11-6.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. The major advantage of solids removal by
settling is the simplicity of the process itself. The major limitation of
simple settling (without chemical addition) is the long retention time neces-
sary to achieve complete settling, especially if the specific gravity of the
suspended matter is close to that of water. In addition, some materials are
not removed by simple sedimentation alone (i.e., dissolved solids), and chemi-
cals must be added to achieve removal.
The major advantage of clarifiers and basins is that they require less space
than settling ponds. In addition, with clarifiers and basins, closer control
of operating parameters (e.g., retention time and sludge removal) can be
maintained, while problems such as runoff from precipitation and short-
circuiting can be avoided. However, the cost of installing and maintaining a
clarifier or basin is substantially greater than the cost associated with a
settling pond.
11-6.1.3 Chemicals Required. No chemicals are required in this process,
although settling aids such as polymers, lime, or alum may be used.
11-49
11.89.45
0055.0.0
-------
11-6.1.4—Residuals Generated. Inorganic and/or organic sludge is generated.
The quantity of sludge per unit volume of wastewater treated depends on the
characteristics of the wastewater treated, the type of equipment, and chemical
conditioning agents added during pretreatment.
11-6.1.5—Design Criteria. Because the individual particle settling theories
are of little practical use to the designer, design d'ata must be obtained by
study of existing plants and by laboratory or pilot plant investigations of the
waste in question. Batch sedimentation tanks, operating on the fill-and-draw
principle, are used for small flow rates; however, continuous-flow units with
continuous or intermittent removal of sludge are commonly preferred for larger
flow rates. For continuous-flow sedimentation tanks, the elemental design
factors to be specified include surface area, depth, ratio of length to width,
and sludge-collecting facilities. Detention time, overflow rate, and liquid
velocity are governed by these factors (Gurnham, 1955).
Sedimentation tank performance is related to the surface hydraulic loading,
which is the inflow divided by the surface area of the basin, commonly ex-
pressed in units of flow per day per unit area (i.e., L/day/sq.ra. or gpd/
sq.ft.).
Therefore, a practical and economical tank depth is selected for use with the
permissible overflow rate, in settling tank design. The depth should usually
be at least 5 feet (8 to 10 feet is more common), and depths of 12 to 14 feet
are often used. Common geometrical ratios for rectangular units are
lengthrwidth of 3:1 or greater; and width:depth of 1:1 to 2.25:1. Typical
depths when used as a primary settling tank are 2.4 to 3.0 m (8 to 10 feet);
and when used as a secondary tank, 3.0 to 4.2 m (10 to 15 feet).
The diameters of circular units range from 3 to greater than 60 m (10 to 200
feet). Tank side water depths, when used for primary settling, range from 2 to
3 m (8 to 10 feet); and when used for secondary settling and thickening, from 3
to 4 m (10 to 14 feet) and greater (Water Pollution Control Federation, 1977).
Design of sedimentation tanks as outlined herein will usually result in
detention times of 1 to 4 hours. For most wastes, 1 to 2 hours are sufficient;
however, if sedimentation is the sole form of treatment provided, more thorough
removals may be necessary (Gurnham, 1955).
11-6.1.6—Performance. A properly operating sedimentation system can effi-
ciently remove suspended solids and precipitated materials from wastewater.
The performance of the process depends on a variety of factors, including the
density and particle size of the solids, the effective charge on the suspended
particles, and the types of chemicals used in pretreatment. The performance of
simple settling is a function of the surface loading, upflow rate or retention
time, and settleable solids. The sedimentation process preceded by chemical
precipitation and/or coagulation and flocculation will remove colloidal and
dissolved solids, some of which could be toxic pollutants. Performance data
for such removal are included in the appropriate technology descriptions.
_
11-50
11.89.45
0056.0.0
-------
11-6.2 Evaluation of Sedimentation
11-6.2.1 Effectiveness. The efficiency of sedimentation tanks depends, in
general, on the following factors:
o detention period
o wastewater characteristics
o tank depth
o floor surface area and
overflow rate
o operation (cleanliness)
o temperature
o particle size
o inlet and outlet design
o weir loading rate
o velocity of particles
o density of particles
o container-wall effect
o number of tanks
(baffles)
/
o sludge removal
o pretreatment (grit
removal)
o flow fluctuations
o wind velocity
For removal from aqueous sources, efficiencies can be as high as 90-percent
removal of suspended solids based on design and residence times. Dewatering of
sludge is normally required.
Effluent streams from a sedimentation tank include the effluent water, scum,
and settled solids. The treated water may require additional treatment to
further reduce concentrations to discharge limits. The solids may need to be
treated or dewatered prior to disposal. Influent restrictions to a sedimenta-
tion system may dictate pretreatment prior to settling. Pretreatment may be
required for wastewater streams containing large amounts of suspended solids
and oils and greases.
Sedimentation substantially reduces the toxicity of the influent water caused
by the solids. The volume of contaminated media is reduced by transferring to
the solid phase. Sedimentation processes transfer the potential for mobility
of the contaminant from the water to the solids. __ -
11-6.2.2 Implementability. Sedimentation is feasible for on-site pretreatment
when large volumes of contaminated water/groundwater require treatment.
Sedimentation is suitable for the treatment of water with high concentrations
of solids. However, solids settled from groundwater treatment must be disposed
of.
Sedimentation tanks currently process contaminated water at hazardous waste
sites, manufacturing facilities, and municipal water treatment plants. On-site
facilities have proven successful for a broad range of contaminants and flow
rates. Due to the nature of the sedimentation process, a consistent quality
11-51
11.89.45
0057.0.0
-------
effluent, can be obtained, provided there are no large fluctuations in influent
concentrations.
11-6.2.3 Cost. Consideration of the rate of waste flow through the settling
tank (in gallons per day) and overflow rate (in gallons per day per square
foot) provides design data for the area of settling tank needed. If flow is
variable over a 24-hour period, the area must be increased to correspond with
maximum flow rate, except perhaps for purely momentary high rates. If the area
is greater than 2,500 or 3,500 square feet, a circular settling tank is proba-
bly cheaper than a rectangular tank. Rectangular tanks are usually less
expensive for smaller installations; however, these generalizations must be
used with discretion, because factors of land value, compactness of plant,
topography, and price quotations on specific equipment may reverse the trend
(Gurnham, 1955). Cost information was compiled for flow rates ranging from 10
to 1,000 gpm, and two polymer addition rates: 0.5 and 10 mg/£.
Capital Costs
o carbon-steel sedimentation tank
o polymer feed system
O&M Costs
o Electricity to operate pumps is included.
o Labor required to operate and maintain system is 8 hours/week for
system flows less than or equal to 100 gpm, and 16 hours/week for
system flows greater than 100 gpm.
o Disposal costs for sludge.
o Chemicals required at specified addition rates of 0.5 and 10 mg/£.
Capital and O&M costs are presented in Figures 11-21 and 11-22.
11-7 FILTRATION
11-7.1 Description
Filtration is a physical process used to remove suspended solids from waste-
water. The separation is accomplished by passing water through a physically
restrictive medium, resulting in the entrapment of suspended particulate
matter. The flow pattern is usually top-to-bottom, but other patterns are
sometimes used (e.g., upflow, horizontal flow, and biflow). The media used for
filtration include sand, coal, garnet, and diatomaceous earth (USEPA, 1986c).
Within the treatment train, the filtration process is generally preceded by
chemical precipitation and neutralization (see Sections 11-4 and 11-5,
respectively). To further polish the effluent, filtration can be followed by
carbon adsorption or ion exchange (see Sections 11-11 and 11-12, respectively).
11-52
11.89.45
0058.0.0
-------
SEDIMENTATION
CAPITAL COST
3.2
CO
0.2
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
0.8
a . LOW CHEMISE
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN ^T,,^|
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
+ HIGH CHEM USE
FIGURE 11-21
SEDIMENTATION - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
w
c
1 -
SEDIMENTATION
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS
SECTION.
n LOW CHEM USE
+ HIGH CHEM USE
ANNUAL COST
i r
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
0.8
FIGURE 11-22
SEDIMENTATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
5307-01
-------
11-7.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Filtration equipment types range from
traditional, built-in-place, gravity granular-media design to new, compact,
pressure-filtration units. Filter beds vary in filter mediaj backwash methods,
underdrain design, and rate and direction of flow. A typical filtration bed is
shown in Figure 11-23. A discussion of different filter bed types follows.
Gravity granular-media bed typically' contains one to three layers of filter
media. The top layer is coarse (e.g., anthracite), the middle layer is sand,
and the bottom layer is fine garnet. This grading allows particles to collect
in-depth; that is, particles are filtered throughout the media depth, not just
at the media surface. The media is supported by an underdrain system that
collects the filtrate. During filter operation, particles removed from the
applied wastewater clog media pores. The filters are cleaned by backwashing in
the reverse direction of original flow. During this scouring process, solids
are dislodged from the media, collected in a backwash trough, and discharged in
the spent wash cycle. Water or an air/water combination is used to scour the
filter media during the backwash cycle.
Diatomaceous-earth. filters, employing a diatomite earth material as a medium,
operate on three steps. A support material is precoated with diatomite,
wastewater is filtered through, and finally, the dirty filter cake is disposed.,
Pressure filters have the granular media and underdrains contained in a steel
tank. Water is pumped through the filter under pressure. For relatively low
flows, cartridge filtration can be used. Wastewater is pumped through a sealed
vessel until flow drops, indicating plugged media. The plugged matted cloth
cartridge is disposed of a'nd replaced with a new one.
Self-backwashing filters are sold by some filter manufacturers. The units
divide influent equally among several filter cells. Backwashing is automatic,
using the effluent of the remaining on-line filters. The units often run
unattended (Kawamura, 1987).
There are many design alternatives among these types of filters. For example,
each filter described, except diatomaceous-earth filters, can employ carbon as
a medium to adsorb contaminants. Reference text, wastewater engineers, and
manufacturers can help match the wastewater with a proper filtration unit.
11-7.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. Filtration is a conventional, proven
method of removing suspended solids from wastewater. Biological floes are also
filtered, although the floes generally plug filter media at a faster rate.
Filters normally require little space and can be installed easily.
-Filtration1s limitation is that contaminants other than suspended solids will
not be removed. Filter media will not catch colloidal-size particles and
dissolved solids (coagulants can be added before filtration to remove these
fine particles). Oil and grease coat filter media and prevent effective back-
wash; therefore, pretreatment to remove oil and grease is required. Pretreat-
ment is also necessary if the total suspended solids concentration is high
enough (30 to 50 mg/£ for gravity granular-media filters) to clog the media too
quickly.
11-55
11.89.45
OO61.0.0
-------
BACKWASH DRAIN
HEAD
BACKWASH
TROUGH
INFLUENT
SINGLE OR MULTIPLE
LAYER FILTER MEDIUM
UNDERDRAIN
•AIR
BACKWASH
• EFFLUENT
FIGURE 11-23
GRANULAR MEDIA FILTRATION BED
5307-83
11-56
-------
11-7.1.3 Chemicals Required. The filtration process does not require chemical
use for the removal of suspended solids. Alum salts, iron salts, and polymers
can be added as coagulants or coagulant aids directly ahead of filtration units
for colloidal and dissolved solids removal. This will generally improve solids
captured by the filter, but at the expense of reduced run lengths.
11-7.1.4 Residuals Generated. The residue cleaned from surface filters
requires disposal. Backwash water (generally 2 to 10 percent of the through-,
put) from the cleaning of granular media filters requires further treatment and
disposal; spent backwash often is returned to the head of the plant for treat-
ment by sedimentation (USEPA, 1986c).
11-7.1.5 Design Criteria. Final quality of the filtered wastestream will
depend on how well the design criteria and operating parameters are chosen,
based on wastewater characteristics. The wastestream should be evaluated for
the concentration of TSS, the size of these particles, and the presence of
grease and oil that may coat the media. These characteristics and the waste-
stream flow will affect filtration performance.
Design criteria to be considered include the following:
o bed sizing as a function of wastewater flow and design loading rate
o a bed deep enough to allow relatively long filter runs
o filter media possessing qualities coarse enough to retain large
quantities of floe, sufficiently fine to prevent passage of suspended
solids, and graded to permit backwash cleaning (Viessman and Hammer,
1985)
o an underdrain to .support the bed, prevent loss of media with water,
and evenly distribute flow during backwash
Whenever possible, designs should be based on pilot filtration studies of the
actual wastewater to be treated. Pilot tests should help determine operating
parameters (i.e., hydraulic loading rate, run time, terminal head loss, and
backwash or air scour rate) that best remove the concentration of suspended
solids to acceptable levels.
Pilot studies can also help evaluate the following:
o cost comparisons between different filter designs capable of equiva-
lent performance
o effluent quality for a given medium
o adequate run times between backwashing cycles
o determination of the effects of pretreatment variations (USEPA,
1987e)
11-57
11.89.45
0063.0.0
-------
As general guidance, typical operating parameters for granular, gravity flow
filters are as follows:
o hydraulic loading rate
o backwash rate
o air scour rate
2 to 10 gpm/ft2
10 to 30 gpm/ft2
3 to 5 standard cubic feet/min
11-7.1.6 Performance. Filtration is an established, reliable method for
suspended solids and biological floe removal. However, the filtration process
can be inhibited by too great a concentration of suspended solids that clog
filter media, and excessive oil and grease that coat filter media to prevent
effective backwashing. In addition, collodial-size particles and dissolved
solids will not be filtered, but will pass through into the effluent. In each
case, a pretreatment process to remove suspended solids, separate oil and
grease, or coagulate colloidal and dissolved solids should be considered.
The performance of any filtration system should be determined from pilot
Studies on the actual wastewater or from information provided by filter manu-
facturer services.
11-7.2 Evaluation of Filtration
11-7.2.1 Effectiveness. Filtration is an effective treatment for suspended
solids and biological floe removal. The process will, at some point in the
treatment cycle, produce a residual sludge for which disposal must be consid-
ered. Surface filters produce sludge on the medium surface. In-depth filters,
backwashed for regeneration, generally send residual back to the treatment
headworks. At some point, perhaps during clarification, the residuals will be
collected. Landfill and incineration are disposal alternatives; waste from a
CERCLA site will generally require RCRA-permitted disposal.
11-7.2.2 Implementability. Filtration is a conventional, proven treatment
technology. It is rarely used as the sole method of treatment, but rather in
conjunction with other technologies, such as precipitation and clarification.
Filtration equipment is relatively simple to install •• and no chemicals are .
required. Design should be based on pilot studies performed on actual waste-
water. Filter manufacturers supply integrated field units. Where filter units
are not automated, skilled operators may be needed to monitor parameters such
as backwash.
11-7.2.3 Cost. The filtration process costing is based on a vendor package
unit. Assumptions are listed as follows.
Capital Costs
o Gravity flow with a loading rate of 5 gpm/ft2
o A 30-inch bed depth of multigrade sand media
11-58
_
11.89.45
0064.0.0
-------
o At least two units are installed in parallel to cover unit downtime
during backwash cycles, thus providing continuous filtering
capability
o Influent pump and piping designed with 100-percent backup capability
o Concrete pad to support each unit
O&M Costs
o Electricity for influent pump and unit is included.
o Backwash water is recycled treated effluent.
o Labor is 8 hours/week for system flows less than or equal to 1OO gpm,
and 16 hours/week for flows greater than 100 gpm.
o No disposal cost for the backwash stream is included. Assume stream
is returned to the treatment headworks.
The cost curves are presented in Figures 11-24 and 11-25.
11-8 AIR- AND STEAM-STRIPPING
Stripping, in general, refers to the removal of relatively volatile components
from wastewater by the passage of air, steam, or other gas through the contami-
nated liquid. Contaminants are transferred to the gas phase; therefore,
off-gas treatment is often employed.
To improve removal efficiencies (or rates) by stripping, the temperature and/or
pH of the wastewater may.be adjusted. Efficiency is not only a function of
temperature and pH, but also of size, shape, arrangement, and surface charac-
teristics of the column; its packing material; the rates of liquid and vapor
flowing; and various physical* properties and distribution of the vapor and
liquid (Brown, 1950).
In most cases, air-stripping will achieve effective removals of ammonia,
chlorinated solvents, monoaromatics, and other VOCs. Steam is used as the
stripping medium for increased efficiency, removal of less volatile compounds,
or applications in cold weather. Steam-stripping may also be used to remove
phenols and trace organics from wastewater. However, removal rates of some
compounds decrease with increasing temperature.
11-8.1 Description
Typical stripping processes involve surface aeration, spray aeration, diffused
aeration, packed-tower aeration, bubble-cap trays, valve trays, or sieve trays.
This discussion will be limited to packed-tower processes involving the ap-
plication of steam or air. The function of the packing material is to increase
the area of contact between the air or steam and the liquid waste.
11-59
11.89.45
0065.0.0
-------
FILTRATION
CAPITAL COST
DOLLARS
"housands)
X.X
%J*+\J —
320 -
300 -
280 -
260 -
240 -
220 -
200 -
180 -
160 -
140 -
120 -
100 -
80 -
60 -
40 -
on -
/
/
/
/
/
/
V
0.2
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
a CAPITAL COSTS
0.8
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
FIGURE 11-24
FILTRATION - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
FILTRATION
ANNUAL COST
OT
t/)-o
a c
<0
J W
-J 3
O O
O.C
0.2
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION,
1 1 T
0.4 0.6 0.8
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
D ANNUAL COST
FIGURE 11-25
FILTRATION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
The tower consists of a cylindrical column containing a liquid inlet, a dis-
tributing device, and a gas outlet at the top; a gas inlet, a distributing
space, and a liquid outlet at the bottom; and a packing material in the tower.
The air or steam enters the distributing space below the packed section, rises
upward through the packing, and contacts the descending liquid flowing through
the same openings. The packing disperses the influent water, providing a large
area of intimate contact between the liquid and gas phase. Figure 11-26 is a
schematic of the packed tower flow and characteristics.
Many different types of tower packing have been developed and several are used
commonly. Packings, which usually are dumped at random in the tower, are
available in sizes of 3 to 75 mm, and are made of inert materials such as clay,
porcelain, graphite, or plastic. These packings are dumped into the tower with
redistribution plates to prevent channeling of the liquid.
Stacked packing with sizes of 75 mm and larger is also used. The packing is
stacked vertically, with open channels running uninterrupted throughout the
bed. Typical stacked packings are wood grids, drip-point grids, spiral parti-
tion rings, and PVC films (Geankoplis, 1983).
11-8.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Stripping processes differ according to
the stripping medium and packing material chosen for the treatment system. Air
and steam are the most common media; inert gases are also used. Air- and
steam-stripping using packed towers are described in the following paragraphs.
Air-stripping. The stripping tower consists of a cylindrical vertical shell
filled with packing material, and blowers to induce air flow. The towers are
of two basic types: countercurrent and cross-flow. In countercurrent towers,
the entire air flow enters at the bottom of the tower, while the water enters'
the top of the tower and falls through the packing material to the bottom. In
crossflow towers, the air is pulled through the sides of the tower along its
entire height, while water flow proceeds down the tower through the packing.
In either type flow, treated effluent is collected in a sump at the bottom of
the tower.
Reflux (i.e., condensing a portion of the vapors from the top of the column and
returning it to the column) may be practiced if it is desired to increase the
concentration of the stripped material derived from the stripping column.
Introducing the feed at a point below the top of the column (while still using
the same height of packing in the stripper) will yield a vapor stream richer in
VOCs. The combination of using reflux and introducing the feed at a lower
level will further increase the concentration of the VOC component in the
overhead.
Steam-stripping. Steam-stripping is fundamentally comparable to air-stripping.
The process is used to volatilize contaminants from a wastewater stream. Steam
is used in cases where the volatility of the organic constituents makes removal
at ambient air temperatures difficult. This unit operation has been applied to
the removal of water-immiscible compounds (i.e., chlorinated hydrocarbons),
which must be reduced to trace levels because of their toxicity.
11-62
11.89.45
0068.0.0
-------
GAS OUTLET
INFLUENT
LIQUID LEVEL
EFFLUENT
1
liOiOiOiOit
/ i V i V i V i \/ i \
LIQUID DISTRIBUTOR
PACKING SUPPORT
GAS WLET
2307-87
11-63
FIGURE 11-26
AIR STRIPPING
-------
Steam-stripping is usually conducted as a continuous operation in a packed
tower. Figure 11-27 shows a schematic of a typical steam-stripping system.
Wastewater, preheated by a. heat exchanger, enters at the top of the column and
flows by gravity down through the packing. Steam rises up from the bottom of
the column and volatilizes contaminants. As the wastewater passes down through
the column, it contacts the vapors and steam rising from the lower portion of
the column. Due to the countercurrent flow pattern, this contact progressively
lessens the concentrations of VOCs or gases in the wastewater as it approaches
the bottom of the column. At the bottom of the column, the wastewater is
heated by the incoming steam to further reduce the concentration of VOC com-
ponent (s) to their final concentration. Much of the heat in the wastewater
discharged from the bottom of the column is recovered by the heat exchanger
preheating the feed to the column.
The contaminated steam passes out through the top of the column. Depending on
the contaminant, the steam may be condensed to a liquid and separated from the
contaminant or refluxed to the tower. If concentrations are at permissible
levels, the steam may be emitted directly into the atmosphere. Otherwise, the
condensed stream must be treated to remove the organics or disposed' of at an
appropriate facility.
11-8.1.2—Advantages and Limitations. Advantages of both stripping processes
are that acids and other corrosive materials can be handled because appropriate
construction materials are available. Packings can be fabricated from ceramic,
stainless steel, Teflon, or chemical-resistant plastics. Towers can be con-
structed of polyethylene, stainless steel, or chemical-resistant plastics.
Also, liquids that tend to foam may be handled more readily in packed columns
because of the relatively low degree of liquid agitation by the gas (Perry,
1973). *
Disadvantages are associated with the packing material of the column. Some
packing materials break easily during insertion into the column or from thermal
expansion and contraction. Low liquid flow rates (air-to-water ratios up to
5:1) decrease the contact efficiency due to incomplete wetting of the column
packing. Packed columns are limited to operating ranges narrower than other
stripping processes using film packings.
A drawback of air-stripping is its low efficiency in cold weather. Also, when
lime is used to raise the pH, fouling problems may occur in towers and the
efficiency of the process is affected. The pH also affects the volatility of
compounds. Iron and manganese can be oxidized and magnesium and calcium can be
precipitated by the process, creating scale that can cause channeling of flow
in the column. High suspended solids, as well as oils and greases, can also
accumulate in the stripper and cause fouling.
f
Steam-stripping is more efficient than air-stripping in certain applications,
but has much higher operating costs. Also, if VOCs react with each other, as
in refinery sour water containing hydrogen sulfide (H S) and ammonia, the vapor
pressure exerted by each component must be experimentally developed because
vapor/liquid equilibrium data do not exist for many specific combinations of
water soluble components.
11-64
11.89.45
0070.0.0
-------
INFLUENT
i
HEAT
EXCHANGER V\
INFLUENT
TANK
TOWER
REFLUX
->-OUT
IN
COOLING
WATER
L-Q-
DISTILLATE
ACCUMULATOR
DRUM
REBOILER
STEAM
STEAM
TRAP
EFFLUENT
FIGURE 11-27
STEAM STRIPPING
iS307-87
11-65
-------
11-8.1.3—Chemicals Required. For wastewater containing high concentrations of
calcium, an inhibiting polymer may be added to ease the fouling problem. Acid
wash systems can be used to solubilize the scale in a continuous or batch-flow
tower.
11-8.1.4—Residuals Generated. Stripped VOCs in the off-gas can be processed
further for recovery or incineration. For sites that are in areas attaining
the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for ozone, VOC air emissions may
need control to meet state ARARs, risk management guidelines or other require-.
ments of CERCLA Section 121. In ozone nonattainment areas VOC controls are
more likely to be required to meet state ozone attainment strategies. The
USEPA policy memorandum "Control of Air Emissions from Superfund Air Strippers
at Superfund Groundwater Sites" (OSWER' Directive 9355.0-28, June 15, 1989)
provides more guidance on VOC air emission control.
Scale from packed towers may need to be recycled or landfilled. Spent acid
wash chemicals are saved for recovery. Post-treatment of the effluent stream
may be necessary if the effluent concentration^ ) are above discharge limits.
11-8.1.5—Design Criteria. Design considerations and factors important in the
removal of organics from wastewater by stripping include temperature, pressure,
air-to-water ratio, and surface area available for mass transfer.
The first design variables to specify for a stripping system include the water
flow rate and composition, and the desired effluent concentration of oneior
more of the solutes. Next, the packing material fpr the column should be
selected, and should offer the following characteristics: (1) large intersti-
tial surface between liquid and gas; (2) desirable fluid-flow characteristics;
(3) chemical inertness to fluids being processed; (4) structural strength to
permit easy handling and installation; and (5) low cost (Treybal, 1955).
Given the packing type and the water flow rate, the designer must then deter-
mine an optimum gas flow rate through the packed column to yield the desired
contaminant removal. The practice is to design for gas velocities at 40 to
70 percent of the flooding velocity (Treybal, 1955), with the optimum operating
velocity about 50 percent of flooding (Stenzel and Gupta, 1985; and Perrv
1973).
Vendor recommendations can then be used to determine the tower height and
diameter, provided that the tower will be operated for the specified removal
rate. The removal rate dictates the depth of packing, which in turn determines
the air flow rate at a given liquid flow. Operating pressure, the pressure
drop across the tower, and the blower or reboiler specifications can then be
determined CStenzel and Gupta, 1985; and USEPA, 1984).
Practical tower diameters range from 1 to 12 feet, with packing heights as high
as 50 feet; air-to-water volumetric ratios may range from 10 to 1, up to 300 to
JL. •
11-8.1.6 Performance. One indicator of a compound's volatility relative to
water is the Henry's Law constant. Other factors that affect both the magni-
11.89.45
0072.0.0
11-66
-------
tude of the Henry's Law constant and the compound strippability include molecu-
lar weight, solubility, vapor.pressure, and polarity (Michael, 1988).
Stripping has been shown to achieve removals of 90 to 99 percent for certain
VOCs (Lenzo, 1988; Stenzel and Gupta, 1985; and USEPA, 1986a).
Several researchers have published analytical techniques to predict removal
efficiencies based on mass-transfer theory and packed tower design. However,
if a definitive prediction is required, pilot tests should be conducted rather
than relying on a theoretical method.
11-8.2 Evaluation of Air- and Steam-stripping
11-8.2.1 Effectiveness. Removal efficiencies vary with the volatility and
concentration of the compound. For removal from aqueous sources, efficiencies
can be as high as 99.99-percent removal. Off-gas treatment with granular
activated carbon (GAG) or condensation units may be required to meet federal
and state air emission standards.
Effluent streams from a stripping tower include the off-gas, effluent water,
and tower scale. The off-gases may contain VOCs requiring treatment. The
treated water may require additional treatment to further re?duce VOC and SVOC
concentrations to discharge limits. The scale from the tower may need to be
treated prior to disposal.
Influent restrictions to a stripping system may dictate pretreatment prior to
stripping. High influent concentrations of metals such as iron, manganese,
calcium, or magnesium that would oxidize and cause scaling or fouling of the
tower may need to be reduced before stripping. Pretreatment may be required
for waxstewater streams containing large amounts of suspended solids and oils
and greases.
Stripping substantially reduces the toxicity of the influent water caused by
the contaminants. The contaminant(s) is transferred to the gas phase. Strip-
ping processes significantly decrease the potential for mobility of the contam-
inant in groundwater, but increase mobility in the atmosphere. The remedy is
permanent if stripping is used in conjunction with vapor-phase treatment.
11-8.2.2 Implementability. Stripping systems are feasible for on-site pre-
treatment when large volumes of VOC-contaminated water/groundwater require
treatment. Stripping is suitable for the treatment of water with high concen-
trations of VOCs (greater than 100 ppm). However, concentrated organics
extracted from groundwater treatment must be disposed of, and tower off-gases
may require treatment (i.e., scrubbing, carbon absorption or incineration) to
meet local and federal air quality standards.
Stripping towers currently process VOCs, THMs, and ammonia-contaminated water
at hazardous waste sites, manufacturing facilities, and municipal water treat-
ment plants. On-site facilities have proven successful for a broad range of
contaminants and flow rates. Due to the nature of the air-stripping process, i
11-67
11.89.45
0073.0.0
-------
consistent quality effluent can be obtained, provided there are no large
increases in influent concentrations or irreversible tower fouling.
1.1-8.2.3 Cost. Only after the tower has been designed can the capital and
operating costs be estimated for treatment of the wastestream. Information on
process equipment costs has been published in various engineering books,
journals, and several USEPA reports. The cost methods presented in this
section have been derived from these sources, and not from vendor quotes or
case histories.
Capital costs are the costs of the equipment used, and are expressed in terms
of purchased cost, delivered cost, and installed cost. An installation factor,
usually different for each type of equipment, can be used to determine the
installed capital cost. Installation factors are usually based on the pur-
chased equipment cost.
The capital cost of air-/steam-stripping systems can be grouped into costs for
the following major components:
o mass transfer equipment (tray and packed towers)
o heat transfer equipment (heat exchangers, condensers, and reboilers)
° fluid transfer and handling equipment (pumps, compressors, and tanks)
o installation materials including foundation, structural, instrumenta-
tion and controls, paint, insulation, and electrical and piping, as
well as labor
The purchased cost for tray and packed towers can be divided into the following
components:
o shell cost, including heads, skirts, manholes, and nozzles
o cost for internals, including trays and accessories, packing, sup-
ports, and plates
o cost for auxiliaries, such as platforms, ladders, handrails, and
insulation
The basic engineering design parameters that have primary impact on the cost of
stripping VOCs are effluent concentrations, required system size, and air-to-
water ratio.
Cost information was compiled for flow rates ranging from 10 to 1,000 gpm, and
is based on the following assumptions.
11-68
11.89.45
0074.0.0
-------
Capital Cost
o air-stripping tower of packed-tower design
o tower capable of removing up to 99.5 percent of the influent tri-
chlorethene (TCE)
o air-stripping tower installed on concrete pad
OSeM Costs
o Electricity to operate pumps is included.
o Labor required to operate and maintain system is 8 hours/week for
system flows less than or equal to 100 gpm, and 16 hours/week for
system flows greater than 10O gpm.
o No disposal costs for residual streams are included.
o No pretreatment chemicals are. included.
Cost information is presented in Figures 11-28 and 11-29. Cost curves were
prepared for two cases: (1) a packed air-stripping tower to treat 100 ppb of
influent TCE; and (2) a packed air-stripping tower to treat influent TCE at
1,000 ppb.
11-9 ANAEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
11-9.1 Description
The anaerobic biological treatment process involves bacterial reduction of
organic matter in an oxygen-free environment. The complex microbiological
process involved in anaerobic treatment utilizes many types of bacteria working
in an assembly-line fashion under favorable conditions for growth. In general,
certain key factors encompass a favorable environment for anaerobic treatment
to occur efficiently, including optimum bacterial retention time, adequate
bacterial-substrate contact, proper pH, proper temperature control, adequate
concentrations of proper nutrients, the absence or assimilation of toxic
materials, and proper feed characteristics (Parkin and Owen, 1986). Anaerobic
treatment is best utilized specifically to reduce high strength organic wastes
and wastewaters to concentrations that can be degraded aerobically (VandenBerg,
1984).
The anaerobic treatment process has traditionally been used to stabilize and
reduce municipal treatment plant sludges and to treat easily biodegradable
wastes and food industry effluents. The process suffers from a reputation of
unreliability, fostered in part by various unknowns associated with physical,
biological, and chemical operational factors, and has had difficulty in being
applied to a variety of wastestreams as an alternative to aerobic treatment.
However, a wide variety of applications have been seen, generally on concen-
trated wastestreams with or without suspended solids^ (Olthof and Oleszkiewicz,
1982).
11-69
11.89.45
0075.0.0
-------
OL-ll
I
zw
00
me
W3J
SI
il
m
o
DOLLARS
(Thousands)
o
•
fco
o
>
top
01 £
>eu
«z
CO
m
73
+
M
£§
ZQ.
coq^
(£>;
ui
a?
m
o>
TJ
2
O
i
5
p
bo
O
m
>oo
-------
to
wo
on c
<0
*°
O O
as:
\-
20
AIR STRIPPING ANNUAL COSTS
REMOVAL PERCENTAGE AS SHOWN
0.2
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
D 95% + B9.596
FIGURE 11-29
AIR STRIPPING - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
11-9.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Essentially, there are two anaerobic
system and reactor process types available for use. The first is a straight-
through, completely mixed, suspended-growth reactor system similar to the «
sludge-digester system, in which microorganisms are not attached to fixed or
suspended media and the hydraulic retention time (HRT) equals the biological
solids retention time (SRT). in this type of system, the minimum SRT is
approximately 12 days, therefore leading to the design of large reactors and a
system generally not chosen for industrial application (Anderson et al., 1982).
Examples of reactors within this process type include septic tanks, anaerobic
lagoons, and sludge bed reactors.
The second process type is the contact reactor (Figure 11-30), in which the
biomass is retained by attachment on fixed or suspended media to maintain a
high SRT; at the same time, a low HRT is allowable, resulting in a smaller
reactor volume. The attached growth systems offer advantages of a high biomass
concentration retained in the reactor, increased resistance to adverse condi-
tions due to the longer period of time the microorganism has to adapt to a
variety of conditions, and the likelihood that natural stratification of the
various microorganisms will occur and allow the optimum species to prevail
(Anderson et al., 1982). Examples of these reactors include stationary medium
reactors (which include upflow or downflow randomly dumped or fixed orientation
filter systems, and rotating biological disc systems) and fluidized bed reac-
tors in which bacteria form films around small-diameter solids held in fluid
suspension by recycling a percentage of the substrate flowthrough.
In general, if easy-to-degrade organics, high-suspended organic solids, low
concentrations of toxic compounds, and higher temperatures are present in the
wastewater, suspended-growth reactors have been selected over fixed growth;
opposite characteristics result in a fixed growth selection (Olthof et al.,
1984). Selection of the appropriate process configuration and reactor type is
critical and warrants detailed consideration; each offers varying SRTs and HRTs
and has different optimal operating parameters and effluent treatment efficien-
cies (Switzenbaum and Grady, 1986). Literature searches, treatability studies,
and vendor contacts should be conducted to determine the optimum system for a
particular wastestream.
11-9.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. Anaerobic biological treatment has
certain advantages over aerobic treatment, including (1) reduced energy re-
quirements , due to the lack of need for aeration or oxygen-providing equipment
and the possibility of using the resulting methane as a fuel; (2) reduced
sludge production (10 percent of aerobic); (3) freedom from the constraints
that food to microorganism (F/M) operational controls place on aerobic systems,
allowing the anaerobic systems to treat the high strength wastes above
1,000 mg/£ COD, which are difficult to treat aerobically, as well as more
dilute wastes; (4) less sensitivity to heavy metal poisoning; and (5) reduced
nutrient requirements (Witt et al., 1979).
Anaerobic systems can break down some halogenated organic compounds and can
treat the high strength organic wastes that cannot be treated efficiently by
aerobic systems (USEPA, 1986f).
11-72
11.89.45
0078.0.0
-------
INFLUENT
OFF-GASES
METHANE AND CARBON DIOXIDE
EFFLUENT
SUPPORT MEDIA
•530743
FIGURE 11-30
ANAEROBIC UPFLOW FILTER
11-73
-------
The disadvantages of anaerobic systems include (1) the relative lack of
practical experience in full-scale operations, and general lack of acceptance
as a treatment method; (2) the relatively long and variable start-up period
required to allow for microorganism development (i.e., nine months for filter,
10 weeks for sludge blanket); (3) the need for process optimization data for
various types of wastewater; and (4) the general understanding that, to meet
water quality standards, anaerobic processes are limited to pretreatment
applications prior to aerobic or other organics-removal options (for treatment
of low-strength COD concentrations, only 50- to 60-percent conversion is
expected) (Obayaski et al., 1981). Also, for lower-strength wastes, larger
digester volumes are frequently required. Because this is a biological pro-
cess, it is subject to toxicity failure if certain toxic levels are reached.
Relative toxicity limits must be determined for the wastewater to be treated,
as well as whether the toxicity is reversible or irreversible. Methane bac-
teria are reportedly killed easily by low concentrations of toxic substances
(Yang and Speece, 1985), and often recover much more slowly after toxic shocks.
Anaerobic treatment has had unfavorable past experiences, and is a poorly
understood process, resulting in a generally negative feeling toward its use as
a wastewater treatment system. Significant odors may be given off if the gas
is not collected and treated and, if the methane is to be stored or utilized,
the sulfur must be removed.
11-9.1.3 Chemicals Required. As in aerobic systems, certain chemicals and/or
nutrients may be required to ensure that (1) toxic conditions that could
inhibit growth and anaerobic degradation do not develop within the biological
reactors; (2) the required nutrients are present in sufficient quantities to
ensure that efficient microbial growth and biological degradation are occur-
ring; and (3) certain other inhibitory conditions, correctable with chemical
addition, do not persist (Olthof and Oleszkiewicz, 1982). Extensive laboratory
bench- and pilot-scale testing is sometimes necessary to pinpoint the problem
areas and determine the chemical additions required to efficiently operate the
systems.
11-9.1.4 Residuals Generated. The primary residuals of the anaerobic process
include methane, carbon dioxide, and sludge. Of the amount of COD entering the
system, it has been shown that 11 to 15 percent is converted into biomass
Csludge) requiring treatment/disposal, versus 50 to 60 percent conversion in
aerobic systems; therefore, the anaerobic system is a more efficient organic
degradation system (Suidan et al., 1981). It has been shown that 90 percent of
the biodegradable fraction of organics is converted into methane, which com-
prises approximately 75 to 80 percent of the total gas produced, and is yielded
at a rate of approximately 0.350 m3/kg COD (Olthof and Oleszkiewicz, 1982).
Depending on SRT, HRT, strength of incoming wastes, and operation efficiency,
the methane production rate will vary. The methane generated can be utilized
as a fuel supply and/or to heat the influent prior to treatment (which allows
for more efficient removal of organics). However, if hydrogen sulfide gas is
present in the gas stream, it must be scrubbed before it can be stored or used
as a fuel. An iron sponge scrubber system has been utilized to perform this
task and to precipitate the H2S as ferrous sulfide.
11-74
11.89.45
0080.0.0
-------
11-9.1.5 Design Criteria. There are basically two approaches to designing
wastewater reactors: (1) use of years of process-type information involving
volumetric organic loadings and expected effluent quality; or (2) use of
conceptual simulation models of processes and conditions to predict the optimum
design. Numerous models are described in the literature of fixed film re-
actors; however, to date, none have been sufficiently refined to be used,to
design full-scale systems. Due to the lack of many full-scale systems treating
high-strength wastes, and the relative lack of published design criteria and
research and development, treatability and pilot studies are normally required.
These studies will be useful to pinpoint problem areas and modify system design
and operation constraints, in order to determine (1) if additive, antagonistic
synergistic toxicities will result among the various chemicals in the waste-
water, and (2) the rate-limiting step. The preferred sequential approach for
design parameter selection should include (1) toxicity testing and wastewater
analyses studies combined with a detailed literature search of available
anaerobic treatment technologies; (2) bench-scale tests in fixed film and
flowthrough reactors installed in parallel; and (3) pilot-scale tests on the
selected process to determine scale-up factors and specific reactor require-
ments (Olthof and Oleszkiewicz, 1982).
In an effort to provide an understanding of anaerobic toxicity, Table 11-3
lists a few of the reported wastewater concentrations that generally are toxic
to anaerobic wastewater treatment. Several contaminants of concern are listed
more than once to illustrate the differences among the concentration generali-
zations made or reported by different authors. ' * •
There are many published general design recommendations of which to be aware
when considering anaerobic systems. The desirable' design will maximize the SRT
and minimize the HRT. Sludge and flow recycling is usually required, as well
as efficient solids recapture of the recycle. Recycle pumps and piping that
have no high shear zones, which would disperse biomass floes, are preferred.
Reactor configurations ensuring low turbulence, efficient sedimentation, and
prevention of. plugging are also recommended. Processes resulting in a higher
biomass concentration in the reactor are generally preferred, and induced
thickening of the return sludge often will improve efficiency. Optimal design
is also dependent on adequate bacterial and food source contact, often achieved
by active or passive mixing. If fluctuations in flow or waste strength are
anticipated, consideration should be given to adding an equalization tank to
the process; stable, consistent operating conditions are necessary for ef-
ficient results. __ -
Whether primary sedimentation is required depends on the reactor hydrolysis
rates and HRT. Methods to remove gaseous products from early stages of bac-
terial conversion improves efficiency in the later stages of treatment and ••
increases process stability.
11-9.1.6 Treatability of Waste/Performance. As previously noted, anaerobic
processes are more efficient than aerobic processes in treating high-strength
biodegradable organics. Anaerobic treatment processes have been consistently
recommended for treating wastewater stronger than 1,000 mg/A COD. Anaerobic
systems typically handle wastewaters greater than 3,000 to 5,000 mg/£ COD,
while aerobic systems are limited to concentrations below 5,000 mg/A COD due to
11-75
11.89.45
0081.0.0
-------
TABLE 11-3
VARIOUS CHEMICAL/LOADING-SPECIFIC TOXICITY OR INHIBITION RESPONSES
IN ANAEROBIC WASTEWATER TREATMENT
CHEMICAL/PARAMETER
INHIBITION/
TOXICITY RESPONSE
SOURCE
Inorganic
Total Dissolved Inorganics
Nickel, Copper, Cyanide
Nickel
Copper
Sulfide
Sulfide
Potassium
Magnesium
Sodium
Ammonia-N
Alkalinity
Bicarbonate Alkalinity
Calcium
Chromium 6
Zinc
pH
PH
Arsenic
Boron
Cadmium
Chloride
Chromium (total)
Cyanide
Iron
Lead
Mercury
Tin
>30,000 mg/S,
>1 mg/£
>2 mg/£
2-200 mg/S.
<0.5 mg/S.
0.5-100 mg/S.
>300 mg/S.
>200 mg/S,
50-100 mg/S.
> 12,000 mg/S,
>3,000 mg/S.
1,000 mg/S,
>8 g/S.
3,500 mg/S,
>3,000 mg/S.
1,500-3,000 mg/S,
<1,000-5,000 mg/S.
<1,000 mg/S.
>8,000 mg/S.
>3 mg/S,
>1 mg/S,
1-10 mg/S.
6.8 200-1,000 mg/S,
>500 mg/S,
>250 mg/S.
Parkin and Owen, 1986
Parkin and Owen, 1986
Metcalf & Eddy, 1979
11.89.45T
0003.0.0
11-76
-------
TABLE 11-3
(continued)
VARIOUS CHEMICAL/LOADING-SPECIFIC TOXICITY OR INHIBITION RESPONSES
IN ANAEROBIC WASTEWATER TREATMENT
CHEMICAL/PARAMETER
INHIBITION/
TOXICITY RESPONSE
SOURCE
Organic (continued)
Volatile acids
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl chloride
Methylene chloride
Chloroform
Formaldehyde
Formaldehyde
Phenol
Ethylene dichloride
Halogenated aliphatics
Nitro/chlorogenic
semivolatiles
COD
COD
COD
BOD
BOD
Aromatics
Chlorinated benzenes
Nitrogen compounds
Oxygenated compounds
Organic acids
Chlorophenols
Nitrophenols
>6,OOO mg/S.
>200-400 mg/S,
>5-10 mg/S.
>3 mg/£
>0.5 mg/S.
>2.4-200 mg/£
>400 mg/S,
>2,000 mg/S.
>28 mg/S.
100-200 mg/S.
>5-7 mg/S.
>1 mg/S.
0.1-100 mg/S,
variable, in 100-mg/£
range
<1,500 mg/S.
<2,000-3,000 mg/S,
<10,000 mg/S.
1,000
-------
limitations in oxygen mass-transfer. Because no oxygen is required in
anaerobic treatment, this limitation does not exist. As noted previously,
proper reactor and system configuration and careful operational control result
in increased organics removal efficiency. Metals removal at rates of 50 to 60
percent have been noted in anaerobic systems . If metals removals are a con-
cern, treatability studies should determine if sufficient removals are possible
in the anaerobic system.
Chemicals normally considered inhibitory or toxic to anaerobic bacteria can
often be degraded or removed efficiently if the system provides high SRTs .
Examples of chemicals that have been treated anaerobically are listed in
Table 11-4. As discussed previously, attempts to extrapolate these data to
determine treatability in a particular wastestream are generally not recom-
mended; bench- and pilot-scale testing will likely provide the degree to which
particular contaminants will be removed.
11-9.2 Evaluation of Anaerobic Biological Treatment
11-9. 2. I Effectiveness. Anaerobic treatment of wastewater for organics
removal is a permanent remedy that reduces a significant portion of biological-
ly degradable organics into methane and innocuous end-products. Under optimum
conditions, anaerobic treatment has removed over 98 percent of influent organic
contaminants in wastestreams . With proper design, no significant public health
risks would result. However, as discussed in Section 11-9.1.6, with varying
influent concentrations, certain contaminants are more readily removed than
others, and the system design and operating parameters should be tailored to
optimize treatment. In addition, to operate with efficiency, the minimum COD
in the substrate surrounding anaerobic bacteria should be in the 600 to
900 mg/£ range; concentration levels lower than these result in reduced treat-
ment effectiveness , with expected COD degradation of 50 to 60 percent (URS
Company, Inc., 1987). Therefore, to decrease effluent BOD to acceptable
concentrations for discharge to receiving waters, it is sometimes necessary to
use aerobic treatment systems after anaerobic systems. Also, depending on the
discharge criteria, additional processes to remove residual VOCs and suspended
solids may be required.
The methane generated is usually treated and/or used as a fuel, or flared
on-site; these are permanent remedies for this by-product. The sludge generat-
ed in the anaerobic process will usually contain a certain amount of the
influent metals and organics. Therefore, "the sludge may require dewatering
followed by incineration or further treatment prior to consideration for
landfilling.
Implementability. Most of the existing full-scale wastewater appli-
cations are for treatment of warm, concentrated organic wastestreams, such as
grain milling, sugar refining, food processing, fermentation, pharmaceutical,
organic chemical, textile, tanning, petrochemical, pulp and paper, coal pro-
cessing, and synfuels wastewater. Perhaps the most suitable application is as
an organics treatment step for landfill leachate, during which storage, mixing,
and flow regulation can be accomplished. However, before widespread use of
anaerobic systems occurs, process design information must be developed.
11-78
11.89.45
0084.0.0
-------
TABLE 11-4
EXAMPLES OF ORGANICS DEGRADED ANAEROBICALLY
ORGANIC COMPOUND
REFERENCE
Acetaldehyde
Acetic acid
Acetic anhydride
Acetone
Acrylic acid
Adipic acid
Aniline
1-Amino butyric acid
Benzoic acid
Butanoic acid
Butanol
Butyraldehyde
Butyl Benzyl Phthalate Esters
Butylene glycerol
Butyric acid
Catechol
Chloroform
Cresol
Crotonaldehyde
Crotonic acid
DDT
Diacetone gulusonic acid
Dieldrin
Diraethoxy benzoic acid
DimethyInitrosamine
1,1-Dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethene
dichloromethane
Ethanol
Ethyl acetate
Ethyl acrylate
EthyIpheno1
Ferulic acid
Formaldehyde
Formic acid
Fumaric acid
Glutamic acid
Glutaric acid
Glycerol
Hexachloro 1,3-Butadiene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Hexachlorbethene
Hexanoic acid
Hydroquinone
Indole
Introhenzene
Isobutyric acid
CD
(5)
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
C5)
CD
CD
C2)
CD
C3)
CD
C4)
CD
CD
CD
C2)
CD
C2)
CD
C2)
C7)
Cio)
C7)
CD
CD
CD
C9)
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
C8)
C8)
C8)
CD
CD
C5)
C2)
CD
11.89.45T
0005.0.0
11-79
-------
TABLE 11-4
(continued)
EXAMPLES OF ORGANICS DEGRADED ANAEROBICALLY
ORGANIC COMPOUND
REFERENCE
Isopropanol
Isopropyl alcohol
Lactic acid
Lindane
Maleic acid
Methanol
Methyl acetate
Methyl acrylate
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl formate
Nitrobenzene
Pentachlorophenol
Pentanoic acid
P-Cresol
P-Ni tropheno1
Pentaerythritol
•Pentanol
Phenol
Phloroglucinol
Phthalic acid
Propanal
Propanol
Propionate
Propionic Acid
Propylene glycol
Protocatechuic acid
Pyridine
Quinoline
Resorcinol
Sec-butanol
Sec-butylamine
Sorbic acid
Syringaldehyde
Syringic acid
Succinic acid
Tert-butanol
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Toluene
Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Trichloromethane
Trihalomethane
Valeric acid
Vanillic acid
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl chloride
Vinylidine chloride
3,4-Xylenol
CD
CD
CD
C2)
CD
(1)
CD
(1)
CD
CD
CD
C2)
C5)
C5)
(2)
CD
CD
CD
C2)
CD
CD
CD
CD
C3)
CD
CD
C9)
C5)
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
CD
C7)
C2)
C2, 4)
C4, 10)
C2)
C6)
C3)
CD
CD
Cio)
Cio)
C9)
11.89.45T
0006.0.0
11-80
-------
TABLE 11-4 (continued)
EXAMPLES OF ORGANICS DEGRADED ANAEROBICALLY
REFERENCES
(1) Speece, 1983
(2) Olthof et al., 1984
(3) Parkin and Owen, 1986
(4) Switzenbaum and Grady, 1986
(5) Fox et al., 1988
(6) Bouwer et al., 1981
(7) Vargas and Ahlert, 1987
(8) Johnson and Young, 1983
(9) Blum et al., 1986
(10) Fogel et al., 1986
11.89.45T
0007.0.0
11-81
-------
Various vendors exist and can provide selected microbes, nutrients, and system
designs. In addition, most of the companies that offer mobile aerobic systems
also offer anaerobic systems. However, vendors are generally reluctant to
recommend the anaerobic systems (USEPA, 1986d). As discussed previously, to
assess the implementability of anaerobic treatment on a particular wastestream,
laboratory and pilot-scale treatability studies should be conducted to de-
termine CD to what extent the wastewater is degraded; (2) what type of reactor
should be used; (3) what nutrients are required; (4) maximum loading and gas
composition; (5) the necessity of supplemental alkalinity; and (6) whether
there is any inhibition or toxicity. These treatability studies can take more
than six months to conduct, with additional time required for system design and
construction.
The residuals produced during treatment must be disposed of. Sludge dewatering
technology, gas treatment systems, and landfilling are widely used and avail-
able. Once the system is operating, frequent monitoring is required to ensure
efficient treatment. Downtime occurs during repairs to process tanks or
piping, for removal of excess solids (which may plug the reactor), and/or for
reseeding with microorganisms, if necessary. Sufficient surface area should be
made available for the system, process downtime wastewater storage, emergency
wastewater removal, and/or additional pretreatment units, if determined neces-
sary during design.
11-9.2.3 Cost. Capital costs for anaerobic reactors have been shown to be
Similar to those for aerobic reactors. For example, capital costs for anaero-
bic reactors can be approximately 10 percent greater than those for aerobic
reactors (Witt et al., 1979; and Olthof and Oleszkiewicz, 1982). However,
depending on design, anaerobic reactors can have a capital cost 25 percent
below that of aerobic reactors. Increased costs result in systems that require
a refined flow distribution system and added pumps, as required in the
fluidized bed systems. These requirements also apply frequently to aerobic
systems. Increased costs for filter media have added to a reluctance to use
anaerobic systems, with packing materials costs found to be comparable to tank
costs. For example, for a large system (assuming 10-percent annual interest,
1988 dollars), reactors and media each have been indicated to cost $560/m3
(Speece, 1983):
When considering anaerobic versus aerobic wastewater treatment systems, the
cost savings most often indicated for anaerobic systems are those due to
decreased O&M (i.e., lower sludge production, energy conservation, and methane
production/use), with savings of $.20 to $.50/1,000 gallons treated (Jewell,
1987). Although available literature often praises the O&M costs savings of
anaerobic systems over aerobic systems ($160/metric ton COD treated, assuming
$.06/kWh, $4.50/106 BTU for methane [1988 dollars], and $100/ton dewatered
sludge disposal [Speece, 1983]), it has been noted that, when COD loading is
below 15,000 pounds per day, there is little difference between anaerobic and
aerobic operating costs. It has also been noted that anaerobic treatment may
become cost-effective when the process generates enough methane to heat the
system.
To accurately estimate costs, bench-scale tests should be used to determine if
biological treatment alone is sufficient to meet treatment requirements.
11-82
11.89.45
0088.0.0
-------
Typical costs and cost curves have not been developed for anaerobic treatment
systems because costs are highly site-specific and therefore should be
developed on a site-by-site basis.
11-10 AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
11-10.1 Description
Aerobic biological treatment is used'to remove biodegradable organic matter
from wastestreams through microbial degradation in the presence of dissolved
oxygen. Oxygen acts as an electron acceptor for microorganisms, and should be
present in sufficient quantity to promote and sustain their growth. As a
treatment technology, biological treatment is often technically more effective
and less costly than physical-chemical treatment for control of organic
pollutants in wastewaters, especially those with complex mixtures of waste. In
some cases, a combination of biological and physical-chemical treatment will be
the optimum treatment option (Bishop and Jaworski, 1986).
Aerobic processes can be used to significantly reduce a wide range of organic
and hazardous compounds; however, in general, only dilute wastes (i.e., less
than 1 percent) are normally treatable. Relatively low levels (i.e., BOD less
than 10,000 mg/Ji) of nonhalogenated and/or certain halogenated organic waste-
streams are recommended for aerobic biological treatment, with consistent,
stable operating conditions required.
One feature that makes biological treatment practical is the retention of
biological cells in a large biomass, which fosters rapid and complete oxidation
of organic matter within a relatively short liquid detention time. The goal
of biological treatment of wastewater is mineralization of the organic con-
stituents. However, this process is never 100-percent complete, and degrada-
tion products are usually released. These degradation products may be toxic,
depending on the influent characteristics.
11-10.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Two general types of biological reactors
are in use: (1) suspended, mobilized growth reactors, and (2) ''fixed film,
immobilized cell reactors. Suspended growth reactors are generally stirred-
tank reactors in which the microorganisms (biomass) and substrate (biode-
gradable organics) in the wastestream are totally or partially mixed. In
immobilized cell reactors, the biomass is attached, or fixed, to media, and the
substrate contacts immobilized biomass by flowing over the media (URS Company,
Inc., 1987). Section 10 provides a brief description of five common aerobic
systems. , .
The two most common and longest standing methods of aerobic treatment are the
activated sludge, suspended growth reactor and the trickling filter, fixed film
reactor. In the activated sludge process (Figure 11-31), microorganisms must
accumulate into relatively large aggregates known as floes. These large masses
of cells can settle after they exit the aeration tank in a secondary clarifier,
and are returned to the reactor tank to allow buildup of biomass. In trickling
filter systems, the cell mass is retained directly in the filter media, and is
attached to fixed, solid surfaces. Organic contaminant and ammonia removal,
11-83
11.89.45
OO89.0.0
-------
i
00
-P-
INFLUENT-
NUTRIENTS
PUMP
AERATOR
FLOCCULANTS
I
I
I
AERATION TANK
I
i
SECONDARY
CLARIFIER
RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGE
RECYCLE PUMP
WASTED
ACTIVATED
SLUDGE
EFFLUENT
5307-83
FIGURE 11-31
AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT - ACTIVATED SLUDGE
-------
oxygen use, new cell mass growth, and biofilm retention all occur on and around
the media. The wastewater moves from the trickling filter to a settler to
improve effluent quality, but settled cell mass is not usually returned to the
filter reactor CRittman, 1987). Detailed descriptions of these two, as well as
other aerobic treatment types, are provided in Section 10.
11-10.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. There are various advantages when
choosing aerobic biological treatment over other wastewater treatment systems.
Depending on the system type, these advantages include the following:
o technology often offers the lowest cost method of treatment per pound
of organic removed, destroying organic compounds at a much lower cost
than carbon absorption
o biomass acclimates to degrade many compounds that are initially
refractory
o handles fluctuating organic loading
o good resistance to shock loads if designed properly, and adapts to
many types of wastewater treatment problems
o operates within a limited space environment and provides a high
quality effluent
However, certain disadvantages are often noted when selecting aerobic biologi-
cal treatment systems. Depending on the specific system type, these dis-
advantages include the following:
o requires relatively consistent, stable operating conditions and can
treat wastes with generally low levels (i.e., BOD less than 10,000
mg/£) of non-halogenated organic and/or certain halogenated organics
o not suitable for removal of many aliphatics, amines, aromatic com-
pounds , and certain heavy metals and other organics
o relative high complexity of system operation and equipment; high
amount of sludge production; and high energy requirements
6 relative sensitivity of the systems, possibly requiring precipi-
tation/flocculation/sedimentation to remove metals and suspended
solids, neutralization to bring the pH to near neutral, nutrient
addition, post-treatment carbon adsorption to remove nonbiodegradable
organics, and filtration to remove suspended solids; chemical ad-
ditions may be required to achieve the desired result
o start-up time may be slow if the organism needs to be acclimated to
the wastes
o hydraulic detention times can be long for complex wastes
11-85
11.89.45
0091.0.0
-------
o loss of VOCs from unit processes can pose localized air pollution and
a health hazard to field personnel
o the sludge produced may be considered a hazardous waste, which would
require RCRA-approved disposal
11-10.1.3—Chemicals Required. As discussed previously, certain chemical
additions may be required to bring the wastestream to optimum conditions before
introducing the wastestream to the biologically active reactor. Oxygen or air
must usually be provided and distributed in the amount and manner necessary to
ensure efficient oxygen mass transfer within the reactor. Regarding sludge
settling, inert solids or coagulants are sometimes added in the secondary
Clarifier to cause sludge to clump together, and small concentrations of
chlorine, heavy metals and/or lime may be added to reduce the number of fila-
mentous bacteria present. Bench- and pilot-scale treatability studies are
especially useful to pinpoint problem areas and determine the chemical ad-
ditions required to efficiently operate the system.
11-10.1.4 Residuals Generated. Sludge production is a function of the type of
aerobic system selected and the type of wastewater entering the system. For
example, a high colloid concentration in the influent results in increased
sludge production, and use of an extended aeration system results in low net
sludge production. Conversion of at least 40 to 60 percent of the organic
material, as COD, into excess sludge is a rule of thumb. The sludge will often
require further treatment prior to disposal, usually through (1) direct dis-
charge into aerobic or anaerobic digesters for volume reduction; and/or (2)
dewatering, through use of belt or filter presses, or sludge drying beds.
After dewatering, sampling and analyses are usually conducted to determine
whether the sludge is disposed of as a hazardous waste.
VOC releases may occur in the various treatment processes, possibly resulting
in localized air pollution and health hazards. In addition, if ana,erobic
conditions exist within the system, either through inadequate operation or
intentional design, methane and hydrogen sulfide gases may be released. These
released gases may possibly require collection and treatment.
11-10.1.5—Design Criteria. Several steps should be taken before deciding on a
biological treatment system for the cleanup of a particular groundwater:
CD search literature for biodegradability of the compound; (2) run generic
organic concentration tests (i.e.,, BOD, COD, TOC); (3) run treatability
studies; and (4) select and design process to be applied.
Specific design criteria vary among the different types of biological treatment
systems. For example, activated sludge process design considerations include
loading criteria, selection of the reactor type, sludge production and process
control, oxygen requirements and transfer, nutrient requirements, environmental
requirements, solids separation, effluent characteristics, settling basin
sidewater depth, overflow rate, and weir loading. Aerated lagoon design
criteria considerations include BOD removal, effluent characteristics, oxygen
requirements, temperature effects, energy requirements for mixing, and solids
separation. Trickling filter design criteria considerations include the type
and dosing characteristics of the distribution system, type and physical
11-86
11.89.45
0092.0.0
-------
characteristics of filter medium to be used, configuration of the underdrain
system, provision for adequate ventilation (either natural or forced air), and
design of the required settling tanks (Metcalf & Eddy, 1979).
Most of these criteria can be designed through use of reported design calcula-
tions, characteristics of the influent, and desired effluent, rather than
empirical derivations from treatability studies for each specific wastewater.
A partial listing of design criteria available in the literature for a specific
system (e.g., activated sludge, conventional and mechanical aeration) is
provided in Table 11-5.
11-10.1.6 Performance. Table 11-6 a summarizes the response to biodegradation
of 10 classes of chemical species found in hazardous wastestreams.
Aerobic bacteria are usually used to treat organic concentrations between 50
and 4,000 mg/£ BOD with capabilities for treatment of 1O,000 or even 15,OOO
mg/£ for small waste flows (Nyer, 1985). Table 11-7 provides a list of
treatment efficiencies for various systems. As noted previously, specific
treatment efficiency will be more accurately defined after treatability results
are received for a particular wastestream.
11-10.2 Evaluation of Aerobic Biological Treatment
11-10.2.1 Effectiveness. Aerobic biological treatment of wastewater for
organics removal is a permanent remedy that reduces a significant portion of
biologically degradable organics into carbon dioxide and water end-products.
As indicated previously, under optimum conditions, aerobic treatment has
removed over 95 percent of influent organics. However, to achieve effluent
quality capable of discharge to receiving waters, additional treatment (often
in the form of carbon adsorption, filtration, and/or chlorination) may be
required. Also, it is often necessary to pretreat the wastestreams before
using the biological systems that use physical/chemical treatment processes.
?
The VOCs that may be released during treatment might require treatment. The
sludge generated will usually contain metals and organics. The sludge can
usually be treated anaerobically, which will reduce the volume and increase its
stability. It may then require dewatering followed by incineration or further
treatment prior to consideration for_landfilling.
11-10.2.2 Implementability. Biological treatment has not been used as widely
for hazardous site remediation as activated carbon, filtration, and precipita-
tion/flocculation. As previously indicated, the process is well established
for treating a wide variety of organic contaminants. It is a broadly used
technology in industry for organics treatment.
As a general rule, biological systems will work best under stable, consistent
operating conditions with little variation in wastewater characteristics.
Pretreatment units and careful monitoring may be needed to achieve this re-
quirement. Several clean-up contractors have used biological treatment as part
of their mobile treatment systems. In addition, several companies have
11-87
11.89.45
0093.0.0
-------
TABLE 11-5
PARTIAL LISTING OF DESIGN CRITERIA:
ACTIVATED SLUDGE, CONVENTION/MECHANICAL AERATION
CRITERIA
VALUE
Volumetric loading, Ib BOD /day/1,000 ft3
Aeration detention time, hours
(based on average daily flow)
Mixed liquor suspended solids, mg/£
F/M, Ib BOD /day/mixed liquor volatile
suspended solids
Air required, standard ft3/lb BOD removed
Sludge retention time, days
25-50
4-8
1,500-3,000
0.25-0.5
800-1,500
(agitator -
sparger system
only)
5-10 ,,
SOURCE: USEPA, 1980a
11.89.45T
0008.0.0
11-88
-------
TABLE 11-6
PRIORITY POLLUTANT COMPOUND CLASS RESPONSES TO BIODEGRADATION
COMPOUND CLASS
DEGREE OF BIODEGRADATION
Alcohols
Aliphatics
Amines
Aromatics
Halocarbons
Metals
Pesticides
Phenols
Phthalate
Polynuclear
Aromatics
General removals of 75-100%
Wide range of removal efficiency
Some readily degradable with acclimated cultures;
others showing inhibition to system
Generally high removal, although removals may be
due to air-stripping or adsorption onto biomass
Generally biorefractory; removals may be due to
air-stripping
Removals at levels below toxicity threshold;
toxicity and inhibition at levels above threshold
No significant degradation
Greater than 70% removals generally reported;
toxic effects have been reported
High removals reported; may be attributed to air-
stripping or adsorption onto biomass
Generally inhibitory or refractory
SOURCE: Venkataramani et al., 1983
11.89.45T
0009.0.0
11-89
-------
TABLE 11-7
PERFORMANCE OF AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL SYSTEM
Performance
PROCESS TYPE
Activated Sludge: Conventional;
Diffused or Mechanical Aeration
Activated Sludge: High Rate,
Diffused Aeration
(A) Modified Aeration
(B) High Rate Aeration
Activated Sludge: Pure Oxygen, Covered
Activated Sludge: Pure Oxygen, Uncovered
Activated Sludge: Extended Aeration,
Diffused and Mechanical
Contact Stabilization, Diffused Aeration
Aerated Lagoons
Oxidation Ditch
Rotating Biological Contactors
Trickling' Filter, Plastic Media
Trickling Filter, High Rate, Rock Media
Trickling Filter, Low Rate, Rock Media
BOD,. REMOVALS
5
85-90%
50-70%
85-95%
89-95%
75-95%
85-95%
80-95%
60-90%
92-94%
80-90%
80-90%
60-80%
75-90%
NH,~ REMOVALS
*t
10-20%
5-10%
5-10%
20-98%
20-98%
50-90%
10-20%
—
40-80%
up to 90%
20-30%
20-30%
20-40%
SOURCE: USEPA, 1980a
11.89.AST
0010.0.0
11-90
-------
developed mobile biological reactors that are well-suited to treatment of
aqueous wastestreams contaminated with low levels of organics.
The main restrictions associated with aerobic biological treatment have
limited the application of biological technology to wastestreams that can meet
those factors. These restrictions include the need for continuous sources of
food (organics), nutrients, and oxygen; project start-up time of two to eight
weeks; and lower and upper BOD limits of 75 and 4,000 mg/Jd, respectively (Nyer,
1985).
Laboratory and pilot studies should be conducted to determine the proper system
design, nutrients and toxicity limits, and treatment efficiency. The residuals
produced must be disposed of. Sludge dewatering technology, gas treatment
systems (if necessary), and landfilling are widely used and available. Once
the system is operating, frequent monitoring is required to ensure efficient
treatment. Downtime occurs during repairs to process tanks or piping, and for
reseeding with microorganisms, if necessary. Sufficient surface area should be
made available for the system, emergency process 'downtime wastewater storage,
emergency wastewater removals, and/or additional pretreatment units, if deter-
mined necessary during design.
11-10.2.3 Cost. The characteristics of treatment vary from case to case, and
because factors specific to various treatment processes available from vendors
result in different effluent qualities, cost comparisons between processes are
generally not valid. However, there have been attempts to compare costs
between systems for magnitude estimation only (Venkataramani, 1983).
Cost information was compiled for a package-activated sludge system incorporat-
ing powdered activated carbon (PAC). Two different wastestream characteristics
were assumed to aid the costing. A lower level concentration wastestream
contains the following:
COD =500 mg/Jg.
BOD = 200 mg/SL
TSS = 200 mg/£
A relatively concentrated wastestream contains the following:
COD = 10,000 mg/&
BOD = 4,000 mg/£
TSS = 3,000 mg/£
Design assumptions and the package unit description are listed as follows.
Capital Costs
o The vendor package unit is equipped with an aeration-contact tank,
final clarifier, aerobic digestion tank, recycle' pump, mixers,
blowers, and polyelectrolyte and carbon feed systems.
11-91
11.89.45
O097.0.0
-------
O&M Costs
A filter press, conveyor equipment, conditioning tanks, sludge
storage tanks, and pressure pump system is costed to dewater the
waste sludge to 40-percent solids. A graph from the "Innovative and
Alternative Technology Assessment Manual" (USEPA, 1980a), adjusted
for 1988 dollars, provided the cost data.
j
Pumps and piping are designed with 100-percent backup capability.
Concrete pads support the units.
No off-gas treatment is costed.
No carbon regeneration systems are costed.
o Electricity to operate all equipment is included.
o Analytical testing depends on wastestream characteristics and the
POTW local limits. This example includes three BOD analyses per
week and one VOC analysis per month.
o Carbon dose must be determined in bench- or pilot-scale studies. To
cost, the easy-to-treat wastestream assumed less than 50 mg/Jtl of
carbon use; the difficult-to-treat wastestream assumed greater than
500 tag/SL.
o The unit provides polymer storage and feed systems for 0.25 to 5.0
mg/£ of polymer addition. The 0.25 mg/jH was assumed to apply to the
easy-to-treat wastestream; 5.0 mg/£ applies to the difficult-to-treat
wastestream.
o No nutrients are costed.
o Labor required was 8 hours/week for system flows less than 100 gpra,
and 16 hours/week for flows greater than 100 gpm.
o Sludge wasting during operation is derived from graphs provided by
the vendor. The graphs are based on BOD loading and solids retention
time.
o The dewatered sludge is trucked 500 miles to a RCRA landfill.
Capital and O&M costs are presented in Figures 11-32 and 11-33, respectively.
11-11 CARBON ADSORPTION
11-11.1 Description
Activated carbon adsorption is a physical separation process in which organic
and inorganic materials are removed from wastewater by sorption or the
11-92
11.89.45
0098.0.0
-------
i
vO
OJ
0
AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
CAPITAL COST
0.2
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
i r
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
D LOW CHEM USE
FIGURE 11-32
AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
V)
WO
C
O o
Q.C
I-
800
700 -
600 -
500 ~
400 -
300 -
200 -
100 -
0.2
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
ANNUAL COST
0.8
1
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
a LOW CHEMICAL USE
FIGURE 11-33
AEROBIC BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
attraction and accumulation of one substance on the surface of another.
Traditionally, activated carbon has been used to remove undesirable odors and
colors in drinking water, or to aid in treatment of wastewater. An important
aspect of carbon adsorption is its capability of removing organics that are not
completely removed by conventional biological treatment. Activated carbon can
be used to (1) reduce COD, BOD, and other related parameters; (2) remove toxic
and refractory organics; (3) remove and recover certain organics; and
(4) remove selected inorganic chemicals including some heavy metals from
wastewaters. Most dissolved organics can be adsorbed by carbon.
Much of the surface area available for adsorption by carbon is found in the
pores within the carbon particles created during the activation process. A
carefully controlled process of dehydration, carbonization, and oxidation of
raw materials (e.g., coal, wood, coconut shells, and petroleum-based residues)
yields the activated carbon. As activated carbon adsorbs molecules or ions
from wastewater, the carbon pores eventually become saturated and the exhausted
carbon must be regenerated for reuse or replaced with fresh carbon. The
adsorptive capacity of the carbon can be partially restored by chemical or
thermal regeneration.
11-11.1.1 Equipment Types Available. There are two forms of activated carbon
in common use: granular (GAC) and powdered (PAC). Granular carbon is effec-
tive on dilute aqueous solutions with low suspended solids. GAC is primarily
used in two forms: (1) columns, where wastewater passes vertically through the
column; and (2) beds, where the wastewater passes horizontally through the bed.
Carbon columns are convenient for, flow rates below 1 mgd. Beds are more
practical in the range of 1 mgd and greater. The column or bed is sized to
allow enough contact time for the carbon to reduce the contaminant levels to a
predetermined concentration.
PAC is generally mixed with a more concentrated wastewater in an aerated
settling chamber. The wastewater detention time is predetermined to allow
sufficient contact time for contaminant removal. PAC is removed as a sludge
during clarification or sedimentation, and is not usually regenerated. When
used in combination with biological processes, PAC can greatly increase removal
of nonbiodegradable toxic organics. Details of the process configurations for
both forms of carbon are presented in the following paragraphs.
Granular Activated Carbon. GAC is about 0.1 to 1 mm in diameter and contacts
wastewater in columns or beds. Generally, carbon beds are used in large-scale
applications; that is, 1 mgd or greater. The bed provides the advantage of
easy access to the activated carbon for replacement. Columns become cost-ef-
fective at lower flow rates. They require less design and maintenance effort
than beds. Therefore, the remainder of this section discusses process configu-
rations related to activated carbon columns.
The water to be treated either flows down (downflow) or up (upflow) through the
carbon column. Upflow configurations include countercurrent operations, in
which exhausted carbon is continuously removed from the bottom of the column;
fluidized bed, in which forced flows expand the column's carbon bed volume by
10 percent; and fixed bed, in which wastewater flow is interrupted periodically
to replace portions of exhausted carbon.
11-95
11.89.45
0101.0.0
-------
Dovmflow configurations use fixed beds, with complete replacement of the column
when breakthrough has occurred. (Breakthrough occurs when the concentrations
of the target pollutant in the effluent are higher than the desired level.)
Multistage operations for fixed bed configurations (upflow or downflow) provide
more efficient use of activated carbon than single-stage configurations.
In a typical downflow fixed bed operation, two columns are operated in series
with a spare column. Figure 11-34 shows a series operation of two downflow
columns, including the sampling port between the columns used to monitor the
exit concentration of the lead column. When breakthrough occurs for the lead
column, it is removed from service for carbon disposal or regeneration. The
partially exhausted second column becomes the lead column, and the first spare
column is added as a second column in the series. When breakthrough is again
reached, the cycle is repeated. Influent to the carbon column is normally
filtered prior to passing into the column, to minimize clogging. Although
downflow configurations are more sensitive to suspended solids, downflow fixed-
bed columns are the most widely used form of GAC.
In an upflow configuration, the exhausted carbon is periodically removed from
the bottom of the column, and virgin or regenerated carbon is added at the top.
Continuous addition of carbon is not widely practiced because of difficulties
in moving solids through the active column without affecting the liquid flow.
Powdered Activated Carbon. PAC is about 50 to 70 microns in diameter and is
usually mixed with the wastewater to be treated. This "slurry" of carbon and
wastewater is then agitated to allow proper contact. Finally, the spent carbon
carrying the adsorbed impurities is coagulated, settled, or filtered. In
practice, a multistage countercurrent process is commonly used to make the most
efficient use of the carbon's capacity. Often, PAC is used in conjunction with
aerobic biological treatment.
Because PAC is generally used to enhance removal of high concentrations of
contaminants through settling, this application generates large volumes of
sludge. Normally, it is not economical to regenerate this form of carbon.
Spent PAC must be landfilled (RCRA-landfilled when hazardous) or incinerated.
11-11.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. The major benefits of carbon treatment
include applicability to a wide variety of organics and inorganics, with high
removal efficiencies. The system is compact, and recovery of adsorbed materi-
als is sometimes practical. Compared to biological systems for removal of
organic pollutants, activated carbon offers the following advantages:
o insensitivity to toxics (the system will remove most toxic organics
and some heavy metals)
o reduced sensitivity to temperature
o less time required for installation and start-up
o increased tolerance of concentration and flow rate variations
o reduction of organics to drinking water standards (GAC)
11.89.45
0102.0.0
11-96
-------
SAMPLING PORT
INFLUENT
PUMP
EFFLUENT
£- DOWNFLOW CARBON COLUMNS
FIGURE 11-34
CARBON ADSORPTION
5307-87
11-97
-------
o higher removal of BOD, COD, and total organic carbon (TOC) for many
wastes (PAG)
o effectiveness in streams with high dissolved solids
Limitations of the process include ineffective removal of low molecular weight,
highly soluble or highly polar organics; low tolerance for suspended solids in
the wastewater; and relatively high capital and operating costs. Iron concen-
trations of 10 ppm or greater may host slime-producing bacteria which can clog
the carbon. In addition, concentrated aqueous solutions can result in rapid
exhaustion of the carbon, increasing the O&M costs.
In general, carbon adsorption is a well-proven treatment for dilute solutions
of organics and inorganics. Prefabricated packages are readily available, and
manufacturers can provide expeditious treatability information for specific
wastestreams.
11-11.1.3 Chemicals Required. Acid,may be required to wash the exhausted or
regenerated carbon to remove metals, as well as other inorganic materials,
adsorbed on the carbon. GAG columns usually require periodic replacement
and/or regeneration. PAC will have to be continuously or periodically supplied
to the system.
11-11.1.4 Residuals Generated. PAC will generate sludge requiring disposal.
GAG can be landfilled, incinerated, or regenerated even when it contains
hazardous constituents. Only one RCRA-permitted facility is currently operable
for commercial regeneration of hazardous GAC.. On-site regeneration may be
practical if large volumes of carbon are used. The cost-effectiveness of
regeneration versus disposal must be evaluated on a site-by-site basis.
11-11.1.5 Design Criteria. Design of an activated carbon treatment system is
difficult without bench- or pilot-scale information on the treatability of the
particular wastewater. The size of the carbon columns (GAC) or the contacting
and settling basins (PAG) are both flow- and contaminant-concentration-depen-
dent. Pilot-scale tests and laboratory bench-scale testing (see Section
11-11.1.6) can provide the following design criteria:
o performance of different carbon types under the same dynamic flow
conditions
o minimum contact time required to produce the desired quality of
effluent
remove
pretreatment requirements to (1) reduce suspended solids; (2) remove
oil and grease; (3) adjust pH'to the optimum level; and (4) equalize
flow and organic concentrations
activated carbon dosages in terms of kilograms (kg) of carbon per
million liters of wastewater treated, kg of organic material removed
per kg of carbon, or pounds of carbon per 1,000 gallons treated
breakthrough characteristics of the system
11.89.45
0104.0.0
11-98
-------
o hydraulic loadings, head loss characteristics, and backwash needs
o biological growth effects
Carbon system sizing is based on consideration of the required carbon contact
time and the breakthrough characteristics of the system. Hydraulic loadings
and head loss (GAC only) characteristics will determine the size and type of
pumps and piping. The other design criteria provide informa'tion on potential
complications in the full-scale system.
11-11.1.6 Performance. Activated carbon is effective in removing various
organic and inorganic materials. Compound-specific isotherms are useful in
assessing the adsorption ability of a wastewater with a single contaminant.
"Carbon Adsorption Isotherms for Toxic Organics" contains a compilation of
compound-specific adsorption information (USEPA, 1980b). However, wastewater
is commonly a mixture of many compounds. The compounds may mutually enhance
adsorption, act relatively independently, or interfere with one another.
The following generalizations regarding the relative adsorption of compounds
help to determine whether carbon adsorption can provide the appropriate level
of removal. In general, molecules are more readily adsorbed than ionized
compounds. The aromatic compounds tend to be more readily adsorbed than the
aliphatics, and large molecules more readily adsorb than smaller ones. How-
ever, extremely high molecular weight materials can.be too large to penetrate
the pores in the carbon. Less soluble organics are more readily adsorbed than
soluble organics. Organics adsorption increases with decreasing pH; inorganic
adsorption varies with pH among compounds. Because activated carbon is slight-
ly polar, slightly polar compounds are readily adsorbed; whereas, extremely
polar compounds are not.
•
The generalizations and the information contained in the literature can be
extrapolated to use on any particular wastestream. However, accurate quantita-
tive information can only be determined on a site-by-site basis through pilot-
testing or carbon manufacturer services. Manufacturers provide services to
assess the•treatability of individual wastestreams. One approach uses computer
simulation; another provides reduced-scale laboratory column-testing. Both
methods correlate well to full-scale treatment, and can often significantly
reduce treatability testing costs.
Pilot studies can be more time-consuming and expensive than the services
provided by manufacturers. However, pilot tests provide the most complete and
accurate information on treatability of specific wastewaters.
11-11.2 Evaluation of Carbon Adsorption
11-11.2.1 Effectiveness. Treatment with activated carbon is a permanent
remedy. However, carbon adsorption is a separation process that generates
either contaminated GAC or a sludge of PAC as a residual. GAC may be land-
filled or incinerated; however, it is sometimes feasible to reactivate it.
Thermal reactivation is considered permanent.
11-99
11.89.45
0105.0.0
-------
PAC from a CERCLA waste generally will require disposal in a RCRA-permitted
landfill or incineration. Landfilling is not permanent and, therefore, poses
uncertainties in the long-term scope regarding effectiveness. Incineration in
a RCRA-permitted facility is a permanent remedy.
11-11.2.2 Implementability. Activated carbon adsorption is well-demonstrated
full-scale as a polisher (GAC), and as an additive to primary treatment (PAC).
Both forms of activated carbon are applicable to a variety of toxic organics
and inorganics. GAC columns are readily available from manufacturers and can
be installed quickly. PAC is readily available for use in settling chambers.
GAC columns may require filters or silt traps on the influent. Full-scale
designs of carbon columns require frequent monitoring to determine when break-
through occurs. Regeneration and incineration are well-documented residual
management technologies. However, the availability of incine-ration may be
limited by the type of waste removed. The availability of off-site regenera-
tion facilities is currently limited to a single RCRA-permitted facility.
Landfilling of exhausted activated carbon is widely used and available, and can
be quickly implemented.
11-11.2.3 Cost. Capital cost of treatment with activated carbon is dependent
on contaminant concentrations in the wastestream. Capital costs are also
increased in cold weather climates where buried piping, heating, and housing
units are required. O&M costs increase proportionally with concentration. The
three major contributors to O&M costs are (1) replacement of exhausted carbon,
(2) management of residuals generated, and (3) monitoring effluent concentra-
tions. The first two contributors depend on waste concentration.
Cost information on capital requirements is presented in Figure 11-35. The
figure shows estimates for flow rates varying from 10 to 1,000 gpm for a
downflow carbon column system. ¥The capital costs were developed for five flow
rates using the following assumptions:
o pumps and piping installed with 100-percent backup
o carbon columns are sized to handle maximum flow rate possible
o two carbon columns are used in a series with one spare on-site
o all equipment is installed on a concrete pad
o valves are available for monitoring the effluent concentrations
Capital costs are dependent on contaminant types and concentration. As dis-
cussed in Section 11-11.1.6, the contaminants present in a wastewater can
mutually enhance or interfere with the absorption process. The carbon columns
chosen for costing purposes were sized for the maximum flow rate the columns
could support hydraulically (taken from the manufacturer's specifications).
Therefore, the capital cost is representative of a low carbon usage rate,
similar to what could be required of a mutually enhancing or noninterfering
mixture of contaminants. Contaminant mixtures that increase the overall carbon
usage rate, associated with interfering contaminants, would require larger
carbon columns, increasing the overall capital cost.
11-100
11.89.45
0106.0.0
-------
900
CARBON ADSORPTION
CAPITAL COSTS
0.2
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
a CAPTITAL COST
NOTE- FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
0.8
FIGURE 11-35
CARBON ADSORPTION - CAPITAL COSTS
-------
O&M costs are presented in Figure 11-36 for the same range of flow rates. O&M
costs were estimated for two different carbon usage rates: 0.1 and 10.0 pounds
of carbon per thousand gallons influent. These carbon use rates fall at the
low and high ends of the scale provided in the literature. O&M costs include
operator labor, electricity, carbon purchase, and disposal. The O&M costs will
increase proportionally with the amount of monitoring required; disposal costs
can vary with type of contaminant and transport distance.
11-12 ION EXCHANGE
— /
11-12.1 Description
Ion exchange is the process of exchanging selected dissolved ionic contaminants
in a wastewater with a set of substitute ions. The exchange occurs on a
synthetic or natural resin containing the substitute ions (functional ionic
groups) and is reversible. Undesirable ions are removed from a wastewater by
contacting the wastewater with the resin. Because the process is reversible,
backwashing with regeneration solutions can remove .the ions from the resin.
Backwashing the resin transfers the ions to a concentrated liquid, and leaves
the resin ready to treat a new volume of wastewater. The regeneration solu-
tions are strong or weak acids or bases, depending on the application.
Traditional uses of ion exchange include removal of selected dissolved metals
as polishing or recovery steps, nitrate removal for drinking water purifica-
tion, and decreasing TDS of influents. Ion exchange is frequently used in
water treatment to soften the water by removing ions (e.g., calcium and
manganese).
Industrial applications of ion exchange are primarily recovery operations for
dilute solutions of metals, where the value of the recovered metals makes the
process economical. Metals can be removed as ions in solution or as complexes.
Organic compounds are generally not removed with ion exchange.
11-12.1.1 Equipment Types Available. Various resin types are available.
These differences provide systems that are selective to discrete ionic mixes.
The generic categories of resins are strong acid, weak acid, strong base, and
weak base. The acid exchangers replace cations in the wastewater with hydrogen
ions, and the base exchangers replace anions with hydroxide ions. Ions other
than hydrogen or hydroxide can be exchanged, depending on the resin types and
functional groups to which they are attached. Other exchangeable ions include
sodium, chlorine, lithium, carbonate, and ammonium.
The weak acid and base exchangers are selective for only the more easily
removed ions. The strong acid and base exchangers are less selective, and will
remove most ions in the wastewater. A typical cation removal sequence is as
follows:
11-102
11.89.45
0108.0.0
-------
I
I—*
o
CARBON ADSORPTION ANNUAL COSTS
CARBON USAGE IN POUNDS PER 1000 GALLONS
4 -
2 -
1 -
0.2
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
0.4 0.6
(Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
a 0.1 o 10.0
0.8
FIGURE 11-36
CARBON ADSORPTION - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
Ra
+2 > Ba2+ > Pb2+ > Sr2+ > Ca2+
> Cu2+ > Co2+ > Zn2+ > Mn2+
Ag+ > Cs+
NH
4+
Na > Li
where radium is the most preferred ion, and lithium is the least preferred
(Clifford et al. , 1986). Similarly, a typical anion sequence is as follows:
HCrO.> CrO.
4 4
2~
>SO,
4
HAsO,
2-
> CIO
>Br~ >HPO
2-
2-
C032~> CN~> N02"
CHO > OH
>CH COO
>F
Weak acid and base resins will remove the more preferred ions present in the
wastewater, while a strong acid or base resin would sequentially remove all
ions present in the wastewater, including those more difficult to adsorb.
Advances in the development of synthetic resins have resulted in numerous
resins with unique selectivity sequences. Resin manufacturers can provide
specific information on the applicability of the various resins.
Several process configurations are available to contact the wastewater with the
ion exchange resin. Batch, fixed-bed column, and continuous column contact
schematics are the most widely used. Column contact occurs most commonly in
fixed-bed downflow operation. In the fixed-bed downflow system, wastewater is
passed through the column from top to bottom and periodically backwashed
(bottom to top) to regenerate the resin. This form of column contact requires
minimal suspended solids, to avoid clogging the void spaces within the resin.
Batch operations consist of adding resin to the wastewater, and mixing well for
a specified time. This method of contact can be inefficient because ion
exchange ceases when chemical equilibrium is reached. Column operation is
generally preferred over batch unless:
o the resin has unusually high selectivity for the target compound at
equilibrium; or
o the ion released from the resin precipitates or reacts with another
chemical so that it is removed from solution.
11-104
11.89.45
0110.0.0
-------
Continuous column contact consists of regenerating the resin while treating.the
wastewater. This method of ion exchange eliminates the need to interrupt the
treatment process for backwashing. It also allows a more complete and effi-
cient use of the resin. Continuous column contact can be better than fixed-bed
column contact for high flows or high ionic concentrations. However, continu-
ous column contact is not commonly used because of the complexity of the
mechanics involved in removing the solids for regeneration.
Figure 11-37 shows a typical fixed-bed column operation with anion and cation
columns in series. Ion exchange column manufacturers have developed many
different column arrangements for treatment of specific combinations of contam-
inants. Weber (1972) describes several available package systems; continuous
contact column diagrams are discussed in Seamster and Wheaton (1966).
The actual contact apparatus is available through a number of manufacturers.
The ancillary equipment that the process requires (i.e., pumps, flow meters,
valves, and storage tanks) is conventional chemical processing equipment.
Figure 11-39 shows a millivolt controller measuring the conductivity of the
effluent. This controller is generally connected to a control device to
activate the backwash cycle when the conductivity of the effluent reaches a
certain point (see Section 11-12.1.5 for design details).
11-12.1.2 Advantages and Limitations. Generally, ion exchange is used as a
polishing step. Dissolved solids concentrations in the range of 1,000 mg/S. may
require an evaluation of the relative cost-effectiveness of other alternatives
(Weber, 1972). Suspended solids concentration must be kept to a minimum to
prevent clogging of the resin void spaces. Iron, manganese, calcium, and high
organics concentrations may permanently foul the resins. The resins are
generally highly sensitive to oxidants; contact with oxidants should be avoided
to prevent degradation of the resin. Large organic molecules can clog the void
spaces of the resin. If a single exchange column is used, the effluent may be
basic or acidic, requiring neutralization (see Section 11-5).
Advantages of ion exchange include its versatile selectivity for specific
contaminants. High removal efficiencies are possible for dilute wastestreams.
The systems are insensitive to variations in flow rates; and are available for
a wide range of flows.
11-12.1.3 Chemicals Required. Ion exchange requires regeneration of the
exchange resin. In general, regenerates are commonly used chemicals. Examples
are sodium hydroxide, sodium chloride, sulfuric acid, calcium oxide, and
ammonia (Kunin, 1969). The regenerate is dependent on the resin type and the
functional group required to remove the undesirable ionic contaminants in the
wastewater.
11-12.1.4 Residuals Generated. Residuals generated during ion exchange
include waste solutions from the regeneration process and spent resins. The
waste solution will be concentrated in the ionic contaminants removed from the
wastewater. This liquid must be disposed of potentially as a RCRA waste or
further treated on-site. Possible solutions are on-site precipitation, oxida-
tion, reduction, and off-site incineration. Spent resins can be landfilled or
incinerated (also potentially as a RCRA waste).
11-105
11.89.45
0111.0.0
-------
PROCESS
PUMP
INFLUENT
r
MILLIVOLT
CONTROLLER
CATION
ANION
EFFLUENT
CATION
(SPARE)
r'
ANION
(SPARE)
SPENT
REGENERATION
SOLUTION
STORAGE
\
c
REGENERATION
SOLUTION
TANK
•) -
I
REGENERATION
PUMP
~l
SPENT
REGENERATION
SOLUTION
STORAGE
)
V
f
REGENERATION
SOLUTION
TANK
•) '
t
REGENERATION
PUMP
-I
I
THREE-WAY CONTROL VALVE
FIGURE 11-37
ION EXCHANGE
5307-87
11-106
-------
11-12.1.5 Design Criteria. A wide, variety of resins is available for use in
designing ion exchange systems. Manufacturers provide charts that characterize
the resins they produce, including recommendations for typical applications.
Generally, the manufacturer can suggest an appropriate resin based on the
wastewater characteristics. Final decisions on which resin is best-suited for
a particular application can be made through laboratory testing of the waste-
water.
Column configurations and the number of columns are a function of the waste-
water characteristics. As discussed in Section 11-12.1.1, resin manufacturers
have developed several configurations that decrease the need to neutralize the
wastestream, while maximizing the efficiency of the column. Resins release
ionic constituents (i.e., hydroxide and hydrogen ions) during ion exchange,
which alter the pH. Frequently, a single column in use will require effluent
neutralization prior to discharge. Where both anions and cations require
removal, using acid and base columns in series can eliminate the need for
neutralizing the effluent. Manufacturers can provide guidance on potential •
column configurations.
The resins possess theoretical exchange capacities, defined as the number of
ionic groups per unit weight or volume of the resin. The theoretical capacity
is expressed in equivalents per volume (e.g., eq/ft3) of resin. (NOTE: an
equivalent per mole is defined as the molecular weight of a chemical species
divided by its charge: grams/mole/charge. Equivalents are expressed in
municipal wastewater treatment as grams of calcium carbonate, as a normaliza-
tion technique for a wastestream with several contaminants. One equivalent is
equal to 50 grams of calcium carbonate. The molecular weight of calcium
carbonate is 100 g/mole and the change is 2; therefore, one equivalent is 100/2
or 50.) Theoretical capacity is not achievable during operations due to
equilibrium, time, influent concentration, and economic considerations. The
efficiency of a column of resin is defined as the operating capacity divided by
the theoretical capacity. Determination of the operating capacity is accom-
plished during bench tests. Manufacturers provide samples of resins for
bench-testing purposes.
The,bench tests can be conducted using small-diameter glass columns packed-with
resin. By passing known quantities of wastewater through the column, measuring
the conductivity (in millivolts), and sampling the effluent for analysis every
few bed volumes, a relationship can be determined between the conductivity of
the wastewater and the concentration of the contaminants. The result of this
relationship is an operating capacity per unit volume of influent (i.e., the
volume of resin required to treat a unit volume of wastewater).
The dimensions of the column are guided by several factors. The total volume
is dependent on the desired time between backwashes (usually on the order of
hours to days):
Total Column Volume = volume resin required per unit volume influent
X influent flow rate
X period of time between backwashes
11.89.45
0113.0.0
11-107
-------
A vertical cross section should allow a maximum 5 to 10 gpm/ft2 (Weber, 1972),
and most ion exchange columns are 2 to 6 feet high.
11-12.1.6 Performance. Ion exchange, when used on wastestreams with low
suspended solids (i.e., less than 50 mg/S. [USEPA, 1987a]) and low TDS (i.e.,
5,000 mg/£ [Patterson, 1985]), can exhibit high removal efficiencies for metals
and other ionic inorganic species. Applications to organics are infrequent
because many organics can permanently foul and degrade the resins.
Weak acid and base resins remove only strongly ionized cations and anions, but
require less Degeneration solution. Strong acid and base resins remove both
weakly and strongly ionized species and require more regeneration solution than
the weak resins. Table 11-8 presents work on ion exchange in industrial waste
treatment (Patterson, 1985).
11-12.2 Evaluation of Ion Exchange
1I-12.2.1 Effectiveness. Treatment using ion exchange is a permanent remedy,
in that the selected ionic contaminants are permanently removed from the
wastewater. Removal can be accomplished to the ppb level. However, ion
exchange transfers the ions to a more concentrated solution. The residual is a
waste solution highly concentrated with the exchanged ions. This wastewater
must be further treated using precipitation, oxidation, or some other treatment
method, or it must be disposed of as a hazardous waste. The resin, when used
properly, has a long lifetime but may require replacement if permanent fouling
occurs. Spent resins can be incinerated or landfilled at RCRA facilities.
11-12.2.2 Implementability. Ion exchange is in use in full-scale industrial
wastewater treatment applications where the wastewater contains valuable
recoverable metals. Municipal water treatment plants use ion exchange full-
scale as a water softener (i.e., removal of dissolved calcium and manganese).
Full-scale exchange equipment is widely available from several resin manufac-
turers. The manufacturers provide consulting services and brochures to aid in
selecting the appropriate resins and regenerates. Also, laboratory quantities
of the resins are available for use in bench-testing. The regeneration solu-
tions are generally common commercial-grade chemicals; therefore, they are also
readily available. Periodically, the resin must be checked for degradation.
The effluent must be sampled and analyzed to ensure that no pass-through will
occur.
Several wastewater characteristics may preclude the use of ion exchange as an
effective treatment. The wastewater must:
o have low suspended solids less than 50 mg/S. (USEPA, 1987a)
o have low total dissolved solids less than 5,000 mg/S, (Patterson,
1985)
o not contain cyanide (except ferrocyanides), ferrous iron, strong
oxidants, oil and grease, or cadmium-cyanide compounds, because these
may permanently foul or degrade the resin
11-108
11.89.45
0114.0.0
-------
TABLE 11-8
ION EXCHANGE APPLICATION SUMMARY
ION
As5+
Ba2+
Cd2+
Cr6+
Cr3+
Cu2+
CN~
F~
Fe2+
Fe2+
Pb2+
Mn2"*"
Hg2+
O
Ni2+
WASTEWATER SOURCE
Acid mine drainage
Groundwater
__
Chromium plating rinse water
Dilute chromium plating
rinse water
(dilute)
Not applicable - cyanide
deteriorates resins
Sodium fluoride solutions
Acid mine drainage
Water treatment
Ammunition
Water treatment
Chlor-alkali plants
Nickel sulfate plating
bathwater
Nitrate/Nitrite Drinking water
Se2~
Ag+
Zn2
Sewage treatment-
Plating rinse water
Plating rinse water
SCALE OF
APPLICATION
Pilot
Full
Full
Full
Full
Full
Full
Pilot
Pilot
Full
Pilot
Full
Full
Full
Full
Pilot
Full
Pilot
MOST COMMON
TREATMENT
METHOD
Precipitation
Precipitation
Precipitation
Precipitation
Reduction
Precipitation
Lime precipitation
Activated
alumina
Precipitation
Ion exchange,
coagulation
Precipitation,
coagulation
Ion exchange,
coagulation
Ion exchange
(polisher)
Precipitation,
ion exchange
. Biological, ion
exchange
Ion exchange,
precipitation
Precipitation,
ion exchange
Precipitation
NOTE:
— = Not available from text
SOURCE
11.89.
O011.0
: Patterson, 1985
45T
.0
11-109
-------
Additionally, large organic molecules can foul ion exchangers. Chemical
cleaning can reduce the problem. Finally, other treatment equipment may be
required to treat the residual backwash (e.g., oxidation, precipitation, or
reduction equipment).
11-12.2.3 Cost. Capital cost estimates for treatment by ion exchange are
presented in Figure 11-38. The figure shows two cost estimates that reflect
the extremes of the treatability of wastewaters using ion exchange. The low
chemical dose line on the figure represents a system using weak acid and base
columns, with low chemical regenerant requirements. The high chemical dose
line represents a system using strong acid and base columns, with high chemical
regenerant requirements. The following list compares the design parameters
used in creating the capital costs.
Design. Assumptions
High Dose
Low Dose
Column cross-sectional area
Column depth
Regenerant (anion and cation)
Resin type
5 gpm/ft2
6 feet
20 lb/ft3 resin
macroporous
10 gpm/ft2
3 feet
1 lb/ft3 resin
gel
Both capital costs reflect dual columns in series with spare columns in paral-
lel for continuous operation during regeneration. Also, both estimates include
millivolt controllers to activate regeneration, with the appropriate valving,
pumps, and storage tanks contained on a concrete pad with a retaining wall to
contain any leaking substances.
OSM cost estimates for the two systems are shown in Figure 11-39. The costs
include operator labor, chemical regenerant requirements, spent regeneration
solution disposal, resin replacement, and electricity.
The costs for the two chemical regenerant requirements correspond to low and
high published doses (Weber, 1972). The low regeneration requirements parallel
the capital cost for the weak acid and base resins, while the high regeneration
requirements parallel the capital cost for the strong acid and base resins.
11-110
11.89.45
0116.0.0
-------
TIT-IT
m
DOLLARS
(Millions)
0)00
-------
100
ION EXCHANGE
ANNUAL COST
0.2
n LOW CHEMICAL USAGE
NOTE: FIGURE SOURCES ARE INCLUDED IN
REFERENCES AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.
0-4 0.6 0.8 1
(.Thousands)
GALLONS PER MINUTE
+ HIGH CHEMICAL USAGE
FIGURE 11-39
ION EXCHANGE - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
-------
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
API
ARARs
BOD
CERCLA
COD
EDTA
F/M
FS
GAC
gpm
HRT
ISP
kg
m
mm
mgd
mg/S.
O&M
ORP
PAC
POTW
ppb
ppm
PVC
RCRA
SRT
SSP
SVOC
TCE
TDS
THM
TOC
TSS
American Petroleum Institute
Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements
biochemical oxygen demand
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act of 1980
chemical oxygen demand
ethylene-diamine-tetraacetic acid
food to microorganism
Feasibility Study
granular activated carbon
gallons per minute
hydraulic retention time
insoluble sulfide precipitation
kilogram
meter
millimeter
million gallons per day
milligrams per liter
operation and maintenance
oxidation reduction potential
powdered activated carbon
publicly owned treatment works
parts per billion
parts per million
polyvinyl chloride
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
solids retention time
soluble sulfide precipitation
semivolatile organic compound
trichloroethene
total dissolved solids
trihalomethane
total organic carbon
total suspended solids
11.89.45
0119.0.0
11-113
-------
USEPA
UV
VOC
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ultraviolet
volatile organic compound
11.89.45
0120.0.0
11-114
-------
REFERENCES
Anderson, G.K., T. Donnelly, J.A. Anderson, and C.B Saw, 1986. "Fate of COD in
an Anaerobic System Treating High Sulfate Bearing Wastewater"; in
Proceedings of the International Conference on Innovative Biological
Treatment of Toxic Wastewaters; U.S. Army Construction Engineering
Research Laboratory; Champaign, Illinois; pp. 505-533; June 1986.
Anderson, G.K., T. Donnelly, and K.J. McKeown, 1982. "Application of Anaerobic
Packed-bed Reactors to Industrial Wastewater Treatment"; in Proceedings of
the 37th Industrial Waste Conference; Purdue University; West Lafayette,
Indiana; pp. 651-659; July 1982.
Apmsman, R.K., R. Musick, J.D. Zeff, and T.C. Crase, 1980. "Experience in
Operation of an Ultraviolet-Ozone (Ultrox) Pilot Plant for Destroying
Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Industrial Waste Influent"; in Proceedings at
the 35th Industrial Waste Conference; Purdue University; West Lafayette,
Indiana; May 1980.
Bishop, D.S., and R.A. Jaworski, 1986. "Biological Treatment of Toxics in
Wastewater: The Problems and Opportunities"; in Proceedings of the
International Conference on Innovative Biological Treatment of Toxic
Wastewaters; U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory;
Champaign, Illinois; pp. 2-25'; June 1986.
Blum, D.J.W., R. Hergenroeder, G.F. Parkin, and R.E. Speece, 1986. "Anaerobic
Treatment of Coal Conversion Wastewater Constituents: Biodegradability
and Toxicity"; Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation;
Vol. 58, No. 2; pp. 122-132; February 1986. -
Bourbigot, M.M., R. Brunet, A. Zeana, and M. Dore, 1985. "The Simultaneous Use
of Ozone and Ultraviolet Rays in Water Treatment"; presented at I.O.A.;
Berlin, West Germany; April 1985.
*r
"Bouwer, E.J., B.E. Rittman, and P.L. McCarty, 1981. "Anaerobic Degradation of
Halogenated 1- and 2-Carbon Organic Compounds"; Environmental
Science and Technology; Vol. 15, No. 5; pp. 596-599; May 1981.
Brown, G.; Granger & Associates, 1950. Unit Operations; John Wiley and Sons,
Inc.; New York, New York.
Clifford, D., S. Subramonian, and T.J. Sorg, 1986. "Removing Dissolved
Inorganic Contaminants from Water"; Environmental Science and Technology;
Vol. 20, No. 11; pp. 1072-1080; November 1986.
Federal Register, 1987. Vol. 52, No. 155; pp. 29998-30004; August 12, 1987.
Fletcher, D.B., 1987. "UV/Ozone Process Treats Toxics"; Waterworld News;
Vol. 3, No. 3; May/June 1987.
11.89.45
0121.0.0
11-115
-------
Fogel, M.M., A.R. Taddeo, and S. Fogel, 1986. "Biodegradation of Chlorinated
Ethenes by a Methane-utilizing Mixed Culture"; Applied and Environmental
Microbiology; Vol. 51, No. 4; pp. 720-724; April 1986.
Fox, P., M.T. Suidan, and J.T. Pfeffer, 1988. "Anaerobic Treatment of
Biologically Inhibitory Wastewater"; Journal of the Water Pollution
Control Federation; Vol. 60, No. 1; pp. 86-92; January 1988.
Geankoplis, C., 1983. Transport Processes and Unit Operations, 2nd Edition;
Allyn and Bacon, Inc.; Boston, Massachusetts.
Gurnham, C.F., 1955. Principles of Industrial Waste Treatment; John Wiley and
Sons, Inc.; New York, New York; 1955.
Hager, D.G., 1988. "On-site Chemical Oxidation of Organic Contaminants in
Groundwater Using UV Catalyzed Hydrogen Peroxide"; American Water Works
Association Award Conference; June 1988.
Jewell, W.J., 1987. "Anaerobic Sewage Treatment"; Environmental Science and
Technology; Vol. 21, No. 1; pp. 14-20; January 1987.
Johnson, L.D., and J.C. Young, 1983. "Inhibition of Anaerobic Digestion by
Organic Priority Pollutants"; Journal of the Water Pollution Control
Federation; Vol. 55, No. 12; pp. 1441-1449; December 1983.
Kawamura, S., 1987. "Recent Advances in Water Treatment Processes"; Public
Works; pp. 63-65; January 1987.
Kunin, R., 1969. "Ion Exchange for the Metal Products Finisher": Parts I, II,
and III; Products Finishing; pp. 66-73, 71-79, and 182-190; April, May,
and June 1969.
Lenzo, F., 1988. "Air-stripping -Teases VOCs from Groundwater";
Water Engineering and Management; February 1988.
McCarty, P.L., 1964. "Anaerobic Waste Treatment Fundamentals: Toxic
Materials and Their Control"; Public Works; pp. 91-94; November 1964.
McCarty, P.L., and D.P. Smith, 1986. "Anaerobic Wastewater Treatment";
Environmental Science and Technology; Vol. 20, No. 12; pp. 1200-1206;
December 1986.
McShea, L.J., M.D. Miller, and J.R. Smith. "Combining UV/Ozone to Oxidize
Toxics"; Pollution Engineering; reprinted by ULTROX International; Santa
Ana, California.
Metcalf & Eddy, 1979. Wastewater Engineering: Treatment, Disposal, and
Reuse; McGraw-Hill Book Co.; New York, New York.
Michael, J., 1988. "Air-stripping of Organic Compounds"; Arizona Water and
Pollution Control Association 1988 Annual Conference; Lake Havasu City,
Arizona; copyright Delta Cooling Towers, Inc.
11.89.45
0122.0.0
11-116
-------
Nemerow, N.L., 1971. Liquid Waste of Industry: Theories, Practices, and
Treatment; Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.; Reading, Massachusetts.
Nyer, E.K., 1985. Groundwater Treatment Technology; Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company, Inc.; New York, New York.
Obayaski, A.W., H.D. Stensel, and E. Kominek, 1981. "Anaerobic Treatment of
High Strength Wastes"; Chemical Engineering Progress; pp. 68-73;
April 1981.
Olthof, M. , W.R. Kelly, G. Wagner, and J. Oleszkiewicz, 1984. "Anaerobic
Treatment of a Variety of Industrial Wastestreams"; in Proceedings of the
39th Industrial Waste Conference; Purdue University; West Lafayette,
Indiana; pp. 697-704; July 1984.
Olthof, M., and J. Oleszkiewicz, 1982. "Anaerobic Treatment of Industrial
Wastewaters"; Chemical Engineering; Vol. 89, No. 23; pp. 121-126;
November 1982.
Parkin, G.F., and W.F. Owen, 1986. "Fundamentals of Anaerobic Digestion of
Wastewater Sludges"; Journal of the Environmental Engineering Division,
Proceedings of the ASCE; Vol. 112, No. 5; pp. 867-920; October 1986.
Patterson, J.W., 1985. Industrial Wastewater Treatment Technology, 2nd
Edition; Butterworth Publishers; Boston, Massachusetts.
Perry, R.H., 1973. Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th Edition; McGraw-Hill Book
Co.; New York, New York.
Peters, R., Y. Ku, and D. Bhattacharyya, 1985. "Evaluation of Recent Treatment
Techniques for Removal of Heavy Metals from Industrial Wastewaters";
American Institute of Chemical Engineers Symposium Series; Vol. 81,
No. 243; pp. 166-172.
Rittman, B.E., 1987. "Aerobic Biological Treatment"; Environmental Science and
Technology; Vol. 21, No. 2; pp. 128-135; February 1987.
Sachs, E.F., J.C. J.ennett, and M.C. Rand, 1982. "Pharmaceutical Waste
Treatment by Anaerobic Filter"; Journal of the Environmental Engineering
Division, Proceedings of the ASCE; Vol. 108, No. EE2; pp. 297-314;
April 1982.
Seamster, A.H., and R.M. Wheaton, 1966. "A Basic Reference on Ion Exchange";
Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology; 2nd Edition; Vol. 11; John Wiley and
Sons, Inc.; New York, New York; pp. 871-899.
Snoeyink, V.L., and D. Jenkins, 1980. Water Chemistry; John Wiley and Sons,
Inc.; New York, New York.
Speece, R.E., 1983. "Anaerobic Biotechnology for Industrial Wastewater Treat-
ment"; Environmental Science and Technology; Vol. 17, No. 9; pp. 416A-
427A'; September 1983.
11.89.45
0123.0.0
11-117
-------
Stenzel, M.H., and U.S. Gupta, 1985. "Treatment of Contaminated Groundwaters
with Granular Activated Carbon and Air-stripping"; Air Pollution Control
Association Journal; Vol. 35, No. 12; December 1985.
Stuckey, D.C., W.F. Owen, P.L. McCarty, and G.F. Parkin, 1980. "Anaerobic
Toxicity Evaluation by Batch and Semi-continuous Assays"; Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation; Vol. 52, No. 4; pp. 720-729;
April 1980.
Suidan, M.T., W.H. Cross, M. Fong, and J.W. Calvert, 1981. "Anaerobic Carbon
Filter for Degradation of Phenols"; Journal of the Environmental
Engineering Division, Proceedings of the ASCE; Vol. 107, No. EE3;
pp. 563-579; June 1981.
Sundstrom, D.W., and H.E. Klei, 1979. Wastewater Treatment; Prentice-Hall
Inc.; Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey; pp. 241-270.
Switzenbaum, M.S., and C.P.L. Grady, Jr., 1986. "Anaerobic Treatment of
Domestic Wastewater"; Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation;
Vol. 58, No. 2; pp. 102-106; February 1986.
Switzenbaum, M.S., and W.J. Jewell, 1980. "Anaerobic Attached-Film Expanded-
Bed Reactor Treatment"; Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation;
Vol. 52, No. 7; pp. 1953-1965; July 1980.
Treybal, R.E., 1955.
New York.
Mass-Transfer Operations; McGraw-Hill Book Co.; New York,
URS Company, Inc., 1987. "Biological Treatability Study Scope of Work - Helen
Kramer Landfill Superfund Site"; URS Company, Inc.; Syracuse, New York;
pp. 2-2 to 2-4; October 1987.
USEPA, 1980a. "Innovative and Alternative Technology Assessment Manual";
USEPA/430/9-78-009; February 1980.
USEPA, 1980b. "Carbon Adsorption Isotherms for Toxic Organics"; Municipal
Environmental Research Laboratory; USEPA-600/8-80-023; April 1980.
USEPA, 1984. "USEPA Project Summary: Process Design Manual for Stripping of
Organics1
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory; Cincinnati,
Ohio; USEPA/600/52-84-139; September 1984.
USEPA, 1986a. Memorandum: "Discharge of Wastewater from CERCLA Sites into
POTWs"; H.L. Longest II, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response;
R. Hanmer, Office of Water Enforcement and Permits; G.A. Lucero, Office of
Waste Programs Enforcement to Waste Management and Water Management
Division Directors, Regions I-X; April 15, 1986.
USEPA, 1986b. "Mobile Treatment Technologies for Superfund Wastes"; Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response; USEPA/540/2-86/003(F); September 1986.
11.89.45
0124.0.0
11-118
-------
USEPA, 1986c. "Superfund Treatment Technologies: A Vendor Inventory"; Office
of Emergency and Remedial Response; USEPA/540/2-86/004(F); September 1986.
USEPA, 1986d. "Interim Guidance on Superfund Selection of Remedy"; OSWER
Directive No. 9355.0-19; December 24, 1986.
USEPA, 1986e. "A Handbook on Treatment of Hazardous Waste Leachate"; PEI
Associates, Inc.; contracted by the Office of Research and Development;
USEPA/68-03-3248; December 1986.
USEPA, 1986f. "Superfund Public Health Evaluation Manual"; Office of Emergency
and Remedial Response; USEPA/540/1-86/060.
USEPA, 1987a. Memorandum: "Revised Procedures for Planning and Implementing
Off-site Response Actions"; J.W. Porter, Office of Solid Waste and
Emergency Response to Regional Administrators Regions I-X, Directive No.
9834.11; November 13, 1987. N
USEPA, 1987b. "Guidance Manual for Preventing Interference at POTWs"; USEPA
Permit Division EN-336; prepared by J.M. Montgomery, Consulting Engineers,
Inc.; USEPA/68-03-1821; Washington, DC.
Vandenburg, L., 1984. "Development in Methanogenesis from Industrial
Wastewater"; Canadian Journal of Microbiology; Vol. 30, No. 8; pp.
975-989; August 1984.
Vargas, C., and R.C. Ahlert, 1987. "Anaerobic Degradation of Chlorinated
Solvents"; Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation; Vol. 59, No.
11; pp. 964-968; November 1987.
Venkataramani, E.S., R.C. Ahlert, and P. Corbo, 1983. "Biological Treatment of
Landfill Leachates"; CRC Critical Reviews in Environmental Control; Vol.
14, No. 4; pp. 333-376.
Viessman, W., Jr., and M. Hammer, 1985. Water Supply and Pollution Control;
Harper and Row Publishers; New York, New York; pp. 322-345.
Water Pollution Control Federation, 1977. Wastewater Treatment Plant Design -
WPCF Manual of Practice No. 8; Lancaster Press, Inc.
Weber, W.J., Jr., 1972. Physiochemical Processes for Water Quality Control;
John Wiley and Sons; New York, New York.
Witt, E.R., W.J. Humphrey, and T.E. Roberts, 1979. "Full-scale Anaerobic
Filter Treats High-strength Wastes"; in Proceedings of the 34th
Industrial Waste Conference; Purdue University; West Lafayette, Indiana;
pp. 229-234; July 1979.
11.89.45
0125.0.0
11-119
-------
-------
SECTION 12
ORD TREATABILITY PROJECTS
9.89.107C
0015.0.0
-------
SECTION 12 - ORP TREATABILITY PROJECTS. The USEPA Office of Research and
Development (ORD) in Cincinnati, Ohio conducted research to support ithe
evaluation for the potential to use POTWs to treat CERC1A and Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) wastes. ORD, in conjunction with the
Engineering Department at the University of Cincinnati, performed pilot-scale
treatability studies at the EPA Testing and Evaluation Facility to generate
treatability data for toxic organic compounds. Eight technical papers were
produced as a result of the studies. Section 12 presents a list of the papers
with a brief description of each study.
891003B-mll
16.
-------
ORD TREATABILITY RESEARCH
The USEPA Office of Research and Development (ORD) in Cincinnati, Ohio, was
contracted to conduct research supporting the evaluation for POTWs' potential
to treat CERCLA and RCRA wastes. ORD, in conjunction with the Engineering
Department at the University of Cincinnati, performed bench and pilot-scale
treatability studies at the USEPA Test and Evaluation Facility to generate
treatability data for RCRA and CERCLA organic compounds. Eight technical
papers were produced as a result of the studies. Below is a list of the
papers with a brief description of the purpose of each study:
1. "The Determination of Biodegradability and Biodegradation Kinetics of
Organic Pollutant Compounds with the Use of Electrolytic Respirometry,"
Tabak et al., April 1989.
This report explains in detail the methodology of electrolytic respirometry
which was used to determine acclimation periods and Monod and first-order
degradation rate constants for approximately 50 RCRA and CERCLA compounds.
This study supports the development of the treatability fate model by
experimentally determining rate constants. The biodegradation data will also
be used to validate a University of Cincinnati modeling routine which is being
developed to estimate biological rate constants from an organic compound's
physical structure.
2. "Biodegradation Studies With Selected Leachate Compounds Using
Electrolytic Respirometry, Part I (September 1988), Part II
(October 1988)," Tabak et al.
The purpose of this study was to experimentally determine biokinetic rate
constants (i.e., maximum specific growth rate, half saturation constant, and
yield coefficient) for six CERCLA compounds. Studies were initially performed
at a concentration of 100 mg/1 for each compound and consisted of measuring
the oxygen uptake of microorganisms characteristic of an activated sludge
plant.
3. "Prediction and Modeling of Biodegradation Kinetics of Hazardous Waste
Constituents," Govind et al., April 1989.
The fate model being generated by ORD will have three methods to input a
biodegradation rate constant. A user.will be able to input his own value,
select a value from an existing database, or use a submodel to estimate the
rate constant from the organic compound's chemical structure. The
biodegradation rate constant estimation methodology compared nine predicted
values with experimentally derived values. The average error in prediction of
the first-order degradation rate constant ranged from 13 to 85 percent for the
compounds evaluated.
/
4. "Fate and Effects of RCRA and CERCLA Toxics in Anaerobic Digestion of
Primary and Secondary Sludge," Dobbs et al.
gs041701
001.0.0
12-1
-------
Data on the fate of selected RCRA and CERCLA compounds in pilot-scale
anaerobic digesters was presented in this paper. Both volatile and
semi-volatile compounds did not appear to inhibit digester operation at the
low digester input concentrations. In the RCRA study, methane and total gas
production were 13 and 6 percent less, respectively, between test and control
digesters. In the CERCLA study, methane production was not affected and total
gas production was 12 percent less in the test digesters when compared to the
control. Data indicated that volatile compounds were removed by volatilization
and degradation while semi-volatile compounds were degraded or sorbed onto
solids.
5. "Status Report: Development of a Fate Model for Organics in a Wastewater
Treatment Plant," Govind et al., April 1989.
This report provided a brief description of individual models to describe
volatilization, sorption, and biodegradation of organic pollutants discharged
to a POTW. Flow charts were presented to describe the model process for each
mechanism.
6. "The Effect of Carbon Tetrachloride on Anaerobic Digestion of Primary and
Waste Activated Sludge," B.M. Wysock, March 1989.
This work studied: (1) the effect of carbon tetrachloride on anaerobic
digestion of sludge; (2) the effect of carbon tetrachloride on various phases
of anaerobic digestion of sludge; and (3) the effect of gas recirculation on
the digester performance if carbon tetrachloride was present. Serum bottles
and a pilot-scale digester were used in this study. The study concluded: (1)
in serum bottle studies, up to 14 mg/1 of carbon tetrachloride had no effect
on gas production while up to 5 mg/1 had no significant effect on digester
performance in pilot-scale studies; (2) carbon tetrachloride affected mostly
the methanogenic phase of digester operation; (3) acclimation and increased
solids concentration within the digester could be utilized to treat carbon
tetrachloride and avoid inhibition; and (4) recirculation of the gas did not
impact volatile solids or volatile acid reduction.
7. "Treatability of RCRA Compounds in a BOD/Nitrification Wastewater
Treatment System with Dual Media Filtration," Safferman et al.
This study utilized a pilot-scale extended aeration system to: (1)
investigate the treatability and fate of selected RCRA pollutants in a
nitrification process under both acclimated and unacclimated conditions; and
(2) determine the effectiveness of effluent dual media filtration on the
removal of RCRA pollutants. Pollutants were composited before addition to the
system's influent stream. This report provided an extensive literature review
on the nitrification process and modeling the fate of organic pollutants
discharged to a POTW. The results can be summarized as follows:
o no inhibition effects of organic pollutants at mg/1 levels on chemical
oxygen demand removal (supported by discussions with ORD personnel);
o no inhibition effects of organic pollutants at mg/1 levels on.suspended
solids removal;
gs041701
002.0.0
12-2
-------
8.
no inhibition effects of organic pollutants at mg/1 levels on phosphorous
removal;
significant inhibition of ammonia removal at a composite organic spike
concentration of 19.2 mg/1. Nitrification may have been inhibited at low
concentrations, though ammonia reduction by secondary treatment was not
,inhibited until an influent concentration of 4.8 to 19.2 mg/1 was
reached. This result was supported by discussions with ORD personnel who
provided a reference on pollutant concentrations and the associated
percent nitrification inhibition;
sorption not a significant removal mechanism for volatile compounds;
little observed experimental difference between acclimated and
unacclimated systems; and
dual media effluent filters were only effective on removal of the
strongly sorbed compounds.
"Treatability of RCRA and CERCLA Wastes in POTWs," Bhattacharya et al.
This report reviews the findings of the five pilot-scale research projects
completed by the USEPA Office of Research and Development. The projects
generated data regarding:
o pollutant concentrations that caused inhibition of POTW biological
treatment process;
o biodegradation of .organic pollutants.
In addition to these technical papers, ORD is currently developing a software
package entitled, "Integrated Model for Predicting the Fate of Organics in
Wastewater Treatment Plants." The model will attempt to simulate the fate of
organic compounds in a wastewater treatment plant.
gs041701
003.0.0
12-3
-------
-------
; SECTION 13
WERL TREATABILITY DATA BASE
9.89.107C
0016.0.0
-------
SECTION 13 - WERL TREATABILITY DATA BASE. The USEPA Water Engineering Research
Laboratory (WERL) developed and is continuing to expand a data base containing
information on the treatability of compounds in various types of waters and
wastewaters. The data base consists of selected published data taken from
government reports and data bases, peer reviewed journals, and various other
publications. Each source was reviewed by a quality review committee before
including it in the data base. In addition to treatability data, the data base
contains chemical and physical properties, environmental data, and adsorption
data for specific compounds, where available. Section 13 contains instructions
for loading the data base onto a computer.
For any additional information concerning the WERL data base contact:
Mr. Kenneth A. Dostal
Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory
Environmental Protection Agency
26 W. Martin Luther King Drive, Rm 191
Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
(513) 569-7503
891003B-mll
1.
-------
TO LOAD WERL TREATABILITY DATABASE PROGRAM
COPY DISK 1 TO THE COMPUTER HARD DRIVE, IN A SUBDIRECTORY. TO DO THIS, AT THE
SUBDIRECTORY PROMPT (SUCH AS C:\DBASE\EPA\) TYPE
COPY A:*.* [ENTER]
COPY DISKS 2, 3, AND 4 TO THE SAME SUBDIRECTORY BY TYPING AT THE PROMPT:
COPY A:*.* [ENTER]
THE FILES ON THE DISKS HAVE BEEN "ARCHIVED", ALLOWING US TO USE THE DISKS MORE
EFFICIENTLY AND MINIMIZE THE NUMBER REQUIRED. TO RUN THE PROGRAM THE FILES MUST
BE UNARCHIVED. TO UNARCHIVE THE PROGRAMS TYPE THE FOLLOWING, AT THE SUBDIRECTORY
PROMPT, TYPE:
EPALOAD
[ENTER]
THE FOLLOWING MESSAGES WILL APPEAR ON SCREEN:
PKARC FAST!
UNARCING ....
UNSQUASHING ....
UNCHRUNCHING ....
ETC ....
WHEN UNARCHIVING OF THE FILES IS FINISHED THE COMPUTER AUTOMATICALLY RETURNS TO
THE SUBDIRECTORY PROMPT. TO RUN THE PROGRAM AT THE PROMPT TYPE:
MAIN [ENTER]
THE UNARCHIVING NEED ONLY BE DONE THIS ONE TIME. FROM THEN ON TO RUN THE PROGRAM
ENTER THE SUBDIRECTORY AND TYPE:
MAIN [ENTER]
13-1
-------
-------
SECTION 14
FATE MODEL
9.89.107C
0017.0.0
-------
SECTION 14 - FATE MODEL - As part of the CERCLA Site Discharges to POTWs study,
a user friendly, computerized model has been developed to evaluate the fate of
inorganic and organic pollutants discharged to POTWs. POTW managers and
feasibility study writers can use the model to evaluate the fate and
treatability of toxic pollutants discharged to POTWs by predicting the overall
percent removal of the compounds and percent removals of organic compounds due
to volatilization, sorption, and biodegradation.
The FATE User's Manual, provided in Section
14, introduces the user of the model to the concepts and assumptions used in its
development and presents simple instructions for the model's operation.
891003B-mll
18.
-------
\
FATE
FATE AND TREATABILITY ESTIMATOR FOR CONVENTIONAL
ACTIVATED SLUDGE TREATMENT PLANTS
USERS' MANUAL
OFFICE OF WATER REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
OFFICE OF WATER
US. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, DC
+JUNE 1990+
-------
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
2. INSTALLATION
3. TUTORIAL
3.1. Using FATE
3.2. Selecting a Facility
3.2.1. Selecting an Existing Facility
3.2.2. Selecting and Creating A New Facility
3.3. Selecting a Compound
3.4. Running/Printing
4. OPERATION MODES
4.1. SELECTION MODE
4.1.1. SELECTING A FACILITY
4.1.2. SELECTING A COMPOUND
4.1.3. FUNCTION KEYS
4.1.3.1. HELP
4.1.3.2. EDIT AND UNIT CONVERSION
4.1.3.3. COPY
4.1.3.4. ADD
4.1.3.5. DELETE
4.1.3.6. UNMARK
4.1.3.7. GROUP
1
3
4
4
5
5
5
7
9
11
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.1.3.8. CAS SEARCH
4.2. MENU MODE >
4.2.1. RUN
4.2.2. PRINT
4.2.3. UTILITIES
4.2.4. SYSTEM ACCESS
4.2.5. CONTINUE
4.2.6. QUIT
5. REPORTS
5.1. SCREEN REPORT
5.2. SINGLE COMPOUND REPORTS
5.3. MULTIPLE COMPOUND REPORTS
5.4. PRINTING THE FACILITY DATABASE
5.5. PRINTING THE COMPOUND DATABASES
5.6. PRINTING THE MODEL ASSUMPTIONS
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
APPENDIX A - Warning Errors and Messages
APPENDIX B - Technical Description of Model
APPENDIX C - Inorganic/Organic Compound List
APPENDIX D - System Database Description
APPENDIX E - FATE Model Map of Cursor Key Movements
INDEX
15
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
19
20
20
20
20
22
11
-------
1. INTRODUCTION
This manual describes the uses and com-
ponents of the EPA Fate and Treatability Es-
timator (FATE) Model. This model was
developed to help users understand the fate
and treatability of pollutants in wastewaters
discharged to conventional activated sludge
Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs).
It aids the user in evaluating whether pol-
lutants in an influent to a POTW are sorbed
onto sludge, are volatilized off into the atmos-
phere, or are biodegraded. The software also
will estimate the amount of the pollutant in
each process end point of the model, as well
as percent total removal from the wastewater
influent stream.
The FATE model has the capability to
evaluate the treatability of both inorganic and
organic pollutants discharged to a POTW.
Since inorganic and organic compounds are
removed by different physical and chemical
processes in a POTW, FATE consists of
separate models for organic fate analysis and
inorganic fate analysis.
The calibration and validation of the FATE
model is based on actual plant data from a
recent nation-wide survey of domestic
POTWs. Plant performance data used in the
calibration and validation was obtained from
actual measurements of the influents and ef-
fluents of the surveyed POTWs.
The major assumptions used in developing the
FATE model are:
1) The model is for conventional diffused
aeration activated sludge sewage treatment
plants only.
2) No significant volatilization or
biodegradation occurs in the primary clarifier.
3) All reactors are completely mixed.
4) Steady state is assumed to exist in all
reactors (e.g., aeration basin and clarifiers) so
that pollutant concentrations in a reactor do
not change over time. (Thus, the model may
not be as accurate for plants with pulse inputs
of pollutants).
5) Liquid inflow equals liquid outflow.
6) For volatilization, the concentration of the
organic compound of interest is assumed to be
negligible in the inlet gas used for aeration.
7) For volatilization, the partial pressure of an
individual compound in the gas exiting the
aeration basin is in equilibrium with the in-
dividual compound concentration in the aera-
tion basin liquid.
8) Sorption partitioning follows a linear
relationship between concentrations in the liq-
uid and solid phases.
9) Biodegradation follows Monod kinetics
and the organic compound influent concentra-
tion is assumed to be much less than' the
Monod half-saturation coefficient (i.e., in-
fluent concentrations are at relatively low
levels).
10) For the biodegradation model step, it is
assumed that a compound is removed by
secondary utilization.
11) The fate of a compound is not affected by
the presence of other compounds except as
may be inherent in the data used for model
calibration.
-------
INTRODUCTION
12) The POTW is operating effectively and
no inhibition of the biological process is oc-
curring.
13) For model calibration, measured effluent
concentrations reported as not detected were
assumed to equal half the reported detection
limit.
14) The organic model was calibrated with all
compounds grouped together rather than by
individual compound.
15) Removal mechanisms (volatilization,
biodegradation, and sorption in the primary
and secondary clarifiers) were estimated using
final effluent concentration data and best en-
gineering judgement.
16) Data for bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate, di-n-
octyl phthalate, aldrin, and alpha-BHC were
not used for final calibration due to inconsis-
tencies in the analytical data compared to
other compounds within similar classes.
17) Total removal of compounds primarily
removed by sorption may be slightly over-
predicted, while compounds primarily
removed by volatilization and biodegradation
may be slightly underpredicted.
A printout listing these assumptions may be
obtained using the Print option, which is ex-
plained in Section 5.6.
Section 2.0 - Installation describes the sys-
tem package contents, the program's
hardware and software requirements, and
steps for installing the program for use on an
IBM compatible personal computer (PC).
Section 3.0 - Tutorial guides the user through
an example session.
Section 4.0 - Operation Modes describes the
different modes of operation and the functions
they perform in using the model.
Section 5.0 - Reports discusses printed report
options and reports of the databases, including
single compound and multiple compound
reports.
A glossary, index, appendices with warning
errors and messages, a technical description of
the model, a list of organic and inorganic
compounds FATE is capable of modeling, a
description of the four databases which FATE
uses, and a FATE model map of cursor key
movements follow at the end.
-------
2. INSTALLATION
When you receive the FATE diskette, the
following files should be available:
FILE NAME
FC
CO
CI
CV
HELP
HELP
HELP
FCFCL
FCSEL
COCMP
CICMP
CISEL
COSEL
CVPRM
FATE
INSTALL
EXTENSION
DBF
DBF
DBF
DBF
DBF
DBT
NTX
NTX
NTX
NTX
NTX
NTX
NTX
NTX
EXE
BAT
If any of these files are missing or are
damaged, the program will not run.
FATE may be run on any IBM compatible or
near compatible computers with a minimum
of 384K of available memory. Installing
FATE is a simple process using the INSTALL
program and the following directions:
1. Insert FATE diskette No. 1 into the
selected disk drive.
2. Type the following commands after the
prompt:
A:
INSTALL A: C:^:ENTER>
!^
If FATE is located in a drive other than A,
type the letter of that drive instead of A in the
commands above.
The install program creates a subdirectory
entitled EPA FATE and copies the files to this
subdirectory. After FATE has been installed,
the user is automatically in the C:\EPA FATE
subdirectory.
,NOTE
It is very important to backup the five
database files (fiies with the DBF exten-
tion) in case the files get damaged. You
should also maintain a backup copy of
the entire FATE diskette. Backup the
files prior to attempting to run the model.
-------
3. TUTORIAL
In this section you will be shown how to run
the FATE model. FATE has many options,
only a few of which will be displayed in this
tutorial. Other functions are described in suc-
ceeding chapters of this manual.
3.1. Using FATE
In order to run FATE, you must be in the
appropriate subdirectory containing the
FATE programs. Once you are in this direc-
tory, at the prompt, simply type:
FATE
After two header screens, FATE's main data
screen will appear as below:
SLCT
SIUXT rACILm: 3/3 TYPE
muse
RtBIUM .
SWLL
ri««t floo (Q) 140.0
l*ri stu4ye fluw (Qp) 40OOO®
fri sludge cunc (Xp) 4.60
Her Wtlns vol (U) 33207700
MSS (XI) 3000 i
CM riw rate (C) ZtSSUOOO i
Uvislt! El»d:jc flo(Qu) 123ZCMO
Uaste il«dac cone (Xu) 8.75
nco
ig'i
-r/d
8pd
•/.
SELECT ORGAMIC: 1/34S
l.r-Blpheniil-i.V-dlttilne
1,1, l.Z-Tctrachloroe thane
1,1,1-Irichloroetlune
l»l-Dlchlorocthanc
CftS HUHBER 119304
henry's Lau constant 1
Log or octano I/water 1
Log of hlo rate -3
TYPE ng/1 1
0.1000
0.1000
6.1809
0.1000
0,1000
0.1000
.OOE-II n
.46 n
.096 E
«2>-rBit -cart -(OD -DELIIE -noRE KEYS
Figure 3-1
NOTE
No matter what function is performed,
FATE will always return you to this
screen.
This screen is divided into two halves: facility
information on the left and pollutant informa-
tion on the right. The left section displays
facilities and their corresponding operating
parameters. Note that the operating
parameters displayed in the lower left section
correspond to the specific facility highlighted
in the upper left section. The user has the
option of creating his/her own facility with
specific operating parameters. The right half
of the screen displays information concerning
the pollutants contained in the compound data
bases. The upper right section lists com-
pounds and the lower right section displays
the chemical constants for the compound
highlighted in the upper right. At the bottom
of the screen, the function keys are defined.
For more information on the function keys,
refer to Section 4.1.3.
In order to move between screens, you must
use the right and left arrow keys on your
keyboard. The arrow keys do not allow access
to the lower half of the display for any facility
or compound that is marked with an '*' in the
column titled TYPE. These facilities and
compounds cannot be altered in any way since
they are the default parameters. Access to the
lower half of the display will be discussed in
Section 4.2.
•' ^- ., , ;NOTE ^
If your keyboard does not have dedi-
cated keys for arrows, then use the num-
ber pad to'the right of the main key board
with the numbers lock disabled so that
;the arrow keys may be used.
-------
TUTORIAL
3.2. Selecting a Facility
In this section you will learn how to run FATE
using a default facility ('SMALL,'
'MEDIUM,' or 'LARGE'), and how to run
FATE for a facility that you have created.
3.2.1. Selecting an Existing Facility
A facility is selected by moving the cursor
with the up or down arrow keys to the desired
facility and pressing the bar. A
yellow '#' will appear to the left of the chosen
facility. FATE informs you that you are in the
selection mode when "SLCT" appears in the
uppermost right hand corner of the screen.
For more information on modes of operation,
refer to Section 4.0 of this manual.
NOTE
Only one facility at a time may be
chosen. A facility rnust be chosen in
order for FATE to run.
Example: Choose the 'MEDIUM' facility:
SLCT
SELECT FflCILCTV:
LARGE
> HEDIUM
SMALL
Plant Tlou
Aer basins uol (V)
HLSS CXI)
Gas riou rate CG)
Uaste sludge f loCQu)
2/3 TVPE
•M
*t
25.0 MGD
7022388 gal
3868 mg/1
47174888 cf/d
220088 gpd
SELECT QRGflN 1C: 1x345 ]
l,l'-Biphenyl-'l,4'-dlanine
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
1 , 1 , 1-Tr 1 ch loroethane
1 , 1-D ich loroethane
CflS hUTIBER 119S04
Henry's Law constant 1
Log of octanol/uater 1
Log of bio rate -3
VPE ng/1 1
8.1000 1
a.ieoo i
0.1008 1
o.iooe i
80E-11 n 1
46 B; 1
.868 E 1
-EDIT -COP»
-DELEIE -nORE KEKS
Figure 3-2
The 'MEDIUM' facility has now been chosen
for a FATE run. If you press the
bar again, the '#' will disappear, and the
facility is no longer chosen for a FATE run.
You now have the option of selecting a new
facility.
3.2.2. Selecting and Creating A New
Facility
You may want to run FATE for a facility not
included as a default. To add a new facility
press the function key (which is called
'ADD,' at the bottom of the screen). Figure
3-3 shows what the screen should look like.
Use of the function keys are described in more
detail in Section 4.1.3.
SELECT FftCILITK: 2/3
TVPE
LflBGE
StlBLL •
Plant flou (Q>
Fri sludge flou CQp)
Pri sludge cone (Xp)
fler basins uol (W)
HLSS (XI)
Gas flow rate (G)
Uaste sludge f loCQuJ
Uaste sludge cone (Xw>
8.0 ItGD
8 gpd
8.00 V.
0 gal
8 ng/1
8 cF/d
• 8 gpd
o.eo •/.
SELECT ORSflN 1C: 1/34S TYPE
l,l'-Blphenyl-J.4J-dianlnc
1,1, 1,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1',1-Irich loroethane
1 , 1 j 2 > 2-Tetrach loroethane
1 , 1 , 2-Tr i ch loroethane
1 , 1-D Ich loroethane
ng/1 1
0.1000 1
0.1008 1
0.1008 1
0.1008 1
0.1000 1
0.1000 1
CflS NUMBER 119984
Henry's Lau constant l.OOE-11 fl 1
Log of octanol/water 1.-16 fl 1
Log of bio rate -3.088 E 1
-EDIT -COPX -ftDD -DELETE -HUKE KEVS
Figure 3-3
Now you are able to input data from any
POTW you wish. First, type the name of the
POTW you wish FATE to model. For ex-
ample, type 'PORTLAND MAINE' in the
facility name box, and press .
Note that you are now in the TYPE column.
Enter a letter or symbol for your own records,
or simply leave it. blank, then press
. The cursor should now be blink-
-------
TUTORIAL
ing at the first entry for the facility parameter
secdon, which is Plant Flow Rate. FATE now
asks for PORTLAND MAINE'S plant operat-
ing parameters. For the first entry, Plant rate
(Q), assume PORTLAND MAINE'S plant
flow rate is 50 MOD. Type in this number,
and press . Follow the same pro-
cedure for the remaining plant parameters:
Enter this
value:
75000
Unit:
GPD
10000000 GAL
4000
MG/L
Plant Parameter:
Qp (Primary
Sludge Flow
Rate)
Xp (Primary
Sludge
Concentration)
V (Volume of the
Aeration Basins)
XI (Mixed Liquor
Suspended
Solids)
G (Gas
Volumetric Flow
Rate)
Qw (Wasted
Sludge Flow
Rate)
Xv (Wasted
Sludge
Concentration)
You should now be viewing a screen which
looks like Figure 3-4.
100000000 cf/d
250000
GPD
surer raciim: zxi TYPE
snftu
KMR/
LftHCE
riant floo (Q) 50,0 nCB
frf lliklgc flou (Qf) 7SOOO gpd
Fri ilu.'jr nine (Xp) 4.00 v.
ncr Ultra vol (U) 16000000 gal
MSS (XI) 4006 «,/!
(-.I rl(M rate (G) 109000008 cf/d
it tiu4{c rio«gu) zsoooo gpd
Uillc slu4|e cone (Xu) Z,00 X
SELECT OKKHIC: 1x345
TYPE ng/1 1
l,l'-Slphenyl-4,4'-dlajiliic
<1i2-Tetrach1oroethane
»l-Trichloroethane
•2,2-Tetrachloroethane
«2-Trichloroethane
-Dlchlorocthane
0.1000 I
0.1000 I
o.iaoo i
0.1000 I
0.1000 I
• o.ieoo i
ens nunsEn 113901
llenry'c Lau constant l.OOE-11 H I
Log of octanol/uater 1.46 n I
Log of bio rate -3.000 E I
-nDD -l)ELEn: -MOBE KEJS
NOTE
You do not have to use the units.
provided. For further instruction on unit
conversion, read on.
After pressing the key for Xv
(Wasted Sludge Concentration), FATE asks
you if you want to accept the data shown on
the screen or continue to edit the facility
parameters. As you have all the data you need
typed in the appropriate boxes, press 'Y' and
FATE will store PORTLAND MAINE'S
facility parameters in the database.
For more information on the aspects of creat-
ing your own facility, please refer to Section
4.1.3 of this manual.
FATE will allow input of these plant
parameters in units of measure other than
those that appear on the screen. For example,
while the cursor still appears in front of the
PORTLAND MAINE facility, press to
invoke the Edit command. This key allows
you to change information already typed in the
facility fields. Now, arrow down to Xp
(Primary Sludge Concentration). While hold-
ing the key, press again.
Your screen should now be similar to Figure
3-5.
TI7TO}
SELECT FftCIUTy: Z/3 TYPE
SELECT ORGANIC: 1/34S
TYPE «3/l
SHALL
> raRTLnm MAINE
LARGE
FUnt flou 50.0 ItGD
Fri sludge flou (Qp) 75000 gpd
Pri sludge cone (Xp) -1.08 Y.
Aer basins uol (U) 10000000 gal
MLSS (XI) 4000 ng/1
Gas flou rate (G) 100000000 cf/d
Uaste sludge flo(Qu) 250000 gpd
Jaste sludge cone (Xu) 2.00 '/.
l,lJ-mphenyl-4,4'-dl««!ne
lil.l,2-Tetrachlopoethone
-EDIT -COPY -flDD -DEL£IE -t1DBE KEYS
Figure 3-4
Figure 3-5
-------
TUTORIAL
Example: Your POTW keeps track of the
primary sludge concentration in units of mg/1
and the value is 35,000 mg/1. Arrow down to
the 'mg/1' option, and press .
Type in '35000', and your screen should look
like Figure 3-6. Now, when^you press
, the pop-up screen should disap-
pear, and in place of the '4%' you typed in
previously, Xp will be '3.5 %'. (Figure 3-7)
SELECT FACILITY: Zx3 TYPE
IflflGE
8 PORTLAND I1AINE
SHALL
SELECT ORSON 1C:
i.l'-Blphenyl—4.4'-dla«lne
1,1,1,2-Tetrach loroethane
PARAMETER: XP
4.00e«C04
Plant flew (Q) 59.0 HGD
Pri sludge flou CQp) 75099 gpd I
Pri sludge cone (Xp) 4.OO :
Bcr basins uol W) 18000090 gal
MLSS (XI) 4000 ng/1
Gas f lou rate (6) 160000009 cf/d I
Uaste sludge f lo(Qu) 250099 gpd |
Uaste sludge cone CXv) 2.00 :
0.1009 I
0.1009 I
0.1009 I
0.1008 I
0.1000 I
0.1009 I
1.001-11 H I
..46 fl I
3.906 E I
-UMnftHK -GBOUP HARKS -CAS SEABCH -tlOHE KEYS
Figure 3-6
For more information on this feature of FATE
refer to Section 4 of this manual. In order to
continue with the model run press the
key and, as before, press 'Y', and FATE will
return you to the upper half display of the
facility database.
Select the PORTLAND MAINE facility as
described previously. If FATE tells you that
a facility has already been selected, simply
arrow up or down to the facility which has a
'#' in front of its facility name, and press the
bar. Be sure that a '#' appears in
front of the PORTLAND MAINE facility
before continuing.
3.3. Selecting a Compound
In this section you will learn how to choose a
compound for a FATE run. FATE allows you
to choose an organic or an inorganic com-
pound. The upper right section of the screen
displays the organic compound list. If you use
the right arrow key, the inorganic compound
listing will appear in the upper right corner of
the screen.
SELECT FACILITY: 4/4 TYPE
SELECT ORGANIC: V345
LARGE
a PORTLAND MAINE
MEDIUM
Plant f lou (q>
Pri sludge flou (Qp)
Pri sludge cone CXp)
Acr basins val (U>
rtLSS (XI)
HGD
gpd
59.9
75800
3. SO
10909003 gal
4000 ngxl
Gas flou rate (G) 100800009 cfxd
Uaste sludge, flo(Qu) 256000 gpd
Uaste sludge cone (Xu> 2.60
I
l,l'-Biphenyl-4,4'-diamine
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1,1-Trlchloroethane
1.1.2, 2-Tetrach loroe thane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
1,1-Dich loroe thane
e.iooe i
e.ioee i
0.1090 I
e.iooe i
0.1090 I
0.1090 I
CAS NUMBER 119904
Henry's Lau constant l.OOE-11 H I
Log of octanol/Mater 1.46 H 1
Log of bio rate -3.090 E I
00-HEHU -*1ELF -HORE KEKS
Figure 3-7
Using the right arrow key, move the cursor
from the PORTLAND MAINE facility over
to the organic compound list. For further
information on the separate databases please
refer to Appendix D. Selecting a compound
is accomplished in the same manner as select-
ing a facility; move the cursor to the desired
compound using the up or down arrow key,
press the bar and a '#' will appear
to the left of the compound name. FATE now
asks you to enter the influent concentration of
the compound you have chosen. You may
either choose the default concentration (0.100
mg/1) or input some other concentration.
Press and FATE asks you to ac-
cept what is on the screen; press 'Y'.
-------
TUTORIAL
NOTE
If physical/chemical constants are not
available for a compound, FATE will not
allow you to select it for a model fun/
If you do not wish to run a compound you have
already selected, press the bar
again, and the '#' will disappear. There is no
limit to the number of compounds FATE can
run at one time.
FATE has a few special features which will
make selecting a compound easier. If the
compound you wish to choose is not shown
on the immediate screen, you may press the
first letter or number of the compound you
wish to choose, and FATE will take you to the
area in its database where that compound is
listed. The compounds are listed in the
database in numerical and then alphabetical
order.
Example 1: Suppose you wish to choose
'Benzene'. Simply press the letter 'B', and
FATE will take you to the first compound
beginning with the letter 'B' - 'Benzanthrone'
(Figure 3-8). FATE tells you which com-
pound is highlighted in the bottom center of
the screen, just above the Function Key Menu.
In our case, 'Benzathrone' is written. Now,
arrow down to 'Benzene', and press the
bar. FATE now asks you to enter
the influent concentration of the compound
you have chosen. You may either choose the
default concentration (0.100 mg/1) or input
some concentration of benzene. Press
and FATE once again asks you to
accept what is on the screen; press 'Y'.
'Benzene,' at the selected influent concentra-
tion, is now chosen for a FATE run.
Another way to choose a compound is by
performing a CAS number search. FATE al-
lows you to do this by pressing the key,
SELECT FACILITY: 4x-i TYPE
MEDIUM .
« FOHILAND MAINE
SHALL ' «
Plant f loo (Q) 50.6 IKD
Her basins uol (U> 10000009 gal
HLSS (XI) 1000 ng/1
Gas flou rate (G) 160000030 cf/d
Haste sludge floCQu) Z50000 gpd
SELECT ORGANIC: 268/345 IYPE
Azlnphas-methtjl s Guthloh
Benzanihrane
Benzenafilne
Benzene
CAS NUttDEB D6500
Henry's Lau constant 3.80E
Leg of octanol/^Mter 0.00
Log of bio rate -2.000
«g
0.
0.
e.
0.
-6
10
10
10
10
n
u
E
Azinphos-nethyl s Guthion
c/>-ntnu -HELP -nonE KEYS
Figure 3-8
as indicated at the bottom of the screen in the
Function Key Menu. FATE asks you for the
CAS number of the compound you wish to
choose.
Example 2: Choose bis(2-ethylhexyl) phtha-
late which has a CAS number of '117817'.
Press. , type <117817>, press
, and FATE will bring you to the
section of its database where bis(2-ethyl-
hexyl) phthalate is listed. Once again, press
the bar and input the concentration
of bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, say 0.100
mg/1; press again to accept the
screen.
Example 3: Use the right arrow key to obtain
the inorganic compound list. To choose
'nickel' you may arrow down until this com-
pound is highlighted on the screen, or you may
simply press 'N' and FATE will take you to
the portion of the database where the inor-
ganic compounds beginning with 'N' are
listed. Press the space bar and a '#' will
appear to the left of the compound name.
As with the facility database, compounds can
be added or copied for editing of, the default
8
-------
TUTORIAL
parameters. For more information see Section
4.1.3, Function Keys, of this manual.
A facility (PORTLAND MAINE) and three
compounds (benzene, bis(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate, and nickel have been selected).
FATE is now ready to run.
3.4. Running/Printing
In this section you will learn how to run the
FATE model and how to print the results.
In order to run the FATE model, you must
access the Menu Mode by pressing the >
(forward slash) key. The menu will appear at
the top of the screen (Figure 3-9). Use the left
or right arrow key to work your way across the
menu options, and highlight the 'Run' option.
Press and FATE runs for the first
selected organic compound.
SELECT FflCILlTY: 4x4 TYPE
IIEDIUH
8 Foniuttffl MAINE
• StlflLL •
Plant flou 50. 8 nGD
Her basins uol CU) 10000000 gal
HLSS (XI) 4008 ng/1
Gas flou rate (G) 16O600000 cf/d
Unste sludge f lotQu) 250000 gpd
SELECT ORSdNIC: 1Z9/34S UPE
nzlnphos-nethyl N Guthlon
fienzanthrone
Benzenanine
enzenanine, -c or°7
tt Benzene
CflS NUNBER 7143Z
Henry's Lau constant ° 5.55E
Log of octanolxwater Z.'13
Log of bio rate -2.096
«g^l
0.1003
0.1008
0.1099
0 1008
0.1008
-3 H
n
E
1
1
1
|
1
1
1
Benzene
-ED1T -COPV -ftI)B -DELEIE -flORE KEVS
Figure 3-9
Figure 3-10 is an example of the screen dis-
playing the results for the PORTLAND
MAINE facility and benzene. Note the total
percent removal and the effluent concentra-
tion (labeled overall removal and sec. eff.
cone, respectively) are reported in the lower
right hand corner of this pop-up screen. Also
note that the mechanism removals [primary
sorption (pri. sorbed), secondary sorption
(sec. sorbed), volatilization (volatized) and
biodegradation (biodegraded)] are rounded
off to the nearest integer, and therefore do not
exactly total to the reported overall percent
removal. (For further information on screen
Reports, refer to-Section 5.1 of this manual.) -
To run FATE for the second and third com-
pounds, successively press or any
other key, and the results for bis(2 ethylhexyl)
phthalate and then nickel will appear, respec-
tively. When FATE has finished running all
the compounds selected, press
and the cursor will return to the menu.
foj COMPOUND: Benzene
| FflCILlTY: PORTLflND MftIHE
pri. influent cone.
™ pri. sorpt. re*, rate
pri. cUr. eft. coiic.
uo 1 . rcM . .rate
bio. ren. rate
~ sec . sorpt . re* . rate
Flout flou CQ) 58
Pri sludge flou 75069
Fri sludge cone CXp> 3
fter basins uol tU) 10000090
HLSS -UltttRK -CflS SEftRCH -nORE KEVS
Figure 3-10
In order to obtain a printout of the FATE
results, press the > key to return to the menu,
arrow over to the 'Print' option of the menu,
and press . You are now allowed
to select a single compound report or a sum-
mary report for multiple compounds. A single
report prints an extensive FATE analysis, the
compound information and the facility
parameters for one compound only. If more
than one compound is selected, a single report
-------
TUTORIAL
will be generated for the last compound
selected. A multiple report prints facility
parameters, effluent concentrations and per-
cent removals for all compounds chosen.
Arrow over to 'Single', and press .
Your printer will give you a report which will
be similar to Figure 3-11. Once FATE returns
you to the menu, arrow over to 'Multiple',
and press . Now, your printer will
give you a report which will be similar to
Figure 3-12.
These are the report options you have for
obtaining printouts of FATE results. For fur-
rate And Treatability Estimator
for Conventional Activated Sludge
Publicly Owned Treatment Works
Version 1.05
05/22/90
ABI Environmental Services, Inc.
Portland, Maine
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Technology Division, Washington, DC
COHPOMO: Nickel
Primary coefficient RU « 130.00 mg/l
secondary coefficient Ml * 1000.00 «ig/l
plant influent concentration Si « 0.1000 ng/l
FACILITY: Portland Mine
plant flow o « 50 HGO
primary sludge flow rate Op « 75000 gpd
primary sludge concentration Xp 3.5 X
total volume of aeration tanks V 10000000 gal
temperature of aeration basins T 20 C
mixed liquor suspended solids XI 4000 ng/l
total gas volumetric flow rate G 100000000 ft3/d
secondary wasted sludge flow rate... Ou = 250000 god.
concentration of uasted sec. sludge. Xv * 2.0 X
HOOEL JESUITS:
Removal in Primary Clarifier(s):
primary removal rate........ = 9.23 Its/day
primary clarifier effluent cone So » 0.08 mg/l
Removal In Aeration Tank(s) and Secondary Clarifier(s):
secondary removal rate ' * 1.31 Ibs/day
Overall removal rate.........
Final effluent concentration.
Overall percent removal......
ther information and discussion of the results
. obtained, see Section 5 of this manual.
You have now seen what FATE can ac-
complish. This tutorial was meant to be only
an introduction to the FATE model. The
model has many options which are not dis-
cussed in this tutorial, but are discussed in
detail in other sections of this manual. In
addition, Appendix E contains a FATE model
map of cursor key movements for quick and
easy reference.
Fate And Treatability Estimator
for Conventional Activated Sludge
Publicly Owned Treatment Works
Version 1.05
05/22/90
ABB Environmental Services, Inc.
t Portland, Maine
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Technology Division, Washington, DC
FACILITY: PORTLAND MAINE
plant flow 0
primary sludge flow rate Op
primary sludge concentration........ Xp
total volume of aeration tanks...... V
temperature of aeration basins T
mixed liquor suspended solids XI
total gas volumetric flow rate G
secondary uasted sludge flow rate... Qu
concentration of wasted sec. sludge. Xv
50 HGO
75000 gpd
3.5 X
10000000 gal
20 C
4000 mg/l
100000000 ft3/d
250000 gpd
2 X
Influent Effluent i Percent Removals -_-
Cone, mg/l Cone, mg/l Total Sorption Volatilization Biodegradatitj
Benzene
0.1000 0.0328 67.1 1.2 / 10.2 43.0 12.8
bis(2-Ethylhexyl) phthalate
0.1000 0.0000 100.0 70.5 / 29.5 0.0 0.0
Nickel
0.10 0.08 25.3
Figure 3-12
10.55 Ibs/day
0.0752 ng/l
25.3 X
Figure 3-11
10
-------
4. OPERATION MODES
The FATE model is composed of two modes ,
of operation: the Selection Mode and the
Menu Mode. This section describes the two
modes of operation in detail.
4.1. SELECTION MODE
When the user starts the FATE model pro-
gram, the Selection Mode is automatically
displayed. The Selection Mode is indicated
by the letters "SLCT" in the upper right hand
corner of the display screen. From the Selec-
tion Mode the user can view the default
parameters of the facility database, the organic
compound database, and the inorganic, com-
pound database. Two of the three databases
will, be displayed on the screen at the same
time: either the facility and organic compound
database or the facility and inorganic com-
pound database.
NOTE
If your keyboard does not'have dedi»
cated keys for arrows, then use the num-
ber pad to the rigtit of the main keyboard
with the numbers lock disabled so that
r the arrow keys may be used,
4.1.1. SELECTING A FACILITY
This section provides instructions for select-
ing a facility to perform a FATE run..
The upper left of the facility screen displays
the names of all facilities contained in the
facility database. Those facilities marked
with an asterisk (*) in the TYPE column are
defaults and cannot be altered in any way.
The asterisk facilities are named 'SMALL',
'MEDIUM', and 'LARGE' and contain
operating plant parameters which are repre-
sentative of a range of plant flow rates.
The user may view plant parameters for any
facility; these are listed in the lower left sec-
tion of the screen:
Plant flow (Q)
Pri sludge flow (Qp)
Pri sludge cone (Xp)
Aer basins vol (V)
MLSS (Xi)
Gas flow rate (G)
Waste sludge flo
(Qw)
Waste sludge cone
(Xv)
Plant Flow Rate
Primary Sludge
Flow Rate
Primary Sludge
Concentration
Total Volume of
Aeration Basins
Mixed Liquor
Suspended Solids
Gas Volumetric
Flow Rate to
Aeration Basins
Secondary Wasted
Sludge Flow Rate
Secondary Wasted
Sludge Concentration
A facility is selected by moving the cursor
with the up or down arrow key to the desired
facility and pressing the bar. A
yellow '#' will appear to the left of the chosen
facility.
NOTE
Only one facility ata time maybe chosen.
A facility must be chosen to run FATE.
If you press the bar again, the '#'
sign will disappear; the facility is no longer
chosen for a FATE run, and you have the
option of selecting a new facility. For further
information on adding/editing a user added
facility refer to Section 4.1.3, Function Keys.
11
-------
OPERATION MODES
4.1.2. SELECTING A COMPOUND
FATE allows the user to select either organic
or inorganic compounds. The upper right sec-
tion of the screen displays the organic com-
pound list. Using the right arrow key while
the organic compound list is displayed will
move the user to the inorganic compound list.
In the lower right hand corner of the screen,
FATE displays chemical information on the
pollutant that is highlighted.
Chemical information for a highlighted or-
ganic compound includes the Chemical
Abstract System (CAS) Number, the Henry's
Law Constant, the log octanol/water partition
coefficient constant and the biodegradation
rate constant. The values of these constants
are either measured, estimated, or unavailable
and FATE indicates this with 'M', 'E', or 'U'
written after the constant's values.
When an inorganic compound is highlighted,
the lower right hand corner of the screen dis-
plays the inorganic CAS number and the
primary and secondary removal coefficients.
For a description of these coefficients and
their relation to the inorganic FATE model,
refer to the technical report included as Ap-
pendix B of this manual.
Appendix C lists all organic and inorganic
compounds with their respective CAS num-
bers, constants and coefficients, and Appen-
dix D explains in more detail the contents of
the organic and inorganic databases.
Selecting a compound is accomplished in the
same manner as selecting a facility: move the
cursor to the desired compound using the up
or down arrow key, press the bar
and a yellow '#' will appear to the left of the
compound name. FATE will then ask you to
enter the influent concentration of the com-
pound you have chosen. You may choose the
default concentration (0.100 mg/1) or input
some other concentration. Press
and FATE asks you to accept what is on the
screen. To unmark a compound already
selected, press the bar (after ac-
cepting a compound concentration) and the
'#' will disappear. There is no limit to the
number of compounds FATE can run.
FATE has a special feature which will make
selecting a compound easier. If the compound
you wish to choose is not shown on the imme-
diate screen, you may press the first letter or
number of the compound you wish to choose,
and FATE will take you to the area in its
database where that compound is listed. The
compounds are listed in the database in
numerical and then alphabetical order.
EXAMPLE: You wish to select Toluene. Go
to the organic compound database and type in
the letter "T". Then, use the down arrow key
to select toluene. Once the cursor is next to
toluene you will be able to view the informa-
tion in the database on toluene. To use toluene
in either a single or multiple compound
analysis press the space bar. A pound sign (#)
will appear to indicate that toluene was
selected for the model run. Enter the desired
compound concentration, press ,
and press 'Y' to accept* the concentration.
Press the bar again and toluene
will no longer be selected.
4.1.3. FUNCTION KEYS
When you are in the Selection Modes you may
define your own facility or change the chemi-
cal parameters of any compound from the
default parameters provided 'in the model.
This option gives you the flexibility to use the
model in specific real-life situations. The
mechanics of defining your own facility and
changing the parameters for a compound are
discussed in the following descriptions of the
various function keys.
12
-------
OPERATION MODES
4.1.3.1. HELP
The Help function is activated by pressing the
key. While using the Help function, a
message referring to the specific mode or vari-
able currently being used is displayed. The
Help Mode provides immediate on-line
guidance to the user and can be activated in
every mode of the FATE program. Use the
up or down arrow keys to scroll through the
help message. Press to return to the
program.
4.1.3.2. EDIT AND UNIT CON-
VERSION
The Edit command allows you to change the
facility operating parameters (e.g., plant flow
rate, primary sludge concentration, etc}
and/or the chemical constants for a specific
compound (e.g., Henry's Law Constant.)
By editing different parameters and then run-
ning the model, the user may evaluate the fate
of compounds under different plant condi-
tions. In addition, if the user has obtained
chemical properties for a compound that differ
from the default values, or has measured
values from studies performed at his/her plant
(e.g., plant specific biodegradation rate con-
stants from treatability studies), then these
may be entered in the EDIT Mode.
NOTE
You may not edit the operational
parameters of a facility or chemical con-
stants of a compound if the facility or
compound is followed by an asterisk. If
this is the case, see the directions for the
Copy Mode .
To actually edit a facility or compound, select
the facility or compound to be edited and press
the key. The items which you will be
able to edit will be highlighted; select the
parameter to be changed, type in the new
entry, press , and move on to the
next entry. To obtain an explanation of the
specific parameter you wish to edit, press
for help.
UNIT CONVERSION
FATE will allow input of plant parameters in
units other than those that appear on the
screen. For example, highlight a facility,
press to invoke the EDIT command,
and arrow down to a facility parameter of your
choice. While holding the key,
press , and a pop-up screen will appear
to the right. This pop-up screen contains a list
of units for which that parameter may be
recorded in a POTW. You may enter a value
for that parameter in any of the units dis-
played. By pressing over the unit
you wish to select, inputing your value and
pressing again, FATE converts
.your entered value to standard FATE units.
After you have altered all of the parameters
you wish, press the key. The follow-
ing message will appear:
: to Accept, to continue edit, or to Abort changes I
-»ELEIE -nOBE KE»S
Figure 4-1
Press the appropriate key for your situation.
Remember that pressing the escape key again
while this message still appears on the screen
will mark this record for deletion. See the
instructions on Delete for further guidance.
For record removal, see Section 4.2.3.
13
-------
OPERATION MODES
4.1.3.3. COPY
The Copy command is used when the user
wishes to edit a default facility or compound
(shown by an asterisk). Once you have iden-
tified the facility or compound you wish to
edit (copy), move the cursor to that facility or
compound and press the key. The fol-
lowing message will appear when the copy
has been successfully accomplished:
one data field to the next, and the right or left
arrow key will move the cursor within the data
field. Once you are in a data field, pressing
the key (Help key) will display a
description of the data requirements for that
field. Refer to Section 4.1.3.2. for a descrip-
tion of the unit conversion option which al-
lows you to enter facility parameters in units
other than what appear in the lower left of the
screen. Also, refer to Appendix D for a
description of the facility and compound
database contents.
Record has been copied; ready for editing
Press any key to continue...
Figure 4-2
Press any key to remove this message from the
screen. When the message is removed, the
copied data is highlighted. This data is now
available to be edited; use the up or down
arrow key to go from data field to data field,
and the right or left arrow key to move the
cursor within a data field. For more informa-
tion on the contents of the facility or com-
pound databases, refer to Appendix D.
NOTE
It is a good idea to edit the name field of
the facility or compound (e.gk, change
Toluene to Toluene"!) to identify any
records that you have created.
4.1.3.4. ADD
The Add command allows the user to add a
new facility or compound record to a selected
database by pressing the key. The data
fields that need to be filled to complete the
new record will be highlighted. The database
is now ready for you to add data to it. The up
or down arrow key will move the cursor from
4.1.3.5. DELETE
The deletion of a facility or compound record
is a two step process. Use of the Deletion
command is the first step. It may more ac-
curately be called the "Mark-for-Deletion"
command. Use the arrow keys to move to
the desired record and press the key
once. A "D" in the "SLCT" column indi-
cates a record marked for deletion. To actual-
ly delete the record the
Utilities-Maintenance function in the Menu
Mode is used and is described in the Menu
Mode, Section 4.2.3. To remove the mark-
for-deletion press the key once again.
The record is not actually deleted, however,
until you perform the Utilities-Maintenance
function in the Menu Mode.
NOTE
' ''" ' '"j"
Facilities or compounds followed by an
asterisk {*} cannot be deleted. Because
these records are defaults, they have
been protected against any changes.
You may overwrite the mark-for-selection (a
# sign) with a mark-for-deletion (a 'D'), how-
ever, you may not overwrite a mark-for-dele-
tion with a mark-for selection.
14
-------
OPERATION MODES
4.1.3.6. UNMARK
The purpose of the Unmark command is to
clear selection markings in the organic and
inorganic compound databases between runs
of the model. Using the Unmark func-
tion prevents compounds that were selected
for a previous model run from being inadver-
tently included in subsequent model runs.
4.1.3.7. GROUP
The Group command option searches for all
compounds that have been selected for a
model run and groups them at the bottom of
the database. By pressing you activate
the search and can view the resulting list of
compounds that have been selected together
as a group. *
4.1.3.8. CAS SEARCH
The CAS SEARCH command allows you to
search for a particular compound by its
Chemical Abstract System (CAS) number.
The option is especially useful for a com-
pound with several names that you cannot
seem to find in the database.
NOTE
When you type in the CAS number, do
not use hyphens. For example, the
CAS number for acetic acid, 10-80-54,
would be entered as "108Q54",
4.2. MENU MODE >
In the Menu Mode a user may access several
primary commands. Pressing the forward
slash > key (as indicated in the lower left-
hand corner of the screen) activates the Menu
Mode. The top line of the screen should read
as follows:
Run Print Utilities Systen Continue Quit
Bun the node I for the current parameters
Figure 4-3
To return to the Select Mode, press the
key.
Options are selected and activated in the
Menu Mode by moving the arrow keys to
highlight the desired menu choice and press-
ing . You may also type the first
character of the option to make a selection
(e.g. type for RUN).
The following sections describe the different
options available while in the Menu Mode.
These are:
RUN
PRINT
UTILITIES
SYSTEM ACCESS
CONTINUE
QUIT
4.2.1. RUN
After you have marked the desired com-
pounds (in both the organic and inorganic
database) activate the Menu Mode, while in
the Selection Mode, by typing >. In the
Menu Mode, the Run menu option will run
the FATE model for each selected compound.
15
-------
OPERATION MODES
The system runs the program for the organic
compounds first and then for the inorganic
compounds.
The Run command can be used to recalculate
removal rates of pollutants in the plant in-
fluent after you have copied the records and
changed various operating parameters.
4.2.2. PRINT
To use the Print option, make sure you are in
the Menu Mode. The Print option dis-
plays the Print Menu; the top line of the
screen should read as follows:
Figure 4-4
The print option consists of six sub options:
Single, Multiple, Facility, Compound, Page
and Line.
Single - Prints a report of the results for a
FATE run for one compound.
Multiple - Prints a report for a FATE run for
any number of compounds selected.
Facility - Generates a report of all facilities in
the facility database.
Compound - Generates a report listing all
organic and inorganic compounds in their
respective databases.
Assumptions - Generates a report listing the
major model assumptions.
Page - Sends a form feed command to the
printer.
Line - Sends a line feed command to the
printer.
For more information concerning content of
the various reports, refer to Section 5.
~NOTE^
* ,
All reports in this version of the, FATE^
model are set up for 80 column output *
4.2.3. UTILITIES
The Utility option is used for maintenance of
the databases. It is composed of three sub-op-
tions: Maintenance, Rebuild, and Backup.
Maintenance
Selectfng Maintenance deletes blank records
(where no facility or compound name has
been given) and those records which are
"marked for deletion." (Refer to Section
4.1.3.5 for instructions on deletion of records.)
The Maintenance option also updates index
files that are used to sort records according to
compound name, selection, or some other at-
tribute.
Rebuild
The Rebuild option is used to rebuild index
files that have become damaged, possibly
during a power outage.
' ; ^ '-/ ,„ JNOTE ;
! {itfA ^ ^5 jtj,v ^ ,. v
It is very important "to 'backup the live
database files on a regular basis'in case
-the files get damaged. You should also"
maintain a backup copy of the origmal
FATE model program and databases.
16
-------
OPERATION MODES
Backup
The Backup option copies the database files
to a diskette.
4.2.4. SYSTEM ACCESS
The System option allows you to exit to DOS
while still running the FATE model program.
You can perform other tasks in DOS, such as
checking disk space, formatting diskettes, or
locating a file program, and then return to the
FATE model program by typing 'EXIT' and
pressing .
4.2.5. CONTINUE
The Continue option allows the user to con-
tinue using the FATE model program after the
model results are obtained for all selected
compounds.
4.2.6. QUIT
The Quit option ends the modeling session
and exits from the FATE model program.
Each time you exit to DOS using this
option and then reenterthe FATE model
program, additional computer memory is
used- You Should not use this option on
a regular basis since the computer may
run out of memory. If this occurs, it will
not be possible to access DOS.
17
-------
5. REPORTS
The FATE model program allows you to print
reports for single or multiple compound for-
mats and to print the facility or compound
(organic and inorganic) databases .
Step-by-step instructions for generating
reports are as follows:
• Begin in the Selection Mode.
1. Select the desired facility using the space
bar (e.g., small, medium, large, or user-
created facility.)
2. Use the right arrow key to move to the
organic or inorganic compound database.
3. Use the space bar to select the desired
compound(s).
• Press the forward slash key (/) to obtain
the Menu Mode. Make sure the printer is
on-line and the paper is aligned.
1. If you wish to view the results on the screen
before you print them, select Run from the
Menu Mode. The run results for the selected
compound(s) will appear at the top of the
screen (this report is discussed in Section 6.1).
When you are finished viewing the results,
press any key to continue.
2. If you don't wish to view the results before
printing them, select Print from the Menu
Mode and select a report option: Single, Mul-
tiple, Facility, or Compound. These reports
are described in the following sections.
When the report has finished printing the pro-
gram will return you back to the main level of
the Menu Mode. From there, you may Quit
the program, Continue to use the program,
Run the current model again, or print another
report.
Printing may be terminated by pressing
the key.
«. , ==:
5.1. SCREEN REPORT
When you choose the Run option from the
Menu Mode, FATE provides an on-screen
report as shown in Figure 3-10. The values
shown on this report are defined below:
Organic Compounds:
pri. influent cone, is the influent concentra-
tion (mg/1) that you entered in the compound
database at the upper right hand side of the
screen.
pri. sorpt. rem. rate is the sorption removal
rate (Ib/dy) from the primary clarifier.
pri. clar. eff. cone, is the effluent concentra-
tion (mg/1) from the primary clarifier.
vol. rem. rate is the volatilization removal
rate (Ib/dy) from the aeration basins. .
bio. rem. rate is the biodegradation removal
rate (Ib/dy) from the treatment system.
sec. sorpt. rem. rate is the sorption removal
rate (Ib/dy) from the'secondary clarifier.
pri. sorbed is the percent sorbed to the sludge
in the primary clarifier.
sec. sorbed is the percent sorbed to the sludge
in the secondary clarifier.
18
-------
REPORTS
volatilized is the percent of the compound
which will volatilize in the treatment system.
biodegraded is the percent of the compound
which will biodegrade in the treatment sys-
tem.
overall removal is the total percent removal
of the compound through the POTW.
sec. eff. cone, is the effluent concentration
(mg/1) from the secondary clarifier.
Inorganic Compounds:
primary inf. cone, is the influent concentra-
tion (mg/1) that you entered in the compound
database at the upper right hand side of the
screen.
primary rem. rate is the removal rate (Ib/dy)
from the primary clarifier.
secondary rem. rate is the removal rate
(Ib/dy) from the secondary clarifier.
overall rem. rate is the overall removal rate
(Ib/dy) from the treatment system.
primary eff. cone, is the effluent concentra-
tion (mg/1) from the primary clarifier.
primary rem. is the percent removal from the
primary clarifier.
secondary rem. is the percent removal in the
secondary clarifier.
t
overall rem. is the overall percent removal
from the treatment system.
final eff. cone, is the effluent concentration
(mg/1) from the secondary clarifier.
After viewing the results press to
view other selected compounds, or press any
key to continue.
5.2. SINGLE COMPOUND
REPORTS
A 'Single' report not only generates a detailed
FATE analysis of the selected compound, but
also reports the selected facility's parameters
and compound chemical information. Figure
3-11 is an example of a single report. The
report format is as follows:
Compound information - This section
presents chemical information on the selected
compound - Henry's Law Constant, log oc-
tanol/water partition coefficient, biodegrada-
tion rate constant, and the plant influent
concentration. For more information on -
specific chemical data refer to Appendix D.
Facility information - This section prints all
the plant parameters of the selected facility.
For more information on facility parameters,
refer to section 4.1.1.
FATE analysis - The removal rates, con-
centrations and percent removals are reported
in this section. Refer to Section 5.1 for defini-
tions.
Notes: These notes are the assumptions of the
model as explained in Section 1 of this
manual.
NOTE
If more than one compound was
selected, only the last compound run
may be printed by selecting Print and,
then Single.
19
-------
REPORTS
When the report has finished printing the pro-
gram will return to the main level of the Menu
Mode.
5.3. MULTIPLE COMPOUND
REPORTS
Multiple compound reports present the
facility operating parameters and the percent
removals of each compound selected. Figure
3-12 is an example of a Multiple Compound
Report. The format is described as follows:
Facility - As for the single compound report,
the selected facility's plant parameters are
reported here. For a more detailed description
of these parameters refer to Section 4.1.1.
Results - The results of the.FATE analysis for
every compound selected are reported here.
Unlike the single report option, only the ef-
fluent concentration and percent removals are
reported. For more detailed FATE analysis,
you have the option of generating single
reports for all compounds of interest or choos-
ing the Run option from the Main Menu, and
viewing detailed analysis for each selected
compound.
When printing is complete, the program will
return you to the Main Menu.
5.4. PRINTING THE FACILITY
DATABASE
To generate a complete printout of all the
parameters in the facility database, you need
to perform the following steps:
Press the forward slash key > to get to the
Menu Mode.
Select Print from the Menu Mode.
Make sure the printer is on-line and the paper
is aligned. Select Facility from the Print
Menu and the complete facility database will
begin printing.
When the printout is complete, the program
returns you back to the main level of the Menu
Mode. You may then Quit the program,
Continue using the program, or Run the cur-
rent model again.
5.5. PRINTING THE
COMPOUND DATABASES
The procedure for printing the organic com-
pound database and the inorganic compound
database is exactly the same as the procedure
for printing the facility database.
After you have selected Print and verified the
printer is on-line and the paper is aligned,
select Compound from the Print Menu,
rather than Facility.
A complete list of both the organic and the
inorganic compounds will begin printing.
The compound database is attached as Appen-
dix C.
When the report is finished printing you will
be at the main level of the Menu Mode! As
before, you may Quit, Continue, or Run the
model again.
5.6. PRINTING THE MODEL
ASSUMPTIONS
The procedure for printing the list of model
assumptions used during the development of
FATE is the same as the procedure for printing
the facility and compound databases.
20
-------
REPORTS
After you have selected Print and verified the
printer is on-line and the paper is aligned,
select Assumptions from the Print Menu.
A complete list of the model assumptions will
begin printing. The list of assumptions is
presented in Section 1.0.
When the report is finished printing, you will
be at the main level of the Menu Mode. As
before, you may Quit, Continue, or Run the
model again.
21
-------
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Aer basins vol
total volume of the aeration basins
bio. rem. rate
biodegradation removal rate
CAS number
cf/d
cfm
cone.
CU.FT
CU.FT/D
CU.FT/HR
CU.M
CU.M/D
CU.M/HR
Chemical Abstract System Number
cubic feet per day
cubic feet per minute
concentration
cubic feet
cubic feet per day
cubic feet per hour
cubic meters
cubic meters per day
cubic meters per hour
D
DOS
when present to the left of a compound or facility, this record is
marked for deletion
Disk Operating System
E
effluent cone.
EPA
ESC
indicates a value has been estimated using an accepted method
effluent concentration
Environmental Protection Agency
The escape key
FATE
final eff. cone.
Fate And Treatability Estimator
effluent concentration reported after the secondary clarifier
22
-------
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
G
G/CU.M
gal.
Gas flow rate
gpm
gas volumetric flow rate to the aeration basins
grams per cubic meters
gallons
gas volumetric flow rate to the aertion basins
gallons per day
gallons per minute
H '
influent cone.
•j
Henry's law constant (atm - m /mole)
influent concentration ,
L
L/D
LB/CU.M
LB/DY
LB/GAL
LK1
LKOW
Log of bio rate
Log of octanol/water
liters
liters per day
pounds per cubic meters
pounds per day
pounds per gallon
log (base 10) of the biodegration rate constant
log (base 10) of the octanol/water partition coefficient
log (base 10) of the biodegration rate constant
log (base 10) of the octanol/water partition coefficient
M
MCU.FT/D
mg/1
MGAL
MOD
ML
a measured value taken from the literature
millions of cubic feet per day
milligrams per liter
million gallons
millions of gallons per day
coefficient that predicts removal of an inorganic compound in the
secondary clarifier
23
-------
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
MLSS
mixed liquor suspended solids
overall rem
overall rem. rate
overall removal of the compound
overall removal rate of the compound
plant flow
POTW
ppm
pri. clar. eff. cone.
pri. influent cone.
pri. sludge cone.
pri. sludge flow
pri. sorbed
pri. sorpt. rem. rate
primary coefficient
primary eff, cone.
primary rem.
primary rem. rate
plant flow rate of wastewater into POTW
publicly owned treatment works
parts per billion
parts per million
primary clarifier effluent concentration
primary clarifier influent concentration
primary clarifier sludge concentration
sludge flow rate from the primary clarifier
amount of the compound sorbed in the primary clarifier
the sorption removal rate in the primary clarifier
coefficient (RW) that predicts removal of an inorganic compound in
the primary clarifier
primary clarifier effluent concentration
percent removal of compound from the primary clarifier
removal rate of compound from the primary clarifier
Q
OP
Qw
plant flow rate
primary sludge flow rate
wasted secondary sludge flow rate
RW
coefficient that predicts removal of an inorganic compound in the
primary clarifier
sec. eff. cone.
secondary clarifier effluent concentration of compound
24
-------
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
sec.sorbed
sec. sorpt. rem. rate
secondary coeff.
secondary rem.
secondary rem rate
Si
SLCT
So
percent of the compound sorbed in the secondary clarifier
removal rate of the compound in the secondary clarifier
coefficient (ML) that predicts the removal of an inorganic compound
in the secondary clarifier ._ ,
percent removal of compound in the secondary clarifier
removal rate of compound from the secondary clarifier
concentration of contaminant in the raw wastewater (influent to
primary clarifier)
indicates the SELECT MODE
concentration of contaminant in the primary clarifier (also equal to
primary clarifier effluent concentration)
temperature of the aeration basins (assumed to be 20° C)
U
ug/1
the value is unavailable and must be supplied by the user
micrograms per liter
V
vol. rem.
volume of the aeration basins
volatilization removal rate
waste sludge cone.
waste sludge flo
sludge concentration from the secondary clarifier
sludge flow rate from the secondary clarifier
XI
Xp
Xv
mixed liquor suspended solids
primary sludge concentration
secondary sludge concentration
.#
if present to the left of a facility or compound, it is selected for a
FATE run
indicates a default facility or compound
25
-------
APPENDIX A
Warning Errors and Messages
The following list of error and warning messages may appear in a window if an operation attempted
by a user does not meet certain conditions. The messages typically appear in a pop-up window at
the bottom-center of the screen and require the user to respond with a keystroke to clear the message.
Warning #1: "The printer is not ready."
The printer is not. attached to the computer, is not on-line, or some other printer error has occurred.
Error #100: "Cannot edit deleted or marked (*) record"
A field marked with an asterisk (*) has been provided by EPA and the values are protected from
alterations. You may copy a record which automatically removes the asterisk and allows
parameters to be edited.
Error #101: "Cannot delete a marked (*) entry."
See Error #100
Error #102: "More than one facility selected."
The user interface allows only one facility to be run at a time.
Error #103: "No compounds selected."
The user has attempted to run the model before selecting any compounds.
Error #104: "No facility selected."
The user has attempted to run the model before selecting a facility.
Error #105: "User cannot use an asterisk for this entry."
The asterisk (*) character is reserved for the default database records.
A-l
-------
APPENDIX A
Error #106: "Type must be Measured, Estimated, or Unavailable."
Each organic compound chemical parameter is qualified based on the source of the information.
The data represented is a measured value when the type field contains the capital letter 'M'.
Similarly 'E' and 'U' are used to qualify data is estimated or unavailable. When adding or editing
records the user should follow this convention.
Error #107: "Select is other than inorganic or organic."
*
Error #108: " Select is other than facility, inorganic or organic."
Error #109: "Scientific notation demands this field to be 1 or greater."
Error #111: "Cannot select deleted record."
A record which has been marked for deletion may not be selected for a model run. To select a record
marked for deletion the user must first undelete the record (using ) and then select it (using
the space bar).
Error #112: "This entry cannot begin with blank."
Name fields may not begin with a blank since they are used as Key fields in the index which controls
the order of the database.
Warning #113: "This entry should be between-13 & 2."
Warning #114: "This entry should be between -3 & 10."
Warning #115: "This entry should be between -5 & -1 (or 0 if U)."
This biodegradation rate constant is entered as the log(K).
Warning #116: "This entry should be between 0 & 100."
Warning #117: "This entry should be between 0 & 1000."
Warning #118: "This entry should be between 1000 * Q & 9000 * Q."
Q is the plant flow rate in units of MGD.
Warning #119: "This entry should be between 3 & 8%."
Warning #120: "This entry should be between 74,000 * Q & 372,000 * Q."
Q is the plant flow rate in units of MGD.
A-2
-------
APPENDIX A
Warning #121: "This entry should be between 1500 & 7000."
Warning #122: "This entry should be between 2,000,000 * Q & 40,000,000 * Q."
Q is the plant flow rate in units of MOD.
Warning #123: "This entry should be between 500 * Q & 20,000 * Q."
Q is the plant flow rate in units of MOD.
Warning #124: "This entry should be between 0.5 & 2%."
Warning #125: "This entry should be between 0 & 35."
Warning #126: "This entry should be between 'N'."
Warning #127: "Cannot run this compound, Henry's or log type is U."
An organic compound must have an 'E' or an 'M' qualifier for the Henry's Law Constant and Log
Kow in order to be run. The 'U' qualifier indicates that the data is currently unavailable.
Error #200: "Select inorganic or organic database for CAS number search."
Error #201: "CAS number not found."
Error #202: "No results to print. Run model first."
For single run printouts the model must be run first using'/R'.
Error #203: "Printer is not ready."
Error #204: "Not enough memory to run a DOS shell."
The fate model requires that 60K of memory be available before it will attempt to run a DOS shell.
Error #207: "Cannot change K for an asterisked (*) entry with U or M."
Error #208: "No more records marked for run."
The following errors indicate that an internal error has taken place and is probably beyond the users
control:
Internal Error #900: "Unknown error number."
Internal Error #901: "Unknown mode."
A-3
-------
APPENDIX A
Internal Error #902: "Database empty."
If this error occurs reinstall the database and index files from the distribution diskette or backup
copies by using DOS to copy all .DBF, .DBT and .NTX files to the appropriate disk or directory.
Internal Error #903: "dspfk mode other than 1,2,3."
Internal Error #904: "Missing record or corrupt CV.DBF, CVPARM.NTX files."
The user should rebuild the indices using the rebuild utility in the Menu Mode. < ! *
A-4
-------
-------
APPENDIX B
FATE Model Technical Report
-------
-------
SECTION
FATE MODEL TECHNICAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
PAGE NO.
1.0 INTRODUCTION. B1~1
2.0 LITERATURE REVIEW OF FATE IN POTW MODELS.' B2-1
2.1 ORGANIC MODELS Z^
2.2 INORGANIC MODELS B2"1
3 .0 FATE MODEL DEVELOPMENT S3'1
3.1 ORGANICS MODEL B3'J-
3.1.1 Mass Balance About the Primary Clarifier B3-1
3.1.2 Secondary System B3 " 3
3.2 INORGANICS MODEL . B3-6
3.2.1 Mass Balance About the Primary Clarifier B3-7
3.2.2 Secondary System B3 " 9
3.3 MODEL ASSUMPTIONS B3-12
4.0 DEFAULT VALUES AND INPUT VALUE RANGES , B4-1
5.0 MODEL COEFFICIENTS AND CONSTANTS B5-1
5 .1 OCTANOL/WATER PARTITION COEFFICIENTS B5-1
5.2 HENRY'S LAW CONSTANTS • fi5-l
5 . 3 BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANTS B5-2
6 .0 MODEL CALIBRATION AND VALIDATION • • • B6-1
6 .1 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS • B6-1
6 .2 DATA COLLECTION/SELECTION B6-3
6.3 ORGANIC MODEL CALIBRATION B6-4
6.3.1 FATE Model Predictions B6-4
6.3.2 Actual Observations • B6-4
6.3.3 Calibration •• B6-4
6.3.4 Calibration Model Runs B6 - 6
6.3.5 Statistical Evaluation B6-9
6.3.5.1 Method B6-9
6.3.5.2 Results - Uncalibrated Model B6 -10
6.3.5.3 Results - Calibrated Model B6-10
6.4 INORGANIC MODEL CALIBRATION B6-17
6.4.1 FATE Model Predictions B6-17
6.4.2 Actual Observations B6-17
6.4.3 Calibration B6-19
900513-mil
-------
FATE MODEL TECHNICAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE NO.
6.4.4 Calibration Model Runs
6.4.5 Statistical Evaluation
6.4.5.1 Method
6.4.5.2 Results - Calibrated Model ,
6.5 VALIDATION
6.5.1 Results - Organic Model
6.5.2 Results - Inorganic Model
6.6 MODEL PRECISION
6.6.1 Precision Evaluation Procedure
6.6.2 Precision Evaluation Results - Organic Model.
6.6.3 Precision Evaluation Results - Inorganic
Model
7.0
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.
B6-19
B6-19
B6-19
B6-20
B6-26
B6-26
B6-28
B6-28
B6-28
B6-29
B6-31
B7-1
ATTACHMENT A - BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT ESTIMATION TECHNIQUES
ATTACHMENT B - MODEL CALIBRATION PLOTS
900513-rail
-------
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE NO.
TITLE PAGE NO.
4-1 DEFAULT PLANT PARAMETERS • • B4'2
4-2 PLANT PARAMETER RANGES • •; • B4'3
5-1 RULES OF THUMB FOR BIODEGRADABILITY B5'4
6-1 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS - COMPOUND CLASSES SENSITIVE TO INPUT
PARAMETER B6'2
6-2 FATE ORGANIC MODEL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS B6-5
6-3 COMPOUNDS USED IN FATE CALIBRATION B6-7
6-4 FATE INORGANIC INPUTS AND OUTPUTS. B6-18
6-5 INORGANICS MODEL CALIBRATION FACTORS • B6-27
6-6 ORGANIC MODEL PRECISION B6-30
6-7 INORGANIC MODEL PRECISION B6-32
900513-mll
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE K
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
FO . TITLE
FATE ORGANIC MODEL PRIMARY CLARIFIER
FATE ORGANIC MODEL AERATION BASIN AND SECONDARY CLARIFIER. .
FATE INORGANIC MODEL PRIMARY CLARIFIER
FATE INORGANIC MODEL AERATION BASIN AND SECONDARY
CLARIFIER
BOX PLOTS OF FATE RESIDUALS BY COMPOUND CLASS
PERCENT OF MASS REMOVED BY EACH REMOVAL MECHANISM
PROBABILITY PLOT OF FATE RESIDUALS
BOX PLOTS OF FATE RESIDUALS BY COMPOUND CLASS
PERCENT OF MASS REMOVED BY EACH MECHANISM
PROBABILITY PLOT OF MEASURED EFFLUENT CONCENTRATION
PROBABILITY PLOT OF PREDICTED EFFLUENT CONCENTRATION »
PROBABILITY PLOT OF FATE RESIDUALS
BOX PLOTS OF FATE RESIDUALS BY COMPOUND
PERCENT OF MASS REMOVED BY EACH CLARIFIER
PAGE NO.
B3-2
B3-4
B3-8
B3-10
B6-11
B6-12
B6-14
B6-15
B6-16
B6-21
B6-22
B6-23
B6-24
B6-25
900513-mll
-------
FATE MODEL TECHNICAL REPORT
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), Industrial Technology
Division (ITD) has supported the development of a user friendly, computerized
model, "Fate and Treatability Estimator" (FATE), to evaluate the fate of various
inorganic and organic pollutants discharged to conventional activated sludge
Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs). FATE was designed to assist POTW
operators and feasibility study writers in evaluating the fate and treatability
of pollutants discharged to POTWs. FATE users will be able to estimate the
overall percent removal of a pollutant discharged to a plant, and percent
removal attributed to the three principal mechanisms for removal included in the
model (i.e., volatilization, sorption, and biodegradation). USEPA's guidelines
for use of mathematical models for regulatory assessment and decision making
(USEPA, 1989) were followed wherever applicable during the development of FATE.
The purpose of this report is to present technical considerations and
methodologies used in the development of FATE. Topics addressed in this report
are: 1) review of various fate models available in the literature, 2)
development of the inorganic and organic mathematical submodels which compose
FATE, 3) selection of default plant parameter values and ranges used to check a
user's input values, 4) methodology to obtain Henry's Law constants,
octanol/water partition coefficients, and biodegradation rate constants,
5) sensivity analysis conducted on FATE's organic compound removal algorithms,
and 6) calibration and validation of FATE.
900513-mll
Bl-1
-------
2.0 LITERATURE REVIEW OF FATE IN POTW MODELS
The literature reviewed in the development of the organic and inorganic FATE
models is described in subsequent sections.
2.1 ORGANIC MODELS
Several models were available in the literature for estimation of overall fate
of organic pollutants discharged to a treatment facility. Blackburn et al.
(1985) developed an overall fate model which included parameters such as
hydraulic residence time, biomass concentration, air flow volumes, and chemical
and physical properties of the pollutant to estimate fate of organics discharged
to an activated sludge treatment process. Blackburn et al. (1985) and Blackburn
(1987) presented a fate model which predicts overall removal of organic
pollutants. This model has been validated against laboratory and bench-scale
studies for seven organic compounds. Namkung and Rittmann (1987) and Rittmann
et al. (1988) have presented overall fate models developed from performing a
mass balance across an aeration basin and secondary clarifier. Namkung and
Rittmann (1987) used this model to estimate volatile organic compound (VOC)
emissions of eleven VOCs from two POTWs, and found that a comparison of the
total VOC removal rate estimated from the model to actual data from two plants
resulted in estimated overall removals within 10 percent of the actual removal
rate. Barton (1987) developed a model which included similar biodegradation and
sorption removal equations as in the models of Blackburn, and Namkung and
Rittmann; however, removal due to volatilization included both stripping due to
surface or subsurface aeration and volatilization. All of these models had the
ability to model the aeration basin and secondary clarifier. Clark (1986)
developed a model which included the primary clarifier, aeration basin, and
secondary clarifier to estimate overall removal and removal due to a specific
removal mechanism. This model has been computerized, unlike the o'ther models
reviewed.
Due to the lack of sufficient data for model calibration and validation and the
variability associated with actual plant performance as indicated in USEPA's
evaluation of toxic treatability by POTWs (USEPA, 1982), a complicated model was
not believed to provide more reliable estimates of plant performance. As a
result, most of the models reviewed were eliminated as a basis for the FATE
organic model. The advantages in user understanding, computational simplicity,
and minimal amount of easily obtained plant- and chemical-specific input
parameters, however, made the model of Namkung and Rittmann a solid basis for
development of the FATE organic model.
2.2 INORGANIC MODELS
After an extensive literature search and personal communication with researchers
in this area, only three models predicting the fate of inorganic compounds in
POTWs were identified. Neufeld (1975) used batch studies to develop an
expression to describe the accumulation of metals on biological sludge. The
900513-mll
B2-1
-------
resulting expression was used to generate isotherm equations that could
represent kinetic and equilibrium relationships for six metals (lead, cadmium,
mercury, chromium, zinc, and nickel). Neufeld predicted that there,was a
maximum attainable value of metal that could be associated with sludge. Nelson
et al. (1981) also performed batch experiments to generate adsorption isotherms
that could represent equilibrium of metals between bacterial solids and
solution phases. Three metals were modeled (zinc, copper, and cadmium). Nelson
emphasized that the adsorption constants generated were valid only at the pH and
chemical composition of the water used in the experimental system. Patterson
and Kodukula (1984) used data from extended pilot studies to develop models to
predict the distribution of metals in activated sludge processes. A correlation
was found between percent removal of metals and percent suspended solids
removal; the total concentration of metals in the effluent increased as the
effluent suspended solids increased. Using this correlation, Patterson and
Kodukula proposed models for eight metals (aluminum, cadmium, chromium, copper,
iron, lead, nickel, and zinc).
Based on the inorganic literature review, the Patterson and Kodukula approach
was chosen as the basis for the FATE inorganic model. The approach was selected
for a number of reasons:
1) Patterson and Kodukula modelled the most metals;
2) pilot plant studies as opposed to adsorption isotherm studies were
used as the basis for the model; /
3) constants developed to estimate removal in the primary and in the
secondary clarifiers were given for the eight metals; and
4) the model is based on the relationship between the volatile suspended
solids and metal concentrations of the process streams rather than
only the metal concentrations.
900513-mll
B2-2
-------
3.0 FATE MODEL DEVELOPMENT
FATE has the capability to estimate the treatability of both inorganic and
organic compounds discharged to a POTW. The following two subsections describe
development of the separate models which estimate removal of orgariics and
inorganics.
3.1 ORGANICS MODEL
The organics portion of the fate model uses a mass balance approach to describe
removal of an organic compound in a conventional activated sludge treatment
facility. Significant removal of organic compounds is assumed to occur in only
the primary clarifier(s) and aeration basin(s)/secondary clarifier(s). Removal
mechanisms are assumed to be only sorption in the primary system and
volatilization (by stripping), sorption, and biodegradation in the secondary
systems. The model of Namkung and Rittmann (1987) served as the basis for the
aeration basin(s) and the secondary clarifier(s), except for a change to the
organic partitioning to solids relationship.
3.1.1 Mass Balance About the Primary Clarifier
Figure 3-1 presents a schematic of the primary clarifier. The mass balance
equation for removal in the primary clarifier(s) can be written as:
dS0/dt - QSin -
- Rsorpi
(1)
where: V,
pr -
Sin -
t
Q
Qoub
the total plant primary clarifier(s) volume, m3;
the individual compound concentration in the influent to
the primary clarifier(s), gm/m3 or mg/1;
— the time, days;
— the influent flowrate, m3/day;
- the primary clarifier(s) effluent flowrate, m3/day;
- the primary clarifier(s) sludge removal rate, m3/day;
— the individual compound concentration in the primary
clarifier(s), which also exits to the aeration basis(s),
gm/m3 or mg/1; and
— the rate of compound removal in the primary clarifier(s)
due to sorption onto organic solids, gm/day.
By assuming steady state conditions (dS/dt - 0) and liquid outflow equal to
liquid inflow (Qout + Qpw ~ Q) , Equation (1) reduces to:
0 - Q (Sln - S0) -
(2)
The sorption removal rate assumes that the compound partitions according to a
linear relationship between the liquid and solid phase, and this can be
described by an empirical relationship relating partitioning to a compound's
octanol/water partition coefficient, Kow. The empirical relationship relating
900513-mll
B3-1
-------
cd
w
I
ho
Qout,S0
KEY
Q - Totaf Flow
Qm -Primary Effluent Flow Rate
Qpa, -Primary Wasted Sludge Flow Rale
Sin - Influent Compound Concentration
$ -Steady State Compound Concentration
1 - Compound Removal Rate due to Primary Adsorption
FIGURE 3-1
FATE ORGANIC MODEL
PRIMARY CLARIFIER
6098-81
-------
partitioning of an organic compound onto the organic fraction of primary sludge
to Kow was obtained from an experimental study which examined the sorption of
organic compounds onto wastewater solids (Dobbs et al., 1989). Data for
sorption of six organics (methylene chloride, chloroform, 1,1-dichloroethylene,
carbon tetrachloride, chlorobenzene, and tetrachlorethylene) onto primary sludge
was used to obtain a relationship between the partition coefficient, Kp (units
of m3/g VSS) and Kow. This relationship is written as:
Kp - 5.9 x 1(T5 (Kow °-35)
(3)
The statistical measure, R2, for this relationship was determined to be 0.72.
The rate of compound removal due to sorption can then be written as:
Raorpl - Qpw
(0.000059*Kow°-35) So
(4)
where Xp* is the concentration of organic solids present in the primary
clarifier sludge (gm VSS/m3) and is assumed to be 70 percent of the total solids
concentration, Xp (Viessman and Hammer, 1985).
The individual compound concentration within and exiting the primary clarifier
can then be calculated by substituting Equation (4) into Equation (2), and
including the assumption of 70 percent VSS in the primary sludge, to give:
So - (Q
/ (Q + Qp« Xp (4.1xlO-5*Kow°-35))
(5)
where S0 is the concentration of an organic pollutant entering the aeration
basin(s) in gm/m3 or mg/1.
3.1.2 Secondary System
Figure 3-2 presents a schematic of the aeration basin and secondary clarifier.
The mass balance for the aeration basin(s)/secondary clarifier(s) can be written
as:
V dS/dt - QS0 - QeS - QWS - Rbio - Rsorp - Rvol (6)
where: V - the aeration basin(s) volume, m3;
S — the individual compound concentration in the aeration
basin(s)/secondary clarifier(s) system, which also
is the plant effluent concentration, gm/m3 (mg/1);
Q, — the effluent flow rate, m3/day;
Qw - the wasted sludge flow rate, m3/day; and
Rbioi Rsorp i and RVoi •" the rates of compound removal due to
biodegradation, sorption, and volatilization,
respectively, gm/day.
By assuming steady state conditions (dS/dt - 0) and the liquid outflow equal to
the liquid inflow (Qe + QH - Q) , Equation (6) reduces to:
900513-mll
B3-3
-------
Q.So
Qe.S
Qw.S
sorp
KEY
Q - Totat Flow
Qe - Effluent Flow Rate
Qw - Wa$ted Sludge Flow Rate
S o - Influent Compound Concentration
S - Steady State Compound Concentration
fit*,, - Compound RernovaT Rates due to
8 sorp, Blodegration, Sorption, and Volatilization
"vd
FIGURE 3-2
FATE ORGANIC MODEL
AERATION BASIN AND SECONDARY CLARIFIER
6098-81
-------
0 - Q (S0 - S) -
- R80rp - Rvol
(7)
The biodegradation removal rate is assumed to follow Monod kinetics and the
compound influent concentration is assumed to be much less than the Monod half
saturation coefficient. The organic compound is assumed to be removed by
secondary utilization; therefore, the active'cell concentration, Xa, of the
system can be assumed to equal some fraction of the total biomass in the system.
The biodegradation removal rate can be written as:
Rblo - ki Xa SV (8)
where ki is the apparent first-order biodegradation rate constant, m3/gm VSS-
day, and Xa is assumed to be 0.64 of the mixed liquor suspended solids
concentration (MLSS) (Namkung and Rittmann, 1987).
Secondary utilization is the process whereby an organic substrate at low
concentrations is utilized by a microorganism, but does not supply the growth
and energy requirements of the microorganism. The microorganism uses another
individual substrate or combination of substrates for its energy and maintenance
requirements and, in the process, mineralizes the compound at low concentration.
In this situation, it is assumed that the primary substrate is the large volume
of varied organic carbon entering the plant which is measured as the plant's
influent biological oxygen demand. Namkung and Rittman provide a more detailed
description of secondary utilization.
The sorption removal rate assumes that the compound partitions according to a
linear relationship between the liquid and solid phase and this partitioning can
be described by an empirical relationship obtained experimentally by Matter-
Muller (1980). This empirical relationship relating partitioning to Kow was
developed for the sorption of several chlorinated organics onto activated sludge
solids. The sorption removal rate in the secondary clarifier(s) can then be
written as:
R.orp2 - 3.06 x 10'6 QH Xv (Kow) °-67 S (9)
where Xv is the wasted secondary sludge concentration in mg/1.
The volatilization removal rate assumes that the individual compound is
negligible in the inlet gas and the partial pressure of the gas exiting the
aeration tank liquid is in equilibrium with the compound concentration.
Rvol - GHS/RT (10)
where: G - the total gas volumetric flow rate, m3/day;
H - the compound's Henry's Law constant, atm-m3/mole;
R - the universal gas constant, 8.206 x 10"5 m3atm/°K-mole; and
T - the temperature of the aeration basin in °K.
900513-mil
B3-5
-------
The steady state concentration exiting the secondary clarifier(s) can be
calculated from substituting Equations (8), (9), and (10) into Equation (7) and
solving for S:
(Q S0)/(Q + GH/RT +
x 10'6) (Kow)0-67 + kjXaV)
(11)
For organic compounds, FATE first calculates a steady state concentration in the
primary clarifier(s) . This concentration is used as the influent concentration
to the aeration basin(s) /secondary clarifier(s) system where a second steady
state concentration is calculated. The mass removal rates of sorption in the
primary and secondary clarifier(s) , and volatilization and biodegradation in the
aeration basin(s) are then calculated, as is the percent removal due to each of
these particular removal mechanisms. Finally, FATE calculates an overall plant
percent removal.
3.2 INORGANICS MODEL
The data available for inorganics removal , primarily metals , was extremely
limited during initial formulation of the FATE model. The only approach that
appeared to be reasonable based on that data was to attempt to relate total
removal as a function of the_entire treatment system and the initial
concentration. The resultant model was calibrated to the available data through
linear regression based on the simple model:
where:
a*>?n(Sin)" + b
Sout - the plant effluent concentration, mg/1;
Sin — the plant influent concentration, mg/1; and
a,b — the linear regression coefficients.
(12)
The correlation coefficients resulting from this analysis were extremely poor.
Also evaluated, but with no more reliable results, was a model that considered
that the removal was dependent on influent concentration, with a and b assumed
to have different values for two specified concentration ranges.
In view of the inadequacy of both this model and the data base for calibration,
the literature was searched for a more reliable model with the anticipation of a
larger data base for inorganics removal by POTWs. Based on a review of the
literature as described in Section 2.2, the model of Patterson and Kodukula
(1984) was selected as appropriate for purposes of the FATE model.
Patterson and Kodukula proposed models that related total metals removal in a
wastestream to the organic volatile suspended solids removal in that unit.
While it was recognized that other parameters such as pH might affect sorption-
solubility relationships , these parameters were not well defined for typical
plant operation, and if the plant was operating within normal ranges, the
effects of these other parameters would not be significant when compared to the
mechanism of sorption to organic volatile suspended solids (VSS) , and the
900513-mll
B3-6
-------
removal of these solids in the clarifier(s) . They obtained fair to mostly good
and excellent correlation of the model predictions with actual EPA pilot plant
survey data for eight metals.
The form of Patterson's and Kodukula's (PK) model as used in this version of
FATE is referred to in their article as Model I . They modified their model to
calculate removals across treatment trains as follows :
Mt/Delta(Ms)
B/Delta(VSS)
(13)
Where: Mt — the total metals influent concentration;
Delta (MB) — the change in the solids -bound metal across
the clarifier;
Delta (VSS) - the change in the VSS concentration across
the clarifier; and
B •• the correlation coefficient for the settleable portion
of the influent VSS to the clarifier.
This model may be applied about the primary and secondary systems to yield
estimates of metals removed in each unit. This is accomplished by formulating a
mass balance about the each of the primary and secondary units (as described in
the following sections) in order to express the PK model in terms of data input
to the FATE model.
3.2.1 Mass Balance About the Primary Clarifier
Figure 3-3 presents a schematic of the primary clarifier. In applying the PK
model about the primary clarifier, the streams are identified as RW for raw
waste, PE for primary effluent, and P for primary system. The model may then be
manipulated as follows to arrive at an expression for removal rate in the
primary clarifier as a function of the FATE model required input parameters .
Patterson and Kodukula define the changes in concentration across the clarifier
as
.pE ~ Mt,Rw - Delta (Ms (P)
(14)
into which the model (Equation 13) solved for Delta(MB>p) can be substituted and
rearranged to get
Mt. RH (Bp/(Delta(VSSp) + Bp))
(15)
Some removal efficiency for VSS is assumed in the primary clarifer to satisfy
the model and is referred to as EI. This efficiency value is currently
defaulted to 0.5 in the model. If the sludge removal volume rate is small
compared to the total flow, which is usually the case, and the efficiency does
not vary much from the default value, then the removal rate is relatively
insensitive to the actual efficiency, as will be seen in the following
development.
900513-rail
B3-7
-------
Q
M,RW-
VSSnw
•Ji
u)
I
00
Q-Qp
I* Mf p£
VS'SPE
WASTED
SLUDGE
KEY
Q - Total flow
QP - Wasted Primary Sludge Flow Rate
VSS -Volatile Suspended Solids
X p - Wasted Sludge VSS Concentration
RW -RawWaste
PE -Primary Effluent
M ( »Total Metals Concentration
QP
XP
FIGURE 3-3
FATE INORGANIC MODEL
PRIMARY CLARIFIER
6098-81
-------
As with the organics model, and based on EPA studies, the organic portion of the
volatile suspended solids in the primary system is taken as 70% of the total
suspended solids. Thus the mass balance for VSS is:
- (Q - Qp)(VSSPE) + .7QpXp
where: Q — the influent flowrate;
VSSRw - the VSS raw waste VSS concentration;
Qp — the sludge withdrawal rate;
- the VSS primary effluent concentration; and
(16)
Xp — the total volatile solids concentration in the
sludge waste stream.
Patterson and Kodukula take the change in concentration across the clarifier to
be:
Delta(VSSp) - VSSRW - VSSPE (17)
Equation (16) can be solved for VSSpE and substituted into Equation (17) :
Delta(VSSp) - VSSRH - (Q(VSSRW) - .7QPXP)/(Q - QP) (18)
Since
EI - .7QpXP/(Q(VSSRW)) (19)
rearrangement gives,
Delta(VSSP) - .7QpXP(l - Qp/Q(E!)/(Q - Qp) (20)
which, as noted previously, is relatively insensitive to values of EI close to
the default when Q » Qp.
The rate of removal in the primary clarifier (ratei) is given by:
ratei - Mb.RH(Q - Qp) (Bp/(Delta(VSSP) + BP) (21)
and the percent removal (% removali) is the removal rate divided by the influent
rate:
% removali - 100(rate1/Q(Mt(RH))
3.2.2 Secondary System
22)
Figure 3-4 shows a schematic of the aeration basin and secondary clarifier. The
derivation of equations for the secondary removal parallels that for the primary
clarifier.
900513-mll
B3-9
-------
1-0
I
Q-Qp-Qw
M..SE
VSSsE
RR (Q-q,)
MI.RR
Qw
Xv
MI.RR
KEY
- Total Flow
- influent Mixed Liquor stream
- Secondary ClarK ier Effluent
- Wasted Secondary Sludge Rate
- Total Suspended Solids Concentration
- Total Metals Concentration
- Primary Effluent
VSS - Volatile Suspended Solids
RR -Recycle Flow Rate
Q
ML
SE
Qw
Xv
M*
PE
FIGURE 3-4
FATE INORGANIC MODEL
AERATION BASIN AND SECONDARY CLARIFIER
6098-81
-------
For these expressions, we use ML to indicate the influent mixed liquor stream,
SE as the secondary clarifier effluent, and S to indicate the secondary system.
An equation similar to Equation (15) can be written as:
- Mfc>ra,(B8/(Delta(VSSs) + Bs)
(23)
A balance around the secondary clarifier can be written and an expression, E2,
for the efficiency of the secondary clarifier incorporated:
1 - E2 - VSSS(Q - Qp - QK)/((Qp) (1
Where: RR - the recycle rate; and
QW - the wasted secondary sludge rate.
(24)
The recycle ratio (RR) represents the ratio of the recycle stream to the
influent stream. It is defaulted in this version of the model to 0.5. For the
secondary system, the fraction of organic settleable solids is taken as 0.64 of
the total mixed liquor suspended solids (Namkung and Rittman, 1987). Also, the
efficiency can be expressed as:
E2 - QwXv/CQ - Qp) (1 + RR)
Where: Xv - the concentration of the total suspended solids; and
Xi - concentration of mixed liquor suspended solids.
(25)
Again paralleling the development of the equations for the primary, Equation
(23) can be written upon substitution and rearrangement:
Delta(VSSs) - VSSm.(l - (1 - E2) (Q - Qp)(l + RR)/(Q - Qp - Qw))
(26)
Next, calculation of MtfML is required. This cannot be passed along from the
calculations about the primary since there are large amounts of solids generated
in the secondary system. Due to the recycle stream, it is necessary to write an
extra mass balance equation around a component of the system in order to be able
to solve for the removal in terms of the input parameters.
First, the balance about the aeration basin is written as:
(Q - QP)d + RR)Mt.ML - (Q - Qp)Mt,PE -I- RR(Q-Qp)MttfRR
and, by cancelling the common term (Q-QP) ,
L - Mt,pE + RRMt,RR
(27)
(28)
900513-mil
B3-11
-------
Taking the mass balance about the entire system yields:
(Q - Qp)Mt.PE - (Q - Qp -Qw)Mt.SE + Q«Mt,RR
or solving for Mt.RR:
Mb.HR - «Q - Qp)Mt,FE - (Q - Qp - Qw)Mt,SE)/Q*
Substituting Equation (30) into Equation (28):
(1 + RR)Mt>ML - Mt.sE + RR«Q - QP)Mt.pE - (Q - QP -
(29)
(30)
(31)
Next Equation (23) can be substituted into Equation (31) , rearranged, and solved
for MbML:
Mt ML - Mt red + RR(Q - Qp)/Qw)/(d + RR) + (RR (Q - QP - Q«>
(Bs/(Delta(VSSs) + BS)))/QM)
Equation (32) can be substituted back into Equation (23) to give:
Bt SE - Mt ^(1 + RR(Q - Qp)/Qw)(B8/(Delta(VSS8) + B8))/((l + RR)
('RR(Q - Qp - Qw)(Bs/(Delta(VSSs) + BS)))/QW)
The secondary removal rate is then:
ratez - (Q - QP)Mt,PE - (Q - QP -
and the percent removal is: .
% remova!2 - 100(rate2/QMtfRW)
(32)
(33)
(34)
(35)
Since both individual removal rates are based on the total influent (raw waste
stream) contaminant mass, the total removal rate and total percent removals are
simply sums of those of the individual units.
Note that the final removal in the secondary system does not appear to depend
directly on the secondary clarifier efficiency, E2, since the efficiency is
completely determined in Equation (25) by the input variables (RR is defaulted
to 0 5) The user should check, using Equation (25), that the variables input
for concentrations (i.e., Xv and Xi) are appropriate for the system simulation.
Note that while Equation (26) would appear to indicate that the removal in the
secondary is more sensitive to changes in the clarifer efficiency than is the
primary, the probable ranges in efficiency are much smaller for the secondary
clarifier than for the primary.
3.3 MODEL ASSUMPTIONS
A number of assumptions were used in developing the FATE model. It is important
that the user be aware of these assumptions in order to understand the
900513-mil
B3-12
-------
limitations and basis of the model results. The major assumptions are as
follows:
1) The model is for conventional diffused aeration activated sludge
sewage treatment plants.
2) No significant volatilization or biodegradation occurs in the primary
clarifier.
3) All reactors are completely mixed.
4) Steady state exists in all reactors (i.e., aeration basin and
clarifiers) which implies that pollutant concentrations in a reactor
do not change over time. (The model may therefore not be accurate for
plants with pulse inputs of pollutants).
5) Liquid inflow equals liquid outflow.
6) For volatilization, the concentration of the organic compound of
interest is assumed to be negligible in the inlet gas used for
aeration. «
7) For volatilization, the partial pressure of an individual compound in
the gas exiting the aeration basin is in equilibrium with the
individual compound concentration in the aeration basin liquid.
8) Sorption partitioning follows a linear relationship between
concentrations in the liquid and solid phases.
9) Biodegradation follows Monod Kinetics and the organic compound
influent concentration is assumed to be much less than the Monod half-
saturation coefficient (i.e., influent concentrations are at
relatively low levels).
10) For the biodegradation model step, it is assumed that,a compound is
removed by secondary utilization.
11) The fate of a compound is not affected by the presence of other
compounds except as may be inherent in the data used for model
calibration.
12) The POTW is operating effectively and no inhibition of the biological
process is occurring (i.e., the POTW is acclimated to the compounds
and concentrations present in the influent),
13) For model calibration, measured effluent concentrations reported as
not detected were assumed to equal half the reported detection limit.
14) The organic model was calibrated with all compounds grouped together
rather than by individual compound.
900513-mll
B3-13
-------
15) Removal mechanisms (volatilization, biodegradation, and sorption in
the primary and secondary clarifiers) were estimated using final
effluent concentration data and best engineering judgement.
16) Data for bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, aldrin, and
alpha-BHC were not used for final calibration due to inconsistencies
in the analytical data compared to other compounds within similar
classes.
17) Total removal of compounds primarily removed by sorption may be
slightly over predicted while compounds primarily removed by
volatilization and biodegradation may be slightly underpredicted.
900513-mll
B3-14
-------
4.0 DEFAULT VALUES AND INPUT VALUE RANGES
FATE users can either input their own plant-specific parameters or select
default values for three POTWs spanning a range of size. Default influent flow
values of 3.3, 25, and 140 million gallons per day are available to FATE users.
MLSS concentration was obtained from standard reported practice (WPCF and ASCE,
1977) and temperature (20°C) was obtained from plant operating experience
(Lovejoy, 1989). The remainder of the plant default values were obtained from a
USEPA report which evaluated the cost of POTW construction (USEPA, 1984).
Default values for all plant-specific operating parameters required for FATE are
presented in Table 4-1.
If the default values are not used, FATE was designed so that a warning message
will appear if the user inputs a plant or compound parameter that is either
outside of a standard acceptable range or is inconsistent with previous plant
inputs. Ranges for log Kow and Henry's Law constants were obtained from Lyman
et al. (1982) and expanded to include known log Kow and Henry's Law constant
values in FATE's organic data base. Ranges and relationships for plant
conditions were obtained from Viessman and Hammer (1985) and WPCF and ASCE
(1977). Sludge flow rates, aeration basin(s) volumes, and air flow rates were
related to the plant influent flow. Concentration levels of various organic and
inorganic pollutants that result in biological inhibition were obtained from a
number of references (Anthony and Breimhurst, 1981, Russell et al., 1983, Tabak
et al., 1981, USEPA, 1987a, USEPA, 1987b, and Volskay and Grady, 1988). The
user will be warned if an influent concentration exceeding the inhibition level
is entered. For organic compounds where inhibition data is unavailable, an
influent concentration of 10,000 ug/1 was used. This level was set so that
inhibition effects would not affect the biodegradation removal rate and the
secondary utilization, and so that first-order kinetics assumptions would be
followed. Table 4-2 lists parameters, ranges, and associated references for all
FATE plant input values.
900513-nll
B4-1
-------
TABLE 4-1
DEFAULT PLANT PARAMETERS
l*arameter
Q (Plant Flow Rate, MGD)
Qp (Primary Sludge Flow
Rate, gpd)
Xp (Primary Sludge
Concentration, %)
V (Total Volume of
Aeration Basins, gal)
XI (Mixed Liquor Suspended
Solids, mg/l)
G (Gas Volumetric Flow
Rate, ft*3/d) *
Qw (Secondary Wasted Sludge
Flow Rate, gpd)
Xv (Secondary Wasted Sludge
Concentration, %)
Large
140.0
400,000
4.00
39,287,700
3.000
245,514,000
1,232,000
0.75
Medium
2&.0
72,000
4.00
7,022,300
3,000
47,174,000
220,000
0.75
Small
3.3
9,500
4.00
931,900
3,000
6,359,000
29,000
0.75
B4-2
-------
TABLE 4-2
PLANT PARAMETER RANGES
Parameter
Range
Reference
Q (Plant Flow Rate, MGD)
0 < Q < 1,000
Lovejoy, 1989
Qp (Primary Sludge Flow
Rate, gpd)
1,000*Q
-------
5.0 MODEL COEFFICIENTS AND CONSTANTS
Measured values of octanol/water partition coefficients and Henry's Law
constants for compounds in FATE's organic compound data base were obtained from
a number of sources. Sources included data from chemical manufacturers (e.g.,
material safety data sheets), USEPA resources (USEPA manuals and data bases),
and journal publications.
Experimentally-determined values of octanol/water partition coefficients and
Henry's Law constants were not available for many compounds. In addition,
biodegradation rate constants for all compounds in the data base in an activated
sludge treatment plant are not available. Thus, some octanol/water partition
coefficients and Henry's Law constants and all data base-stored biodegradation
rate constants had to be estimated.. Estimation of octanol/water partition
coefficients and Henry's Law constants was conducted from knowledge of a
compound's molecular structure and other physical/chemical properties of the
organic compound. Estimation of biodegradation constants was generally
performed by relating rate of degradation to degree of degradation associated
with biological processes.
5.1 OCTANOL/WATER PARTITION COEFFICIENTS
Unknown octanol/water partition coefficients were estimated from knowledge of a
compound's molecular structure. The Universal Quasi-Chemical Functional Group
Activity Coefficient (UNIFAC) approach was used to estimate a compound's
activity coefficients in water and in octanol. The UNIFAC approach computes
activity coefficients from knowledge of the compound's molecular structure, heat
of fusion, and melting temperature. Compound heats of fusion and melting point
temperatures were obtained from Verschueren (1977).
The computer program, AROSOL (Fu et al., 1986), was used to estimate activity
coefficients of a compound in octanol and water. This program was developed
through the support from EPA's Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory
to estimate organic solute solubility in a mixed solvent system. Row can be
estimated from the approach of Arbuckle (1983) as:
Kow - 0.151 sigmaw/sigma°
(36)
where sigma" is the compound's activity in the water phase and sigma0 is the
compound's activity in the octanol phase. During estimation of a compound's
activity coefficients in water and octanol, AROSOL was programmed to allow for
the solubility of water in octanol (2.6 M) and octanol in water (0.0178M).
5.2 HENRY'S LAW CONSTANTS
Henry's Law constants (atm-m3/mole) were estimated from knowledge of the
compound's activity in pure water and the compound's vapor pressure as follows
(Arbuckle, 1983):
900513-mll
B5-1
-------
H - (ISxlCT6) sigmaw B
vp
(37)
where sigma" is the activity of the compound in pure water (provided by AROSOL)
and Pvp (atra) is the compound's vapor pressure as estimated from knowledge of
its boiling point (Lyman et al., 1982).
5.3 BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANTS
No large data base of biodegradation rate constants for secondary utilization of
an organic compound in an environment similar to an activated sludge system was
available. In addition, actual biodegration rate constants for individual
compounds are facility specific. Therefore, a methodology was developed to
assign compound-specific biodegradation rate constants based on the compound's
relative biodegradability for input into FATE's data base.
A sensitivity analysis conducted on FATE's organic compound removal algorithms
indicated that a biodegradation rate constant of 0.1 m3/gm VSS-day resulted in
overall removals in the low 90-percent range which were typical of removals
observed in the field for highly biodegradable compounds (USEPA, 1982). The
sensitivity analysis also indicated that a biodegradation rate constant of
0.0001 resulted in insignificant compound biodegradation removal for compounds
which were removed mostly by volatilization or biodegradation. This conclusion
is also supported by sensitivity analyses performed by Namkung and Rittmann
(1987). From the sensitivity analysis performed on the biodegradation rate
constant, a highly biodegradable compound would have a rate constant of about
0.1 mVgm-day while a compound resistant to biodegradation would have a rate
constant of 0.0001 or lower.
The biodegradability of compounds was first estimated based on three different
sources of information. The first source was obtained from a study in Lyman et
al. (1982) where it was reported that a highly biodegradable compound would have
a BOD/COD ratio of 1 while a resistant compound would have a value of 0.
Reported ratios spanned three orders of magnitude and were assigned rate
constants according to the compound's BOD/COD ratio. The BOD/COD ratios and
corresponding rate constants assigned were as follows:
Reported
BODs/COD ratio
Assigned
Biodegradation
Rate Constant
0
0.
- 0.01
01 -
0.05 -
0.10 -
0.25 -
>0.60
0.05
0.10
0.25
0.60
1
1
5
1
5
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
10-*
ID"3
ID-3
ID-2
lO-2
10'1
900513-mll
B5-2
-------
Another study reported in Lyman et al. (1982) listed average rates of
biodegradation in mg COD/gm-hr. These data were also used to estimate the
biodegradability and subsequently, the rate constant. The average rate and
corresponding rate constant assigned were as follows:
Average
Rate of Removal
(mgCOD/g-hr)
Assigned
Biodegradation
Rate Constant
0
1-9
10-25
> 25
1 x 10'4
1 x 1(T3
1 x ID"2
1 x ID"1
Finally, the relative biodegradability of compounds in aerobic treatment systems
was obtained from a USEPA guidance manual (USEPA, 1987b) that based the
biodegradability on USEPA's Best Professional Judgement. The rate of
biodegradation was judged to be "Rapid, Moderate, Slow, or Resistant". A rate
constant of 1 xlO'1, IxlO"2, IxlCT3, and lx!0'4 was respectively assigned to
compounds where a rate was predicted.
All three of the previously described sources of information were considered in
assessing the biodegradability of a compound. If a compound was listed in more
than one reference, an average was used.
If a compound was not listed in any of the sources above, a number of "Rules of
Thumb of Biodegradability11 (Lyman et al, 1982) were used to aid in estimating
values and are presented in Table 5-1. Next, rate constants were assigned by
attempting to interpret particular biodegradability patterns based on a
compounds functional groups by using all of the information described above. For
example chlorinated compounds were assumed to have a rate constant of IxlO'3
since these compounds are more resistant to degradation; acids, alcohols, and
esters were given values of IxlO"2 while ethers and ketones (mostly chlorinated)
were assigned values from IxlO'4 to IxlO'3; dioxans and furans (mostly
chlorinated) were assigned values of IxlO'4; functional groups (i.e. benzo-,
fluoro-, chloro-, nitro-, etc.) were grouped with similar compounds, and if a
pattern could be established from estimates or assumptions already made, the
pattern was followed (i.e., chlorobenzene with benzene, ethylbenzene, toluene,
etc.).
Finally, compounds that could not be assigned a value using any of the
previously described methods were given values based on compounds within the
same class (e.g., dioxins, pesticides, semi-volatile organics, volatile
organics, etc.). Values assigned based on such a ranking were conservatively
estimated since little is known about the compound's characteristics and its
susceptibility to biodegradation.
The ITD list of 345 organic compounds, their estimated biodegradation rate
constants, and the method of estimation is presented in Attachment A. The full
900513-mil
B5-3
-------
TABLE 5-1
RULES OF THUMB FOR BIODEGRADABILITY
Sulfate-reducing bacteria more rapidly degrade long length carbon
chains than short-length carbon chains.
Alcohols, aldehydes, acids, esters, amides, and amino acids are more
susceptible to biodegradation than the corresponding alkanes, olefins,
ketones, dicarboxylic acids, nitriles, amines, and chloroalkanes.
Functional groups on aromatic rings: benzoic acid is quickly
degraded; monochloro - and monofluoro - benzoates are more resistant
to biodegradation but can be degraded; di-, tri-, and tetra-
functional groups are quite resistant. The more chlorines, the more
resistant the compound.
For naphthalene compounds, nuclei bearing simple small alkyl groups
(methyl, ethyl, or vinyl) oxidize at a more rapid rate than those with
a phenyl substitute.
ether functions are sometimes particularly resistant to
biodegradation.
Source: Lyman, W.J. and D.H. Rosenblatt, Handbook of Chemical Property
Estimation Methods. McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, New York, 1982.
900513T-mll
B5-4
-------
ITD list of organic and inorganic compounds is presented in Section 9 of this
Treatability Manual.
900513-mil
B5-5
-------
6.0 MODEL CALIBRATION AND VALIDATION
Model calibration/validation Is the process that adjusts the overall
theoretically based FATE model to more accurately predict effluent
concentrations and percent removals that are observed in actual plant processes.
The process of calibration/validation, including a sensitivity analysis, is
described in subsequent sections.
6.1 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Prior to actual calibration/validation, Jordan performed a sensitivity analysis
on the FATE model. The detailed report summarizing the methodology, results,
and conclusions was submitted to EPA in February 1990. A brief summary is
presented here. The sensitivity analysis was performed to evaluate how
sensitive output parameters (i.e., percent removals for volatilization,
biodegradation, and sorption) are to changes in input parameters (e.g., plant
flow, temperature, primary sludge concentration, etc.).
A number of compounds and all of the FATE model input parameters were chosen for
the analysis. The compounds were divided into four different categories
according to their primary mechanisms for removal (i.e., compounds that
primarily sorb to sludge, volatilize, biodegrade, or both volatilize and
biodegrade). An overall summary of the results of the FATE Model Sensitivity
analysis is presented in Table 6-1. The four compound categories and the list
of parameters analyzed are presented with a mark in the appropriate box to
indicate If the compound In a particular category showed some level of
sensitivity to a specific plant or compound parameter.
After performing the sensitivity analysis on the FATE model, the following
conclusions were made:
1. Parameters the model was not sensitive to included compound input
concentration (relative to percent removals) and temperature in the
aeration basin.
2. FATE predicts that the following removal mechanisms may contribute
significantly to removal of a compound in a POTW:
Primary Adsorption
Secondary Adsorption
Volatilization/Stripping
Biodegradation
In all cases, except for changes in compound concentration and
temperature, one or more of these mechanisms contributed to compound
removal when a parameter was changed. However, of the mechanisms,
primary adsorption was the least sensitive to changes in input
parameters. This is partly due to the non-linear dependence on the
900513-mil
B6-1
-------
ON
N3
TABLE 6-1
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
COMPOUND CLASSES SENSITIVE TO
INPUT PARAMETERS
INPUT PARAMETER
COMPOUND CONCENTRATION
PLANT FLOW
PRIMARY SLUDGE CONCENTRATION
PRIMARY SLUDGE FLOW RATE
AERATION BASIN VOLUME
MIXED LIQUOR SUSPENDED
SOLIDS CONCENTRATION *
TEMPERATURE OF AERATION BASIN
TOTAL GAS VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE
WASTE SLUDGE FLOW RATE
WASTED SECONDARY SLUDGE
CONCENTRATION
HENRY'S LAW CONSTANT
Kow CONSTANT
BIO RATE CONSTANT
COMPOUND CLASSIFICATION
SORB
+
+
+
-
•f
+
+
+
BIODEGRADE
+
+
+
+
VOLATILIZE
+
-
+
+ •
+
BIODEGRADE/
VOLATILIZE
+
+ •
+
+
+
+ '
4- Compound classes sensitive to changes in input parameters
<
6098-81
-------
rate of removal with Kow while being directly proportional to sludge
concentration and sludge flow rate.
Input parameters that affected primary adsorption included plant flow,
primary sludge concentration, primary sludge flow rate, and Kow.
3. Based on the results of the sensitivity analysis, data collection
efforts for calibration/validation were not prioritized except that
emphasis was not placed on collection of data for temperature of the
aeration basin since the model indicated that predicted removal is not
sensitive to this parameter. Further, temperature was defaulted in
the model to 20°C and no input for temperature is required of the
user.
6.2 DATA COLLECTION/SELECTION
Analytical data and plant operating parameters for calibration and validation
were obtained from the following sources:
o USEPA, 1982. "Fate of Priority Pollutants in Publicly Owned Treatment
Works," USEPA/440/1-82/303, Washington, D.C.
o Contacts with additional conventional activated sludge
POTWs to obtain plant operational data and chemical
concentration for the plant influent and effluent.
The USEPA study involved sampling the influent, effluent, and sludge for various
organic and inorganic pollutants at a number of POTWs. Only data from
conventional activated sludge treatment plants that use diffused aeration were
used. In addition, each of the POTWs used was contacted and the plant
parameters under which the plant operated during the sampling period were
obtained and used for calibration. Additional data were obtained from a number
of operating conventional activated sludge treatment plants. Jordan requested
analytical data (i.e., priority pollutant scans and monthly monitoring data) as
well as corresponding plant operating parameters for the sampling days.
Data to calibrate and validate FATE's organic and inorganic compound algorithms
were limited to the following selection criteria. First, a data pair (an
influent and a corresponding effluent concentration value) was used only if the
reported influent concentration was greater than the detection limit. Second,
if the effluent concentration was reported as zero or nondetect, the detection
limit (typically a value of 5 or 10 ug/1) was used. This selection criteria
should result in a consistent set of acceptable data for calibration and
validation of the algorithms of FATE. It should also provide an accurate
account of what a POTW would encounter if required to follow strict laboratory
analytical procedures and reporting requirements.
900513-mil
B6-3
-------
6.3 ORGANIC MODEL CALIBRATION
The procedure used to calibrate the FATE Organic Model is described in
subsequent sections.
6.3.1 FATE Model Predictions
FATE's organic model is specifically intended for activated sludge wastewater
treatment systems that employ primary and secondary clarifiers. The development
of the organic model was detailed in Section 3.1.
The organic model requires thirteen input parameters; nine are facility-
specific, three are compound-specific, and one is both compound and facility-
specific (influent concentration). These input parameters are listed in Table
6-2.
The organic model predicts six output parameters; steady-state concentrations in
the primary and secondary clarifiers, and removal rates of the selected compound
through sorption in the primary clarifier and sorption, volatilization, and
biodegradation in the secondary clarifier. In addition, removal efficiencies
are also computed. These output parameters are also presented in Table 6-2.
Four of the eleven model outputs require calibration for the model to be
considered valid; specifically, the four predicted removal rates. Calibration
of the removal rates will result in calibration of all other parameters since
the remaining output parameter values are dependent on the removal rates.
6.3.2 Actual Observations
The data required for model calibration was collected from a variety of sources,
as described in Section 6.2. The collected data provided inputs to FATE in
order to predict removal rates and effluent concentration for each set of input
data. These model predictions were compared to actual observations of removal
rates and effluent concentrations provided by the collected data. All data
sources used to calibrate FATE provided,observations of all the FATE input
parameters. None of the data sources provided observations of the four removal
mechanisms that require calibration. However, all the data sources did provide
observations of POTW effluent concentrations.
Because observations of the four removal mechanisms were not provided, FATE
could not be directly calibrated by removal mechanism. Nevertheless, the
availability of effluent concentration data allowed FATE to be calibrated for
total removal. Subsequently, calibration of each removal mechanism was
conducted by using best engineering judgement.
6.3.3 Calibration
The purpose of model calibration is to adjust the theory-based model equations
with a calibration factor to minimize the differences between actual
observations and model predictions. The process of calibration is facilitated
by a copious amount of actual observations. A greater number of actual
observations increases the likelihood that the model will accurately predict the
900513-mil
B6-4
-------
TABLE 6-2
FATE Organic Model Inputs and Outputs
Model Inputs
Q
Qo
QP
Q*
V
G
X.£
Si
H
Influent flow rate to primary clarifier
Flow rate between primary and secondary clarifiers
Primary clarifier wasted sludge flow rate
Secondary clarifier wasted sludge flow rate
Volume of aeration basin(s)
Gas flow rate through aeration basin(s)
concentration of mixed liquor suspended solids
Concentration of cells in wasted primary sludge
Concentration of cells in wasted secondary sludge
Influent concentration of pollutant to primary clarifier
Octanol-water partition coefficient of pollutant
Henry's Law constant of pollutant
First-order biodegradation rate constant of pollutant
Model Outputs
So
S
Raorp.2
f«orp,i
f«orp,2
fbio
totai
Steady- state concentration of pollutant in primary clarifier
Steady- state concentration of pollutant in secondary clarifier
(effluent cone.)
Mass removal rate of pollutant by sorption in primary clarifier
Mass removal rate of pollutant by sorption in secondary clarifier
Mass removal rate of pollutant by volatilization/stripping in
aeration basin
Mass removal rate of pollutant by biodegradation in secondary
system
Percent of pollutant removed by sorption in primary clarifier
Percent of pollutant removed by sorption in secondary clarifier
Percent of pollutant removed by volatilization/stripping in
aeration basin
Percent of pollutant removed by biodegradation in secondary
system
Percent of pollutant removed by all mechanisms in POTW
900606-mll
B6-5
-------
removal of a pollutant from the influent waste stream.
observations, the model can not be calibrated.
Without actual
The calibration of the model is a potentially complex process. Four different
removal mechanisms are predicted by the model, each requiring calibration.
Actual observations do not exist for these mechanisms; thus, calibration factors
for each removal mechanism were estimated from actual observations of total
removal. Compounds used in the calibration process are listed in Table 6-3 by
compound class .
Calibration factors were incorporated into the formula of each removal mechanism
as follows :
Rsorpi - (Qp«Xpw (0.000059 * Ron0-35) S0) calbsl (38)
Rbio - (kiXaSV) calbb ' (39)
Rvol - (GHS/RT) calbv (40)
RsorP2 - (3.06 x ID"6 Q^Ko,,0-67 S) calbs2 (41)
Hence, the computation of steady-state concentrations in the primary and
secondary clarifiers can be rewritten as
S0 - (QSm)/(Q + QpwXp (4.1 x ID-3* KoW°-35) calb.i) (42)
S - (QS0)/(Q + (GH/RT)calbv + Q«XV(3.06 x 10"6 K^0 • 67 ) calbs2 +
k!XaVcalbb) (43)
The calibration process began by entering actual observations of model input
data into FATE, which then predicted four removal rates and an effluent
concentration for each set of input data. Statistical distributions of the
model predictions and corresponding actual observations were subsequently
evaluated and residuals (a measure of error between actual observations and
model predictions) computed. The residuals were evaluated for statistical
distributions and dependencies on input parameters. Finally, the calibration
factors were estimated from statistical evaluations of the residuals and .best
engineering judgement.
6.3.4 Calibration Model Runs
Actual observations of facility parameters were entered into a facility data
base that included the facility name, the pollutant observed, all facility input
parameters (see Table 6-2), influent concentration, and effluent concentration.
Compound input parameters from the FATE organic data base were used. The model
was then run with calibration factors set at iteratively determined values.
The model output was formatted such that the model predictions were listed
alongside the facility name, pollutant observed, the facility and compound input
parameters, and the actual observations of influent and effluent concentrations.
The output was subsequently imported into SYSTAT (Systat, Inc., 1989) for
statistical evaluation.
900513-mil
B6-6
-------
TABLE 6-3
Compounds used in FATE Calibration
Compound
Class
Compound
CAS No.
Compound
Name
Aromatic Volatile Organic Compounds CARO)
100414
108883
71432
Ethylbenzene
Toluene
Benzene
Haloeenated Volatile Organic Compounds (HVO)
107062
127184
156605
56235
67663
71556
75003
75092
75343
75354
75694
79005
79016
79345
1,2-Dichloroethane
Tetrachloroethene
trans-l,2-Dichloroethene
Tetrachloromethane
Chloroform
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Chloroethane
Methylene Chloride
1,1-Dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethene
Trichlorofluoromethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Miscellaneous Volatile Organic Compounds (MVO)
107131
67641
2-Propenenitrile
2-Propanone
Polvcvclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)
120127
129000
191242
205992
206440
207089
218019
50328
56553
85018
86737
91203
Anthracene
Pyrene
Benzo(ghi)perylene
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
Fluoranthene
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
Chrysene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(a)anthracene
Phenanthrene
Fluorene
Naphthalene
900606-rail
B6-7
-------
TABLE 6-3
Compounds Used in FATE Calibration
(continued)
Compound
Class
Compound
CAS No.
Polychlorinated Biphenvls (PCS)
11097691
53469219
Compound
Name
PCB-1254
PCB-1242
Pesticides (POH)
Phthalates CPTH')
309002
319846
50293
58899
60571
76448
117817
117840
121142
131113
78591
84662
84742
85687
95501
Aldrin
alpha-BHC
4,4'-DDT
Lindane
Dieldrin
Heptachlor
bis(2-Ethylhexyl) phthalate
Di-n-octyl phthalate
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,
Isophorone
Diethyl phthalate
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,
Butyl benzyl phthalate
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
dimethyl ester
dibutyl ester
Acid Extractable Semivolatile Compounds (SVA)
105679
108952
120832
51285
65850
87865
95578
2,4-Dimethylphenol
Phenol
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
Benzoic acid
Pentachlorophenol
2-Chlorophenol
Base Extractable Semivolatile Compounds (SVB)
106467
122667
606202
91587
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Diphenylhydraz ine
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
2-Chloronaphthalene
900606-mil
B6-8
-------
6.3.5 Statistical Evaluation
6.3.5.1 Method. The objectives of the statistical evaluation were to
demonstrate calibration of the FATE predicted effluent concentration with
measured effluent concentration and demonstrate that removal rates for each
mechanism agreed with best engineering judgement.
The demonstration of calibration was conducted with an analysis of FATE
residuals. The residual, which is a measure of error between predicted and
measured effluent concentration, can be defined in several ways depending on the
distribution of the predicted and measured data. For example, if the predicted
and measured concentrations are normally distributed, the residual can be simply
defined as
E - Sn
Where E - residual,
- measured effluent concentration (mg/^) , and
- FATE predicted effluent concentration (mg/^) .
(44)
If the predicted and measured concentrations are lognormally distributed, the
residual can be defined as
E —
(45)
Thus, the first step in the calibration demonstration was the evaluation of the
distribution of the predicted and measured effluent concentrations. After the
evaluation was completed, the residual was defined and computed for each case.
The residual was evaluated for normality and the mean and variance subsequently
computed. Calibration was demonstrated when the mean of the residuals equaled
zero. The variance was computed to represent the precision of the model.
In some cases, measured effluent concentrations were reported as not detected.
For the purpose of calibration, these concentrations were assumed to equal half
the reported detection limit. A few cases reported measured effluent
concentrations greater than measured influent concentrations. These cases were
rejected on the basis that they violated mass balances.
The agreement of removal rates with best engineering judgement was demonstrated
by analyzing the contribution of each removal mechanism to the total removal
rate. The contributions were defined as
fblo ~ Rbio/Rtotal
fyol ~ Rvol/Rtotal
(46)
(47)
(48)
(49)
where f - fraction of total removal, and
Rtotai ~ Rsorpi + Rbio + Rvoi + Rsorpz ~ total removal.
900513-mil
B6-9
-------
Compounds with known properties were selected for evaluation. For example,
phenol is known to biodegrade readily and is expected to have an fbio of
approximately 0.95. Chloroethane and trans-l,2-dichloroethene are known to
volatilize readily and are expected to have an fvoi of approximately 0.95.
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) are known to sorb readily and are
expected to have a sum of fBOrpi and f80rp2 greater than 0.95.
Thus, the selection of calibration factors was conducted through an iterative
process that produced a model calibrated for total removal with individual
removal mechanisms adjusted to agree with best engineering judgement.
6.3.5.2 Results - Uncalibrated Model. The calibration factors for the organics
model were set equal to unity to evaluate the model in its uncalibrated state.
Measured and predicted effluent concentration distributions were evaluated. The
distributions included all cases, regardless of the compound, and in both the
measured and predicted cases, a lognormal distribution adequately characterized
the data. Probability plots of the measured and predicted effluent
concentration data are presented in Attachment B.
The residual for each case was computed in accordance with Equation (45). The
normal distribution adequately characterized the distribution of the residuals
and a mean of 1.13 was computed with a standard deviation of 1.28. The mean
indicates that on average, the uncalibrated model predicts effluent
concentrations below measured effluent concentrations by a factor of 13.5. This
can be seen by rewriting Equation (45) as
Smeas/Spred *™ 10
(50)
Since predicted effluent concentrations were much lower than measured, the total
removal rate predicted by the uncalibrated model was too high.
Boxplots of the residuals by compound class are presented in Figure 6-1, while
boxplots of the residuals by compound are presented in Attachment B. A bar
chart of the removal mechanism contributions for each compound class is
presented in Figure 6-2, while bar charts for each compound are presented in
Attachment B. These charts facilitate the selection of calibration factors by
highlighting the differences between compounds and compound classes.
Analysis of the bar charts indicates that sorption removal was overpredicted
relative to biodegradation and volatilization, and that biodegradation was
overpredicted relative to volatilization. Examples include phenol where
biodegradation accounted for only 88% of the mass removed when 95% was expected,
and chloroethane where volatilization accounted for only 72% of the mass removed
when 95% was expected.
6.3.5.3 Results-Calibrated Model. Calibration factors were adjusted
iteratively until the mean of the residuals equaled zero and the removal
mechanism contributions agreed with best engineering judgement. The statistical
evaluation of each iteration was identical to that of the uncalibrated model.
The statistical evaluation of the final iteration is presented here.
900513-mil
B6-10
-------
Figure 6-1
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound Class
Uncalibrated Model
5
4
3
2
3 1
a
2
CO
0 0
OC
111
g-1
-2
-3
-4
-6
-A
II 'I
—95% Confidence Interval , ~
_. -t _
JL
T T r'n
JL
_ — ' — i
— — L
J I — r-
-T-
T l
i i i
ARO HVO MVO PAH PCB POH PTH SVA SVB
Compound Class
B6-11
-------
Figure 6-2
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
o
i
DC
(0
CO
(0
o
o
1
100
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -
10 -
Uncalibrated Model
ARO HVO MVO PAH PCS POH PTH SVA SVB
Compound Class
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
B6-12
-------
The lognormal distribution adequately characterized the predicted effluent
concentration data. Thus, the residuals were computed identically to the
uncalibrated model. The normal distribution adequately characterized the
distribution of the residuals with a mean of -0.00543 and a standard deviation
of 0.774. The mean is sufficiently close to zero given the standard deviation
of the residuals (coefficient of variation - -142). The probability plot of the
residuals is presented in Figure 6-3.
Boxplots of the residuals by compound class are presented in Figure 6-4 while
boxplots of the residuals by compound are presented in Attachment B. A bar
chart of the removal mechanism contributions for each compound class is
presented in Figure 6-5, while bar charts for each compound are presented in
Attachment B.
Analysis of the bar charts indicates that the contributions of each removal
mechanism to total removal are consistent with best engineering judgement.
Examples include phenol where biode gradation accounted for 93% of the mass
removed, chloroethane where volatilization accounted for 92% of the mass
removed, and a variety of PAHs where sorption accounted for nearly 100% of the
mass removed.
Analysis of the boxplots indicates that some bias in the model exists on a
compound specific basis. Generally, compounds with higher sorption removal tend
to be slightly overp'redicted while compounds predominantly removed by
volatilization and biodegradation tend to be slightly underpredicted. As a
result, residual dependence on input parameters was evaluated. The residuals
did not correlate strongly with any of the input parameters, although some
correlation was exhibited between the residuals and Iog10
The correlation between the residuals and Iog10 K<,w is most likely a result of -
the equations used to represent the partition coefficients to the respective
clarifier solids, Kp. The relationships between Kp and KOW, shown in Equations
(3) and (9) , were established empirically from data obtained for volatile
organic compounds (VOCs) . These relationships are limited to ranges of logic KOW
from 0 to 3; however, the readily sorbed compounds, such as PAHs, PCBs,
pesticides, and phthalates, have a logic K^ range from 3 to 10. The
extrapolation of the empirical relationships established for VOCs into the
higher range of logio K
-------
Figure 6-3
Probability Plot of FATE Residuals
Calibrated Model
-4 -3 -2
-1 o 1
Expected Value
B6-14
-------
Figure 6-4
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound Class
Calibrated Model
2
«
in
i-
-2
-3
-6
I I I
95% Confidence Inteifval
JIJVJ
JL JL
I
I I I
I
ARO HVO MVO PAH PCS POH PTH SVA SVB
Compound Class
B6-15
-------
Percent of Mass Removed
ro
o
o
o
Ol
o
a>
o
09
O
(0
o
o
o
CO CO < CO
2, 005-
T» -O g. g-
«-» i-» g.
-------
which can potentially bias the measured removal efficiency to values lower than
expected. The consistent overprediction of removal efficiency by the model
indicates that this bias may be present. Additionally, the results highlight
the necessity of evaluating the empirical relationship between Kp and KQW for
these and similar compounds, and possibly a laboratory confirmation of the
reported K<>* values.
The final calibration factors were established as follows
calb,i
calbv
calbb
calbS2
1.0
0.38
0.076
0.038
These calibration factors were subsequently entered into the model computer
code.
6.4 INORGANIC MODEL CALIBRATION
The procedure used to calibrate the FATE Model for inorganic compounds is
described in subsequent sections.
6.4.1 Fate Model Predictions
Fate's inorganic model is specifically intended for activated sludge wastewater
treatment systems that employ primary and secondary clarifiers.
of the inorganic model was detailed in Section 3.2.
The development
The inorganic model requires ten input parameters; seven are facility-specific,
two are compound-specific, and one is both compound and facility-specific.
These input parameters are listed in Table 6-4.
The inorganic model predicts six output parameters; effluent concentrations from
the primary and secondary clarifiers, and removal rates of the selected compound
in each clarifier. In addition, removal efficiencies are also computed. These
output parameters are also presented in Table 6-4. Two of the six model outputs
require calibration for the model to be considered valid; specifically the two
predicted removal rates. Calibration of the removal rates will result in
calibration of all other output parameters since the remaining output parameter
values are dependent on the removal rates.
6.4.2 Actual Observations
The data required for model calibration was collected from a variety of sources,
as described in Section 6.2. The collected data provided inputs to FATE in
order to predict removal rates and effluent concentration for each set of input
data. These model predictions were compared to actual observations of removal
rates and effluent concentrations provided by the collected data. All data
sources used to calibrate FATE provided observations of all the FATE input
parameters. None of the data sources provided observations of the FATE removal
900513-mil
B6-17
-------
TABLE 6-4
FATE Inorganic Model Inputs and Outputs
Model Inputs
Q
Qo
QP
Qw
p
xv
Influent flow rate to primary clarifier
Flow rate between primary and secondary clarifiers
Primary clarifier wasted sludge flow rate
Secondary clarifier wasted sludge flow rate
Concentration of mixed liquor suspended .solids
Concentration of cells in wasted primary sludge
Concentration of cells in wasted secondary sludge
Influent concentration of pollutant to primary clarifier
Primary clarifier calibration factor of pollutant
Secondary clarifier calibration factor of pollutant
Model Outputs
Mt.PE
Mt.SE
ratei
rate2
% removali
% remova!2
% removal
Primary clarifier effluent concentration
Secondary clarifier effluent concentration
Mass removal rate of pollutant in primary clarifier
Mass removal rate of pollutant in secondary clarifier
Percent of pollutant removed in primary clarifier
Percent of pollutant removed in secondary clarifier
Percent of pollutant removed in POTW
900606-mll
B6-18
-------
rates that require calibration. However, all the data sources did provide
observations of POTW effluent concentrations. Because observations of the two
removal rates were not provided, FATE could not be calibrated by each removal
rate. Nevertheless, the availability of effluent concentration data allowed
FATE to be calibrated for total removal. Calibration of each removal rate was
conducted by best engineering judgement.
6.4.3 Calibration
The calibration of the inoganics model is a relatively simple process. Since
the model is based on an empirical relationship between removal of a metal and
removal of volatile suspended solids (VSS), calibration factors are already
included. However, because actual observations of primary clarifier effluent
concentrations did not exist, linear regression analysis could not be used to
determine the compound-specific calibration factors, Bp and Bs. Instead, the
factors were determined iteratively to accomplish calibration of the total
removal rate and estimate primary and secondary removal rates to agree with best
engineering judgement.
The calibration process began by entering actual observations of model input
data into FATE, which then predicted two removal rates and an effluent
concentration for each set of input data. Statistical distributions of the
model predictions and corresponding actual observations were subsequently
evaluated and residuals computed. The residuals were evaluated for statistical
distributions and dependencies on input parameters. Finally, the calibration
factors were estimated from statistical evaluations of the residuals and best
engineering judgemeent.
6.4.4 Calibration Model Runs
Actual observations of facility parameters were entered into a facility data
base that included the facility name, the pollutant observed, all facility input
parameters (see Table 6-4), influent concentration, and effluent concentration.
Compound input parameters, Bp and Bs, were stored in the FATE inorganic data
base. The model was then run with Bp and Bs set at iteratively determined
values.
The model output was formatted such that the model predictions were listed
alongside the facility name, pollutant observed, the facility input parameters,
and the actual observations of influent and effluent concentrations. The output
was subsequently imported into SYSTAT (Systat, Inc., 1989) for statistical
evaluation.
6.A.5 Statistical Evaluation
6.4.5.1 Method. The objectives of the statistical evaluation were to
demonstrate calibration of the FATE predicted effluent concentration with
measured effluent concentration and demonstrate that removal rates for each
clarifier agreed with best engineering judgement.
900513-mil
B6-19
-------
The first step in the calibration demonstration was the evaluation of the
distribution of the predicted and measured effluent concentrations. After the
evaluation was completed, the residual was defined and computed for each case.
The residual was evaluated for normality and the mean and variance subsequently
computed. Calibration was demonstrated when the mean of the residuals equaled
zero.
In some cases, measured effluent concentrations were reported as not detected.
For the purpose of calibration, these concentrations were assumed to equal half
the reported detection limit. A few cases reported measured .effluent
concentrations greater than measured influent concentrations. These cases were
rejected on the basis that they violated mass balances.
The agreement of removal rates with best engineering judgement was demonstrated
by analyzing the contribution of each removal mechanism to the total removal
rate. The contributions were defined as
fi -'ratei/ratetotai
f2 - rate2/ratetotai
Where f - fraction of total removal, and
ratei - removal in the primary clarifier
rate2 - removal in the secondary clarifier
ratetotai - ratei + rate2
The Bp and Bs factors for eight of the fourteen metals were initially set equal
to those determined by Patterson and Kodukula. Residuals and contributions were
computed for the first iteration. For the eight metals, the contributions
computed in the first iteration were assumed valid. Thus, the calibration of a
metal was considered complete when the mean of the residuals equaled zero and
the contributions equaled those of the first iteration. Based on the results of
the first eight metals, the remaining six metals were considered calibrated when
the residuals equaled zero, the primary removal contribution was 70%, and the
secondary removal contribution was 30%.
6.4.5.2 Results-Calibrated Model. The lognormal distribution adequately
characterized the measured and predicted effluent concentration data.
Probability plots of the measured and predicted effluent concentration data are
presented in Figures 6-6 and 6-7, respectively. The residuals were computed in
accordance with Equation (45). The normal distribution adquately characterized
the distribution of the residuals with a mean of -1.9 x 10"4 and a standard
deviation of 0.48. The mean was sufficiently close to zero given the standard
deviation of the residuals (coefficient of variation - 2,500). The probability
plot of the residuals is presented in Figure 6-8.
Boxplots of the residuals by compound are presented in Figure 6-9, while bar
Charts of the removal contributions by compound are presented in Figure 6-10.
The boxplots indicate that each of the fourteen metals is calibrated. The bar
chart indicates that primary clarifier removal is dominant, with contributions
ranging from 55 percent to 87 percent.
900513-mll
B6-20
-------
Figure 6-6
Probability Plot of Measured Effiuent Concentration
Inorganics
-4 -3 -2 -1
-6
B6-21
-------
Figure 6-7
Probability Plot of Predicted Effluent Concentration
Inorganics
Calibrated Model
CD
o -
-1 -
4)
U
I -
4-1
e
UJ
a
o
2 -4
Ul
-5 -
-4
-3 -2-10 1
Expected Value
B6-22
-------
Figure 6-8
Probability Plot of FATE Residuals
JO
a
I
•9
I
-1" -
-2
-4
Inorganics
Calibrated Model
-3 -2
-1 o 1
Expected Value
B6-23
-------
Figure 6-9
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Inorganics
Calibrated Model
I '
T3
"3
, o
i-,
-2
-3
-4
-6
I
6
* 95% Confidence Interval
._-______.*_
*
O
Afl Al A» B« Cd Cr Cu F« Hfl Mn HI Pb Sb Zn
Compound
B6-24
-------
Figure 6-10
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Clarifier
Inorganics
Calibrated Model
•a
o>
100
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
w
«9
"I 50
§ 40
o
5
0.
30 -
20 -
10 -
Ag Al A* B* Cd Cr Cu F» Hfl Mn Nl Pb Sb Zn
Secondary Clarifier
Primary Clarifier
B6-25
-------
The final calibration coefficients for each metal are listed in Table 6-5.
These factors were subsequently entered into the inorganics database.
Evaluation of the inorganic residual indicated a dependency existed between the
residual and each facility. The residual was evaluated against each of the
facility input parameters for correlation. Strong dependencies were not
demonstrated with the input parameters, although the residual was somewhat
dependent on solids concentrations. Unfortunately, parameters such as pH and pE
were not available for evaluation.
The calibrated model does not account for the dependence of the residuals on
facility parameters. Revising the model equations could not be justified in the
absence of pH and other facility parameters. Additionally, the random error of
the inorganics model is smaller in magnitude than that of the organics model,
indicating the inorganics model is more precise.
6.5 VALIDATION '
The purpose of model validation is to demonstrate that the calibrated model is
statistically valid for facilities not included in the calibration process. The
validation process evaluates the mean of the measured and predicted effluent
concentration for significanct differences. If significant differences are not
indicated, the model is considered valid for the additional facilities.
Data from three facilities not included in the calibration database were used
for model validation. Input parameters were stored in appropriate databases and
entered into FATE with the calibration factors established in Sections 6.3 and
6.4. The data distributions were evaluated to determine whether parametric
comparisons could be conducted.
6.5.1 Results - Organic Model
The lognormal distribution adequately characterized both measured and predicted
concentrations. The data was transformed to logarithmic concentrations and a z-
test was used to compare the means.
The z-test compares a computed z-statistic with critical z-values based on a
selected error rate. Assuming the error rate equals 0.10, the lower and upper
critical z-values are -1.645 and 1.645, respectively. The z-statistic is
computed from
Z -
-------
TABLE 6-5
Inorganics Model Calibration Factors
Compound
Aluminum (Al)
Antimony (Sb)
Arsenic (As)
Barium (Ba)
Cadmium (Cd)
Chromium (Cr)
Copper (Cu)
Iron (Fe)
Lead (Pb)
Manganese (Mn)
Mercury (Hg)
Nickel (Ni)
Silver (Ag)
Zinc (Zn)
Bp
46.4
127
150
90
60
50
110
59
59
217
150
130
36
135
Bs
30.4
80
130
64
83
124
50
37
88
193
115
1,000
20
62
900606-mil
B6-27
-------
variance of log-transformed predicted values,
Nmeas ~ number of measured values, and
Nprod - number of predicted values.
The computed z-statistic was -0.144, which lies between the critical z-values.
Thus, the z-test indicates the means are not significantly different. The
result demonstrates that FATE's organic model is valid for the additional
facilities.
6.5.2 Results - Inorganic Model
The lognormal distribution adequately characterized both measured and predicted
concentrations. The data was transformed to logarithmic concentrations and a z-
test was used to compare the means.
The computed z-statistic was 1.006, which lies between the critical z-values.
Thus, the z-test indicates the means are not significantly different. The
result demonstrates that FATE's inorganic model is valid for the additional
facilities.
6.6 MODEL PRECISION
The calibration process minimized the differences between measured and predicted
effluent concentrations. Validation verified that the differences were
acceptable given the precision of the model. Because model validation is
sensitive to model precision, discussion of model preci'sion is essential to
understanding the ability of the model to produce accurate results.
6.6.1 Precision Evaluation Procedure
The standard deviation of the residuals is a measure of model precision because
it allows the user to estimate the probability that the model will predict an
effluent concentration within a certain range about the measured value. A small
deviation indicates a precise model since it indicates the model has a high
probability of producing a result close to the measured value. Conversely, a
large deviation indicates an imprecise model since it indicates the model has a
low probability of producing a result close to the measured value.
Thfe probability that a predicted value will fall within a specified interval
about the measured value is estimated by first computing a quantile of the
standard normal distribution, Zp.
900513-mil
B6-28
-------
Zp -
- E)/
-------
TABLE 6-6
ORGANIC MODEL PRECISION
Probability (P) that Predicted
Effluent Value Falls Within Interval
Interval of
Predicted Values
30%
46%
56%
63%
72%
80%
91%
96%
99%
Spred * 2 tO Spred X 2
Spred * 3 tO Spred X 3
Spred * 4 to Spred X 4
Spred ~^~ ^ **O £>pred X J -
Spred * 7 tO Spred X 7
Spred * 10 to Spred X 10
Spred + 20 tO Spred X 20
Spred * 40 tO Spred X 40
Spred + 80 to Spred X 80
2
3
4
5
7
10
20
40
80
900513T-mll
B6-30
-------
was a factor of 10 less than the measured effluent concentration
then the predicted percent removal is 99.9 percent.
(Spred - 0.001
6 .6 . 3 Precision Evaluation Results - Inorganic Model
Calibration of the inorganic model produced residuals with a mean of -0.0001911
and a standard deviation of 0.482. Values of Ep and P are presented in Table 6-
7.
The results show the inorganic model is more precise than the organics model;
the model Is expected to predict a value within an order of magnitude of the
measured result with a probability of 96 percent. The 99 percent probability
interval Is achieved with a factor of 20.
The greater precision of the inorganic model is substantially attributable to
the calibration of each metal individually. Since the organic model was not
calibrated by compound, more random error is inherently incorporated in the
model. Nevertheless, the inorganic model also lacks precision which affects the
percent removal computations. Assuming a measured percent removal of 99 percent
and the predicted effluent concentration was a factor of 4 greater than the
measured effluent concentration (Sprea - 0.04 Si), then the predicted removal is
only 96 percent. Conversely, if the predicted effluent concentration was a
factor of 4 less than the measured effluent concentration (Spred - 0.0025 Si)
then the predicted percent removal is 99.8 percent.
900513-mll
B6-31
-------
TABLE 6-7
INORGANIC MODEL PRECISION
Probability (P) that Predicted
Effluent Value Falls Within Interval
Interval of
Predicted Values
10EP
47%
68%
79%
86%
92%
96%
99%
+ 2 to Spred X 2
Spred "*" 3 to Spred x 3
Spred -5- 4 to Spred X 4
Spred * 5 to Spred X 5
Spred * 7 to Spred X 7
Spred * 10 tO Spred X 10
Spred * 20 to Spred X 20
2
3
4
5
7
10
20
900513T-mll
B6-32
-------
7.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The FATE model evaluates the fate of various organic and inorganic pollutants
discharged to conventional activated sludge POTWs. The model was designed to
assist POTW operators and feasibility study writers in evaluating the fate and
treatability of pollutants discharged to POTWs. Since organic and inorganic
compounds are removed by different physical and chemical processes in a POTW,
FATE consists of separate models for organic fate analysis and inorganic fate
analysis. The FATE organic and inorganic models were developed based on models
developed by Namkung and Rittman (1987) and Patterson and Kodukula (1984),
respectively. The organic model approach assumes significant removal of organic
compounds in only the primary clarifier(s) and aeration basin(s)/secondary
clarifier(s). Removal mechanisms are assumed to be only sorption in the primary
system and volatilization (by stripping), sorption, and biodegradation in the
secondary systems. The inorganics model relates total metals removal in a
wastestream to the organic volatile suspended solids removal in the primary and
secondary clarifiers.
Both the FATE organic and inorganic models were calibrated and validated using
analytical data collected from a USEPA study (USEPA, 1982) and a number of
operating conventional activated sludge treatment plants. All of the sources
provided observations of POTW influent and effluent concentrations which allowed
FATE to be calibrated for total removal. However, because observations of the
four organic removal mechanisms and inorganic removal rates in the primary and
secondary clarifiers were not available, calibration of the removal mechanisms
and rates was conducted using best engineering judgement.
Calibration of the organics model was demonstrated when, after adjusting
calibration factors, the mean of the computed residuals (measure of error
between predicted and measured effluent concentration) equaled zero and the
removal mechanism contributions agreed with best engineering judgement.
Analysis of the results indicated that the contributions of each removal
mechanism are generally consistent with best engineering judgement. The
organics model does, however, tend to slightly overpredict total removal for
compounds primarily removed by sorption and slightly underpredicts removal for
compounds primarily removed by volatilization and biodegradation. Validation of
the organics model was conducted using the z-test. The results demonstrated
that FATE's organic model is valid for the facilities used in the process.
Calibration of FATE's inorganic model was based on an empirical relationship
between removal of a specific metal and removal of VSS. The mean of the
residuals computed was found to be sufficiently close to zero and thus
demonstrated calibration. The results indicate that primary clarifier removal
is dominant. The results of validation of the inorganics model using the z-test
also demonstrated that FATE's inorganic model is valid for the facilities used
in the process.
Finally, the precision of each model was evaluated. The results indicated that
the organic model lacks precision; the model is only expected to predict an
effluent concentration within an order of magnitude of the measured result with
a. probability of 80 percent. The inorganic model was found to be more precise;
900513-rail
B7-1
-------
the model is expected to predict an effluent concentration within an order of
magnitude of the measured result with a probability of 96 percent.
The lower precision of the organic model is primarily due to the lack of
calibration on a compound-specific basis. Calibration by compound would have
reduced the error of the organic model by eliminating bias attributed to KQW and
reducing the bias associated with the large proportion of undetected effluent
concentrations. The inorganic model was more precise because it was calibrated
by compound.
In summary, FATE adequately predicts the fate of various organic and inorganic
compounds in conventional activated sludge POTWs. Although the models lack
precision, they can be used to predict a reasonable preliminary estimate of the
overall fate of the compounds in a POTW and to indicate the dominant removal
processes during treatment.
900513-mil
B7-2
-------
REFERENCES
Arbuckle, W.B., 1983. "Estimating Activity Coefficients for Use in Calculating
Environmental Parameters," Environmental Science and Technology. Vol. 17,
p. 537-542.
Barton, D.A., 1987. "Intermedia Transport of Organic Compounds in Biological
Wastewater Treatment Processes," Environmental Progress. Vol. 6, p. 246-
256.
Anthony, R.M., and L.H. Breimhurst, 1981. "Determining Maximum Influent
Concentrations of Priority Pollutants for Treatment Plants," Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation. Vol. 53, No. 10, p. 1457-1468.
Blackburn, J.W. , et al., 1985. "Organic Chemical Fate Prediction in Activated
Sludge Treatment Processes," EPA-600/2-85/102.
Blackburn, J. W., et al., 1987. "Prediction of Organic Chemical Fates in
Biological Treatment Systems," Environmental Progress. Vol. 6., No. 4, p.
217-223.
Clark, B., 1986. "A Predictive Fate Model for Organic Chemicals in a Water
Pollution Control Plant," Master's Thesis, Department of Chemical
Engineering, University of Toronto.
Dobbs, R.A. , L. Wang, and R. Govind, 1989. "Sorption of Toxic Organic Compounds
on Wastewater Solids: Correlation with Fundamental Properties,"
Environmental Science and Technology. Vol. 23, p. 1092-1097.
E.G. Jordan Co., 1990. "Draft Sensitivity Analysis, E.G. Jordan FATE Model and
University of Cincinnati Model".
Fu, J.K. , C. Brooks, and R. G. Luthy, 1986. "AROSOL, Aromatic Solute Solubility
in Solvent/Water Mixtures," Departments of Civil Engineering and Chemistry,
Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA.
Lovejoy, D., Wastewater Engineer, 1989. Personal communication, C-EE, Portland,
Maine.
Lyman, W. J., and D. H. Rosenblatt, 1982. Handbook of Chemical Property
Estimation Methods. Mc-Graw Hill Book Co., New York, New York.
Matter-Muller, C. et al., 1980. "Noribiological Elimination Mechanisms in a
Biological Sewage Treatment Plant, "Progress in Water Technology. Vol. 12,
p. 299-314.
Namkung, E., and B. E. Rittmann, 1987. "Estimating Volatile Organic Compound
Emissions from Publicly Owned Treatment Plant," Journal Water Pollution
Control Federation. Vol. 59, 670-678.
900513-mil
-------
Nelson, Peter 0., Ann K. Chung, and Mary C. Hudson, 1982. "Factors Affecting
Fate of Heavy Metals in the Activated Sludge Processf" Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation. Vol. 53, No. 8, p. 1323-1333.
Neufeld, Ronald D., Jorge Gutierrez, and Richard A. Novak, 1977. "A Kinetic
Model and Equilibrium Relationship for Heavy Metal Accumulation,11 Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Federation, p. 489-498.
Patterson, James W., and Prasad S. Kodukula, 1984. "Metals Distribution in
Activated Sludge Systems," Journal of the Water Pollution Control
Federation. Vol. 56, No. 5, p. 432-441.
Petrasek, A.C. et al., 1983. "Fate of Toxic Organic Compounds in Wastewater
Treatment Plants," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation. Vol. 55, p.
1286-1296.
Rittmann, B.E., D. Jackson, and S. L. Storck, 1988. "Potential for Treatment of
Hazardous Organic Chemicals with Biological Process," in Biotreatment
Systems. (Ed.) D. L. Wise, p. 15-64, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida.
Russel, L.L., Cain, C. B., and Jenkins, D.I., 1983. "Impact of Priority
Pollutants on Publicly Owned Treatment Works Processes: A Literature
Review"; in Proceedings of the 27th Industrial Waste Conference; Ann Arbor
Publishing; Ann Arbor, Michigan; p. 871-883.
Tabak, H.H., S.A. Quave, C.I. Mashni, and E. F. Earth, 1981. "Biodegradability
Studies with Organic Priority Pollutants," Journal of the Water Pollution
Control Federation. Vol. 53, No. 10, p. 1503-1581.
USEPA, 1982. "Fate of Priority Toxic Pollutants in Publicly-Owned Treatment
Plants", USEPA/440/1-82/303, Washington, D.C.
USEPA, 1984. "Selected Background Documents for the Notice of Data Availability
for the BCT Methodology," USEPA 440/2-84-017, Washington, D.C.
«
USEPA, 1987a. "Guidance Manual for Preventing Interference at POTWs," Office of
Water Enforcement and Permits, USEPA Contract No. 68-03-1821, September
1987.
USEPA, 1987b. "Guidance Manual on the Development and Implementation of Local
Discharge Limits Under the Pretreatment Program," Office of Water
Enforcement and Permits, USEPA Contract No. 68-01-7043, Vols. I and II,
Washington, D.C.
USEPA, 1989. "Resolution on Use of Mathematical Models by EPA for Regulatory
Assessment and Decision-Making," EPA-SAB-EEC-89-012, Washington, D.C.
Verschueren, K., 1977. Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic Chemicals. Van
Nostrand Reinhold Company.
900513-mil
-------
Viessman, W. Jr., and M. J. Hammer, 1985. Water Supply and Pollution Control.
4th Ed., Harper and Row Publishers, New York, New York.
Volskay, V.T. and Grady, C.P.L., 1988. "Toxicity of Selected RCRA Compounds to
Activated Sludge Microorganisms," Journal of the Water Pollution Control
Federation, Vol. 60, No. 10, p. 1850-1856.
WPCF and ASCE, 1982. Wastewater Treatment Plant Design. Lancaster Press, Inc.,
Lancaster, Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
900513-mil
-------
ATTACHMENT A
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION TECHNIQUES
900513-mll
-------
-------
CODE
A
B
C
D
E
F
SOURCE
BODs/COD ratios reported in Lyman, W.G., and D.H. Rosenblatt,
1982. Handbook of Chemical Property Estimation Methods.
McGraw Hill Book Co. , New York, New York.
COD rate of removal reported in Lyman, 1982.
USEPA, 1987b. "Guidance Manual on the Development and
Implementation of Local Discharge Limits Under the
Pretreatment Program," Office of Water Enforcement and
Permits, USEPA Contract No. 68-01-7043, Vols. I and II,
Washington, D.C.
Table 5-1, Rules of Thumb for Biodegradability. Lyman,
1982.
Estimated based on compound functional group(s).
Estimated based on compound class.
900513-mll
-------
-------
Page No.
05/24/90
USEPA FATE MODEL
•BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
COMPOUND
1,1'-Biphenyl-4,41-diamine, 3,3'-dimethoxy
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
1,1-D i chloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethene
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,4,7,8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,6,7,8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,7,8,9-Hexachtorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3,7,8-Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene
1,2,3-Trichloropropane
1,2,3-Trimethoxybenzene
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester
1,2-D i bromoethane
1,2-D i chIorobenzene
1,2-D i chIoroethane
1,2-DichIoropropane
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine
1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N'-2pyridinyl-N'-(2-
1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane
1,3,5-Tr.ithiane
1,3-Benzenediamine, 4-methyl-
1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)-
1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro-
1,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
1,3-Dichloropropane
ESTIMATED
BIOOEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-4.000
-3.000
-4.000
,-2.300
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.300
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.300
-2.300
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
SOURCE
CODE
f
C
A,C
C
C
A,C
E
E
E
E
E
E •
E
E'
E
E
C
A,C
E
E
C
A,C
C
E
f
E
F
E
E
E
E
C
E
-------
Page No.
05/24/90
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
COMPOUND
1,3-DJnitrobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dioxanc
1,4-Naphthoquinone
1,5-Naphthalenediacnine
l-Bromo-2-chlorobenzene
1-Bromo-3-chlorobenzene
1-Chloro-3-nitrobenzene
1-Hethylfluorene
1-Hethytphenanthrene
1-Naphthytaim'ne
1-Phenylnaphthalene
1-Propene, 3-chloro-
17-alpha-19-Norpregna-1,3,5(10)-trien-20-yn-17-ol, 3-
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
2,3,6-Trichtorophenol
2,3-Benzofluorene
2,3-Dichloroaniline
ft
2,3-Dichloronitrobenzene
2,4,5-T \ Weedone \ Acetic acid, 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy-
2,4,5-TP \ Silvex
2,4,5-Trich lore-phenol
2,4,6-Trichtorophenot
2,4-D \ Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,4-Dimethylphenol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
2,6-Dichlorophenol
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
2,6-di-tert-Butyl-p-benzoquinone
2,6-dichloro-4-nitroaniline
2,7-Diroethytphenanthrene
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-4.000
-3.000
-4.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-2.300
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-4.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.300
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-3.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-1.000
-2.000
-1.000
-3.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.300
-4.000
-2.300
SOURCE
CODE
B
C
A
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
B
E
E
F
E
E
/E
E
E
D
D
E
C
A,C,
C
C
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
-------
Page Uo.
05/24/90
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
COMPOUND
2-(Methylthio)benzothiazole
2-Butanone
2-Butenal
2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro (mixture of cis and trans)
2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene =*•
2-Chloroethylvinyl ether
2-Chloronaphthalene
2-Chlorophenol
2-Hexanone
2-Isopropylnaphthalene
2-Methylbenzothioazole
2-Methylnaphthalene
2-Nftroaniline
2-Nitrophenol
2-Phenylnaphthalene
2-Picoline
2-Propanone
2-Prppen-1-o1
2-Propenal
2-Propenenitrile
2-Propenenitrile, ^-methyl-
3,3'-Dichloro-4,4'-dianiinodiphenyl ether
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
3,6-Dimethylphenanthrene
3-Nitroaniline
4,4'-DDD/Benzene,
1f1'-(2,2-dichloroethylidene>bis[4-chloro-
4,4'-DDE/Benzene,
1,1'-(dichloroethenlyidine)bis[4-chloro
4,4'-DDT/Benzene,
1,1'-<2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)
4,5-dimethyl phenanthrene
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
4-Chloro-2-nitroamline
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-2.000
-1.000
-2.300
-3.000
-3.000
-4.000
-2.300
-1.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.300
-2.300
-4.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.300
-1.300
-2.300
-2.300
-2.300
-3.000
-4.000
-3.000
-2.300
-4.000
-2.300
SOURCE
CODE
E
A,C
D
E
E
D
E
C
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
A
A
F
A,C
E
D
E
E
- E
E
-2.300
-2.300
-4.000
-2.300
-4.000
-4.000
-------
Page Ho.
05/24/90
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIOOEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES ,
COMPOUND
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
4-Chlorophenytphenyl ether
4-Hcthyl-2-pentanone
4-Hftrophenol
5-Nitro-o-toluidine
6,9-Hethano-2,3,4-benzodioxathiepin, 6,7
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene
Accnaphthene
Acenaphthylene
Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-
Alachlor \ Hetachlor \ Lasso
Aldrin
Asroonium, (4-(p-(dimethylamino)-alpha-phenylbenzyli
An!line, 2,4,5-trimethyl-
Anthracene
Azinphos-ethyl \ Ethyl Guthion
Azinphos-methyt \ Guthion
Benz[jjaceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl-
Bcnzanthrone
Benzcnamine
Benzenamine, 4-chloro-
Benzenamine, H,N-dimethyl-4-(pehnylazo)-
Benzene
Benzenethiol
Benzidine
Benzo(8)anthracene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
Benzo(ghi)perylene
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
Benzoic acid
Benzonitrile, 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxy-
Benzyl alcohol
ESTIMATED
BIOOEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-1.000
-4.000
-3.000
-2.000
-4.000
-4.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
-3.300
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.300
-1.300
-3.000
-4.000
-2.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.300
-2.300
-2.300
-2.300
-1.000
-3.000
-2.000
SOURCE
CODE
C
D
A
E
E
F
E
E
C
F
F
E
E
E
"E
D
D
E
E
A,B
B
E
A,C
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
A
F
D
-------
Page Uo.
05/24/90
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
COMPOUND
Biphenyl
Biphenyl, 4-nitro
BromodichIoromethane
Bromomethane
Busan 85
Butyl benzyl phthalate
Camphechlor
Captafol \ Difolatan
Captan
Carbamic acid, dimethyldithio-, sodium salt
Carbamic acid, methyldithio-, monopotassium salt
Carbazole
Carbon disulfide
Carbophenothion \ Trithion
Chlordane
Chlorfenvinphos \ Supona
1
Chloroacetonitrile
Chlorobenzene
Chlorobenzilate \ Ethyl-4,4'-dichlorobenzilate
Chloroethane
Chloroform
Chloromethane
Chloropicrin
Chlorpyrifos \ Dursban
Chrysene
Coumaphos \ Co-Ral
Crotoxyphos \ Ciodrin
Cygon \ Dimethoate
DNBP \ Dinoseb \ 2-sec-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
Demeton \ Systox
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Di-n-propylnitrosamine
Dial late \ Avadex
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-2.300
-3.000
-3.300
-3.000
-2.000
-1.000
-3.300
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
"" -2.000
-2.000
-4.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.300
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-4.000
-2.000
SOURCE
CODE
E
E
E
A,C
F
C
F
E
E
D
D
F
C
D
C
D
E
A,C
D
C
A,B,C
A,C
E
D
F
E
D
D
E
D
C
E
D
-------
Page No. 6
05/24/90
COMPOUND
Diazinon \ Spectracfde
Dibcnzo(o,h)anthracene
Dibenzotb.e] t1,4]dfoxfn, 2,3,7,
Dibenzofuran
Dibenzothiophene
Dibromoch loromethane
Dibronxxnethane
Dfchlone \ Phygon
Dichlocoiodomethane
Dichlorvos \ DDVP
Dicrotophos \ Bidrin
Dfeldrin
Dicthyl ether
Diethyl phthalate
Dimethyl sulfone
Dinex \ DN-111 \ 2-Cyclohexyl-4
Dioxathion
Diphenyl ether
Diphcny I online
Diphenyldisulfide
Disulfoton
EPN \ Santox
Endrin
Endrin aldehyde
Endrine ketone
Ethane, pentachloro-
Ethaneth i oami de
Ethanone, 1-phenyl
Ethion \ Bladan
Ethyl cyanide
Ethyl methacrylate
Ethylbenzene
Ethylenefaisdithiocarbamic acid.
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-2.000
-3.000
8-tetrachloro- -4.000
-2.300
-2.300
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.300
-2.000
-2.000
-2.300
-4.000
-1.000
-3.000
,6-dinitrophenol -3.000
-2.000
-4.000
-3.300
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-2.300
-1.300
salts and esters -2.000
SOURCE
CODE
D
E
E
E
E
E
A,C
E
E
D
D
E
D
C
E
E
D
D
E
E
D
D
C
D
D
E
E
E
D
E
D
A,C
D
-------
Page No.
05/24/90
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
ESTIMATED
COMPOUND
Ethyleneth i ourea
Famphur \ Famophos
Fensulfothion \ Desanit
Fenthion \ Baytex
Fluoranthene
Fluorene
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
HexachIorobenzene
HexachIorobutadiene
Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Hexach L orodi benzofurans
HexachLoroethane •
Hexachloropropene
Hexamethylphosphoramide \ HMPA
Hexanoic acid
Indenod ,2,3-cd)pyrene
lodomethane
Isobutyl alcohol
Isodrin (Stereoisomer of Aldrin)
I sophorone
Kepone
Leptophos \ Phosvel
Lindane \ gamma-BHC \ Hexachlorocyclohexane (gamma)
Longifolene
Malath ion \ Sumitox
Maneb \ Vancide
Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester
Methoxychlor
Methyl methacrylate
Methyl methanesulfonate
Methyl'parathion \ Parathion-methyl \ Metaphos
Methylene chloride
BIODEGRADATION \
RATE CONSTANT
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
-4.000
-4.000
-3.000
-3.000
-4.000
-4.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-3.000
-1.000
-2.000
-2.000
-4.000
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
SOURCE
CODE
E
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
E
C
E
E
C
E
F
D
F
D
A,C
E
E
E
D
E
F
D
D
D
C
A
D
D
A,C
-------
Page No.
05/24/90
COMPOUND
Hevinphos \ Phosdrin
Hirex \ Dechlorane
Honocrotophos \ Azodrin
H,H-Dimethylformaimde
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine
H-Hitrosodiethylamine
H-Hitrosodimethylamine
H-Nitrosodiphenylamine
H-Hitrosomethylethylamine
H-Hitrosomethylphenylamine
H-Nitrosomorpholine
H-Hitrosopiperidine
Habara
Haled \ Dibrom
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
Nitrofen \ TDK
PCB-1016
PCB-1221
PCB-1232
PCB-1242
PCB-1248
PCB-1254
PCB-1260
PCNB \ Terraclor \ Quintozene
Parathion \ Parathion, ethyl
Pentachlorobenzene
Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Pentachlorodi benzofurans
Pentachlorophenol
Pentamethylbenzene
Perylene
Phenanthrene
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-2.000
-4.000
-2.000
-1.300
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-4.000
-3.300
-3.300
-3.300
-3.300
-3.300
-3.300
-3.300
-3.300
-2.000
-3.000
-4.000
-4.000
-2.000
-4.000
-2.300
-2.300
SOURCE
CODE
D
E
D
A
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
D
A,C
A,C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C .
F
D
E
E
E
C
E
F
E
-------
Page No.
05/24/90
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
COMPOUND
Phenol
Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro-
Phenothiazine
Phorate \ Thimet
Phosacetin
Phosmet \ Imidan
Phosphamidon \ Dimecron
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0,5-triethyl ester
Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl S-methyl ester
Pronamide \ Kerb
Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro-
Pyrene
Pyridine
Resorcinol
Safrole
Squalene
Styrene
Sulfotepp \ Bladafum \ Tetraethyldithlopyrophosphate
Sulfurous acid, 2-chloroethyl-, 2-I4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)
TEPP \ Phosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester
Terbufos \ Counter
Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Tetrachlorodibenzofurans
Tetrachloroethene
Tetrachloromethane
Tetrachlorvinphos \ Gardona
Thianaphthene
Thiodan I
Thiodan II
Thioxanthe-9-one
Thiram \ Thiuram \ Arasan
Toluene
Total xylenes
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-1.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.300
-2.000
-1.000
-2.300
-3.000
-2.300
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-4.000
-4.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.300
-3.300
-3.300
-3.000
-2.000
-1.300
-2.300
SOURCE
CODE
A,B,C
E
F
D
D
b
D
D
D
D
E
E
A,C
B
F
F
A
D
D,E
F
D
E
E
C,D
A,C
D
. E
F
F
F
F
A,C
E
-------
Page No. 10
05/24/90
COMPOUND
Tribromomethane
Trichloroethene
Trichlorofluoromethane
Trichlorofon \ Dylox
Trfcresylphosphate \ TCP \ TOCP
Trifluralin \ Treflan
Trimethylphosphate
Triphenylene
Tripropylcneglycol methyl ether
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl chloride
Zineb \ Dithane Z
Zinophos \ Thionazin
Ziram \ Cymate
[1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-amine
alpha-BHC
alpha-Terpineol
beta-BHC
beta-Haphthylamlne
bis(E-Chloroethoxy)methane
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether
bis(2-Ethylhexyl) phthalate
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
delta-BHC
m-Cresol
n-Decane
n-Docosane
n-Dodecane
n-Eicosane
n-Hcxacosane
n-Hexadecane
n-Octacosane
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.300
-3.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.000
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-4.000
-2.000
-3.000
-2.000
-1.000
-2.300
-2.300
-2.300
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
SOURCE
CODE
C
C,D
A.C
D
D
E
D
F
D
A,B
A,B
D
F
F
D
E
F
E
D
C
D
D
C
E
E
A
D
D
D'
D
D
D
D
-------
Page No.
05/24/90
COMPOUND
11
USEPA FATE MODEL
BIODEGRADATION RATE CONSTANT
ESTIMATION SOURCES
n-Octadecane
n-Tetracosane
n-Tetradecane
n-Triacontane
o + p xylene
o,p'-DDT
o-Anisidine
o-Cresol
o-Toluidine
o-Toluidine, 5-chloro-
p-Cresol
p-Cymene
p-Nitroaniline
trans-1,2-D i chloroethene
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
ESTIMATED
BIODEGRADATION
RATE CONSTANT
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-2.000
-2.300
-2.300
-2.300
-1.000
-3.000
-3.000
-1.000
-2.000
-4.000
-3.000
-3.000
-3.000
SOURCE
CODE
D
D
D
D
A
F
F
A
E
E
A
E
B
C.D
E
E
-------
-------
ATTACHMENT B
MODEL CALIBRATION PLOTS
900513-mll
-------
-------
Figure B-1
Probability Plot of Measured Effluent Concentration
-1 -
TO
3 -2 -
c
o
o
o
5= -4
*• ^
111
O)
•o
s-
CO
0
-6
-7
-4 -3 -2 -1 O 1
Expected Value
-------
Figure B-2
Probability Plot of Predicted Effluent Concentration
Uncalibrated Model
-4 -3 -2 -1
-------
Figure B-3
Probability Plot of Predicted Effluent Concentration
Calibrated Model
-1
D>
S
o
o
J -3
UJ
0>
_o
•o,
0
ol
UJ
-4 -
-6 -
-7
-4
-3 -2
-10 1
Expected Value
-------
Figure B-4
Probability Plot of FATE Residuals
Uncalibrated Model
6
.2
"eo
T3
«
lo
-2
-4
-4-3-2-10 1 2 3 4
Expected Value
-------
Figure B-5
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Aromatic Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
-95% Confidence Interval
M
5 °
ui
5 -,
-2
-3
-4
-5
1
T
T
1
1
1
T
100414 108883 71432
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-6
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Aromatic Compounds
Calibrated Model
1
I
i-
-3
-6 -
T
95% Confidence Interval
T
l
I
_L
T
100414 108883 71432
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-7
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Aromatic Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
•o
o
5
o
cc
»
(0
(0
o
o
o
0.
100
90
80 -
70 -
60 -
SO -
40 -
30 -
20 -
1O -
100414 108883 71432
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-8
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Aromatic Compounds
Calibrated Model
•a
§
o
o
cc
<0
CO
a
o
**
o
a.
100
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
4O -
3O -
2O -
10 -
100414 108883 71432
Compound CAS Number
Blodegradation, Secondary Clarlfler
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-9
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Halogenated Volatile Organic Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
5 -
4 -95% Confidence Interval
3 -
1 1
2
"5
Ul
S-
-3
-4
-6
-6
\ \
*
*
I I I
J I
I I I I I I
I I I I
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-10
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Halogenated Volatile Organic Compounds
Calibrated Model
1
in
S-
-2
-3
-4
-6
i i i i i i i i i i i i r
95% Confidence Interval
J I
I I I I I I I I
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-11
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Halogenated Volatile Organic Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
•o
o
o
-------
Figure B-12
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Halogenated Volatile Organic Compounds
Calibrated Model
TJ
§
O
O
(C
«
CO
(0
0
O
I
100
1O -
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-13
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Miscellaneous Volatile Organic Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
g* —
-95% Confidence Interval
TJ
0 0
DC
Ul
-2
-3
-4
-6
-6
_L
107131 67641
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-14
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Miscellaneous Volatile Organic Compounds
Calibrated Model
UI
-2
-3
-4
-6 -
-e
95% Confidence Interval
_L
107131 67641
Compound CAS Number
-------
FigureB-15
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Miscellaneous Volatile Organic Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
100
o
o
o
oc
(0
(0
O
O
<5
a.
90 -
SO
70
6O
50
40
30
2O
10
107131 67641
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-16
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Miscellaneous Volatile Organic Compounds
Calibrated Model
100
•a
©
o
E
o
cc
10
CO
(3
o
2
o
a
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
SO -
40 -
30 —
20 -
10 -
107131 67641
Compound CAS Number
Blodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-17
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Uncalibrated Model
5 -
-95% Confidence Interval
I '
ui
-2
-3
-6
1 I 1 I T
"I 1 1 T
I I I
I
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-18
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Calibrated Model
a
-§
"3
I-
-2
-3
-4 -
-5 -
-e
95% Confidence Interval
J L
I i i
JL -
J L
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-19
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Uncaiibrated Model
•o
o
5
o
cc
-------
Percent of Mass Removed
W W < CD
° ° 2. 5*
•3 -3 JJ. o-
o o j= <£>
J3 P S 3
5 w 5s »
5' o -3 5*
M O M 3
ft) */ —'
Q q § o
•S.o&|
~ B 3 8"
"• 3 o •<
? EJ O
s; 5*
-i tO O A 01 0) »J
3OOOOOOO
1
1
1
0) (0 C
o o c
1
TJ
(D
o
o
B
•o
o
c
a
O
>
to
S 3
cr
o
0)
(0
(0
-------
Figure B-21
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Uncalibrated Model
5 -
4 -95% Confidence Interval
•o
'. "55
-2
-3
-5
-e
11097691 53469219
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-22
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Calibrated Model
I'
2
«o
Ul
u. ~1
-2
95% Confide ice Inter\
-4 -
-5 -
11097691 53469219
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-23
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Uncalibrated Model
9
O
o
DC
(0
-------
Figure B-24
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Calibrated Model
•o
o
5
i
tc
a
i
o
100
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
SO -
40 -
30 -
20 -
10 -
11097691 53469219
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorptlon, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-25
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Pesticides
Uncalibrated Model
O
5
4
3
2
•o
"5
i-
-2
-3
-4
-5
_K
1 1 I'l.l
—95% Confidence Interval ~
— . -
T
_
T T
- -
— ' . —
- -
T • . '•„
1 1 I 1 1
309O02319846 50293 58899 60571 76448
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-26
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Pesticides
Calibrated Model
I '
•§
"53
1-1
-2
-3
-4
-6
-6
95% Confidence Interval
T
I
I
I
50293 58899 60571 76448
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-27
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Pesticides
Uncalibrated Model
o
E
9
K
CO
«0
(0
e
o
o
e
a.
100
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -
10 -
309002319846 50293 58899 60571 76448
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-28
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Pesticides
Calibrated Model
•a
9
§
o
cc
09
CO
(0
O
O
s
O.
100
90
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40
30 -
20 -
10
50293 58899 60571 76448
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-29
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Phthalates
Uncalibrated Model
6
5
3
2
"5
•o
"35
0 0
DC
111
s-
-2
-3
-4
-5
_ it
••--•• III 1 II
T
9o75rCoi Tlaenc© interval
r T [
1 1
iv^A-
I
^
— • , :•• . 1 ^ 1
'
; :
i ii i i . i i i i
V69
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-30
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Phthalates
Calibrated Model
ui
I-
-2
-3
T
"95% Confidence Interval
J
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-31
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Phthalates
Uncalibrated Model
•o
9
O
E
(D
OC
CO
O
u
100
90 -
80 -
70 -
6O -
5O -
40 -
30 -
20 -
10 -
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-32
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Phthalates
Calibrated Model
o
0)
cc
(0
(0
(0
o
o
o
Q.
100
90 -
80 -
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -
10 -
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-33
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Acid Extractable Semivolatile Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
o
5
4
2
CO «
•= 1
CO
^
s
UJ
-2
-3
-4
-6
it
1 I 1 1 1 I
— -
-95% Confidence Interval ~
T
rV T
~ i
t=^=i
_ . —
- . -
- —
- —
_ - -
i i i i i i
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-34
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Acid Extractable Semivolatile Compounds
Calibrated Model
•S
if -1
-2
-3
-5 -
-6
"95% Confidence Interval
Compound CAS Number
-------
Percent of Mass Removed
W W < CD
° ° 2. 5'
•0 -0 B) Q.
££ ~ ~ *
O O JT S3
•5 «i N 7;
- - fi) W
•o w 5- &
2i 0) 3 n
§0-0
'.Hi!
» - o- g o
a §
-i Qi
O
0*
_i M « A Ol 0) S 09 (0 C
3 O O O O O O O O O C
j
1
1
|o&
* 5Q>
$ 3
tr
*
&
o
a
(D
t
O
(D
3
(0
30
<0 Tl
m
D)
O
3T
(D
O
fi)
3
25'
-------
Figure B-36
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Acid Extractable Semivolatile Compounds
Calibrated Model
10O
90 -
80 -
70 -
•o
s
o
E 6O
9
cc
(0
«9
1 50
| 40
o
30 -
20 -
10 -
Compound CAS Number
Blodegradation, Secondary Clarifler
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-37
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Base Extractable Semivolatile Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
-95% Confidence Interval
CO
2
to
UJ
-3
-.6
T
T
106467 122667 606202 91587
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-38
Boxplots of FATE Residuals by Compound
Base Extractable Semivolatile Compounds
Calibrated Model
Ul
-2
-3
-4
-5
95% Confidence Interval
106467 122667 606202 91587
Compound CAS Number
-------
Figure B-39
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Base Extractable Semivolatile Compounds
Uncalibrated Model
100
90 -
o
o
(0
M
aj
o
u
o
0.
70 -
60 -
50 -
40 -
30 -
20 -
10 -
106467 122667 6O6202 91587
^
Compound CAS Number
Biodegradation, Secondary Clarifler
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
Figure B-40
Percent of Mass Removed by Each Mechanism
Base Extractable Semivolatile Compounds
Calibrated Model
100
5
ra
§
I
90 -
80 -
70
60 -
50 -
40
30 -
20 -
10 -
106467 122667 606202 91587
Compound CAS Number
Blodegradatlon, Secondary Clarifier
Volatilization, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Secondary Clarifier
Sorption, Primary Clarifier
-------
APPENDIX C
Inorganic/Organic Compound List
-------
-------
Fate And Treatability Estimator
for Conventional Activated Sludge
Publicly Owned Treatment Works
Version 2.00
06/18/90
ABB Environmental Services, Inc.
Portland, Maine
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Technology Division, Washington, DC
ORGANIC DATABASE LISTING
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole m3h20/m3octanol
1,1,1,2 -Tetrachloroethane
3.81E-4 (M) 3.04 (M)
1,1, 1-Trichloroethane
1.44E-2 (M) 2.49 (M) :
1,1,2,2 -Tetrachloroethane
3.80E-4 (M) 2.39 (M)
1,1,2 -Tr ichloroethane
1.17E-3 (M) 2.47 (M)
1, 1-Dichloroethane
4.26E-3 (M) 1.79 (M)
1, 1-Dichloroethene
3.40E-2 (M) 1.84 (M)
Isodrin (Stereoisomer of Aldrin)
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
1,2,3,4,6,7, 8-Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
1,2,3,4,7, 8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
1,2,3,6,7, 8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
1,2,3,7,8, 9-Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
1,2,3,7, 8-Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
O.OOEO (D), 0.00 (U)
1, 2 , 3-Trichlorobenzene
4.77E-3 (E) 4.42 (E)
1,2, 3-Trichloropropane
4.06E-4 (E) 2.01 (M)
1 , 2 , 3-Trimethoxybenzene
3.39E-7 (E) 2.62 (E)
m:
-3
-3
-4
-3
-4
-2
-2
-4
-4
-4
-4
-4
-3
-3
-3
3/gV
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.30
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
rSS.d
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
.(E)
(E)
CASNO
630206
71556
79345
79005
75343
75354
465736
37871004
1030
57653857
19408743
40321764
87616
96184
634366
C-l
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 2
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole m3h20/m3octanol
1, 2 , 4 , 5-Tetrachlorobenzene
9.87E-3 (E) 4.67 (M)
1,2, 4-Trichlorobenzene
2.30E-3 (M) 4.28 (M)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester
2.80E-7 (M) 5.60 (M)
1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester
2.10E-7 (M) 2.12 (M)
1, 2-Dibromoethane
6.73E-4 (M) 1.76 (M)
1, 2-Dichlorobenzene
1.93E-3 (M) 3.60 (M)
1, 2-Dichloroethane
9.78E-4 (M) 1.53 (M)
1,2 -Dichloropr opane
2.31E-3 (M) 2.00 (M)
1, 2-Diphenylhydrazine
3.42E-9 (M) 2.90 (M)
1 , 2-Ethanediamine , N, N-dimethyl-N ' -2pyridinyl-N ' -
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
1, 2 : 3 , 4-Diepoxybutane
3.54E-8 (E) -1.80 (U)
Hirex \ Dechlorane
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Kepone
O.OOEO (U) 2.00 (M)
1,3, 5-Trithiane
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
1,3-Benzenediaxnine, 4-methyl-
1.28E-10 (M) 0.35 (M)
1,3-Benzodioxole, S-(l-propenyl) -
3.25E-12 (M) 2.66 (M)
1, 3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5, 5-hexachloro-
1.37E-2 (M) 5.04 (M)
1, 3-Dichloro-2-propanol
7.84E-7 (E) 1.04 (E)
1, 3-Dichlorobenzene
3.59E-3 (M) 3.56 (M)
m3
-3.
-3.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-3.
"""•3 •
-3.
-2.
(2-
-2.
-4.
-4.
-2.
-2.
-3.
-2.
-3.
-3.
/g^
00
00
00
00
30
00
00
00
00
00
30
00
00
30
00
00
00
00
00
rss.d
(E)
(E) ,
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
CASNO
95943
120821
84742
131113
106934
95501
107062
78875
122667
91805
1464535
2385855
143500
291214
95807
120581
77474
96231
541731
C-2
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 3
Henry's Law
Constant
atm-m3/mole
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
1,3-Dichloropropane
9.80E-4 (M)
1,3-Dinitrobenzene
1.95E-7 (E)
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
2.89E-3 (M)
1,4-Dioxane
1.07E-5 (M)
1,4-Naphthoquinone
2.31E-5 (U)
Dichlone \ Phygon
O.OOEO (U)
Endrin
5.00E-7 (M)
Aldrin
1.60E-5 (M)
1,5-Naphthalenediamine
O.OOEO (U)
l-Bromo-2-chlorobenzene
O.OOEO (U)
l-Bromo-3-chlorobenzene
O.OOEO (U)
l-Chloro-3-nitrobenzene
0,OOEO (U)
1-Methylfluorene
O.OOEO (U)
1-Methylphenanthrene
O.OOEO (U)
1-Naphthy1amine
5.21E-9 (M)
1-Phenylnaphthalene
O.OOEO (U)
1-Propene, 3-chloro-
9.15E-3 (M)
17-alpha-19-Norpregna-l,3,
O.OOEO (U)
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
4.53E-6 (U)
:0/m3o
1.97
1.62
3.60
0.01
1.78
0.00
5.60
5.30
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.44
0.00
0.00
2.07
0.00
1.71
5(10)
0.00
ictanol
(E)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(U)
(M)
(M)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(M)
(U)
(E)
-trien-20-yn-17-ol
(U)
m3/gVSS.d
-3.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
, 3-
-3.30 (E)
CASNO
142289
99650
106467
123911
130154
117806
72208
309002
2243621
694804
108372
121733
1730376
832699
134327
605027
107051
72333
58902
4.10 (M)
-2.30 (E)
C-3
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 4
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole m3h20/m3octanol
2,3, 6-Trichlorophenol
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
2 , 3-Benzof luorene
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
2 , 3-Dichloroaniline
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
2 , 3-Dichloronitrobenzene
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
2,4, 5-Trichlorophenol
2.18E-4 (M) 3.72 (M)
m3/gVSS . d
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
2,4,5-T \ Weedone \ Acetic acid, 2 , 4 , 5-trichlorophenoxy-
7.80E-9 (U) 2.34 (U) -2.00 (E)
2,4, 6-Trichlorophenol
4.00E-6 (M) 3.87 (M)
2 , 4-Dichlorophenol
2.75E-6 (M) 2.90 (M)
2,4-D \ Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy) -
1.88E-4 (M) 2.81 (M)
2 , 4-Dimethylphenol
2.52E-6 (M) 2.50 (M)
2 , 4-Dinitrophenol
6.45E-10 (M) * 1.53 (M)
2 , 4-Dinitrotoluene
5.09E-6 (M) 2.01 (M)
Heptachlor epoxide
4.39E-4 (M) 2.70 (M)
2 , 6-Dichlorophenol
4.80E-6 (U) 0.00 (U)
2 , 6-Dinitrotoluene
3.27E-6 (M) 2.05 (M)
2 , 6-di-tert-Butyl-p-benzoquinone
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
2 , 6-dichloro-4-nitroaniline
6.54E-3 (U) 0.00 (U)
2 , 7-Dimethylphenanthrene
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Dieldrin
4.58E-7 (M) 3.50 (M)
C-4
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
CASNO
933755
243174
608275
3209221
95954
93765
88062
120832
94757
105679
51285
121142
1024573
87650
606202
719222
99309
1576698
60571
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole
m3h2 0/m3octanol
2- (Methylthio) benzothiazole
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
2-Butanone
2.74E-5 (M)
2-Butenal
1.40E-5 (M)
2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro
1.15E-4 (E)
2-Chloro-l, 3 -butadiene
1.19E-2 (E)
Alachlor \ Metachlor \
3.40E-7 (U)
0.26 (M)
1.08 (E)
(mixture of cis and trans)
2.04 (E)
2.06 (E)
Lasso
2.32 (U)
2-Chloroethylvinyl ether
2.16E-5 (M) 1.28 (M)
2-Chloronaphthalene
3.15E-4 (M)
2 -Chlorophenol
4.70E-6 (M)
2-Hexanone
1.24E-5 (M)
2 -Isopropy Inaphthalene
O.OOEO (U)
2-Methylbenzothioazole
O.OOEO (U)
2 -Methy Inaphthalene
4.14E-4 (E)
2 -Nitroanil ine
6.28E-9 (E)
2-Nitrophenol
1.44E-5 (M)
2 -Pheny Inaphthalene
O.OOEO (U)
2-Picoline
2.40E-5 (M)
2-Propanone
6.80E-6 (M)
2-Propen-l-ol
3.69E-6 (M)
4.12 (M)
2.17 (M)
1.38 (M)
0.00 (U)
0.00 (U)
3.86 (M)
1.83 (E)
1.76 (M)
0.00 (U)
1.20 (M)
-0.24 (M)
-0.22 (M)
m3/gVSS . d
-2.00 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.30 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-1.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
CASNO
615225
78933
4170303
764410
126998
15972608
110758
91587
95578
591786
2027170
120752
91576
88744
88755
612942
109068
67641
107186
C-5
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole m3h20/m3octanol
2-Propenal
6.79E-5 (M) -0.10 (M)
2-Propenenitrile
8.84E-5 (M) 0.25 (M)
2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl-
3.92E-1 (U) 0.00 (U)
3,3" -Dichloro-4 , 4 ' -diaminodiphenyl ether
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
3,3' -Dichlorobenzidine
8.33E-7 (M) 3.50 (M)
3 , 6-Dimethylphenanthrene
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
3-Nitroaniline
1.54E-9 (E) 1.83 (M)
m3/gVSS.d
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-4.00 (E)
4/4'-DDD/Benzene, l,l'-(2/2-dichloroethylidene)bis [4-chloro- .
7.96E-6 (M) 6.20 (M) -2.30 (E)
4,4' -DDE/Benzene, 1,1'- (dichloroethenlyidine) bis
6.80E-5 (M) 7.00 (M)
[4-chloro
-2.30 (E)
4,4' -DDT/Benzene, 1, 1 ' - (2 , 2 , 2-trichloroethylidene) bis [4-chloro
5.13E-4 (M) 6.19 (M) -2.30 (E)
4,4* -Methylenebis (2-chloroaniline)
4.06E-11 (E) 3.94 (E)
4 , 5-dimethyl phenanthrene
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Chlordane
9.63E-6 (M) 3.32 (M)
Heptachlor
8.19E-4 (M) 4.40 (M)
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
O.OOEO (U) 4.28 (M)
4 -Chloro-2 -nitroaniline
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
4-Chloro-3 -methylphenol
2.50E-6 (M) 3.13 (M)
4-Chlorophenylphenyl ether
1.02E-2 (U) 4.08 (M)
Captafol \ Difolatan
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
-4.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
CASNO
107028
107131
126987
2843486
91941
1576676
99092
72548
72559
50293
101144
203645
57749
76448
i
101553
89634
59507
7005723
2425061
C-6
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 7
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanoI/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole m3h20/m3octanol
Captan
4.70E-5 (M) 2.35 (M)
4 -Methy 1 - 2 -pent anone
1.17E-4 (M) 1.62 (E)
4-Nitrophenol
3.31E-8 (M) 1.91 (M)
5-Nitro-o-toluidine
7.61E-3 (U) 0.00 (U)
7 , 12-Dimethylbenz (a) anthracene
2.73E-10 (U) 6.94 (M)
Acenaphthene
9.20E-5 (M) 4.33 (M)
Acenaphthylene
1.48E-3 (M) 3.70 (M)
Acet amide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl) -
2.23E-7 (U) 0.00 (U)
m3/gVSS . d
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
Ammonium, (4- (p- (dimethylamino) -alpha-phenylbenzyli
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U) -3.00 (E)
Aniline, 2 , 4 , 5-trimethyl-
4.06E-6 (E) 3.39 (E)
Anthracene
1.02E-3 (M) 4.45 (M)
Benz [ j ] aceanthry lene, 1 , 2-dihydro-3-methyl-
1.34E-4 (U) 7.11 (U)
Pronamide \ Kerb
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Benz anthr one
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Benzenamine
1.10E-6 (M) 0.98 (M)
Benzenamine, 4-chloro-
6.55E-7 (E) 1.83 (M)
Benzenamine, N, N-dimethyl-4- (pehnylazo) -
7.19E-9 (M) 3.72 (M)
Benzene
5.50E-3 (M) ,2.13 (M)
Methoxy chl or
1.58E-5 (E) 4.83 (M)
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-1.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
CASNO
133062
108101
100027
99558
57976
83329
208968
624.42
569642
137177
120127
56495
23950585
82053
62533
106478
60117
71432
72435
C-7
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 8
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
b iodegradat ion
rate constant
atm-ia3/mole m3
Chlorobenzilate \ Ethyl-4
7.24E-8 (E)
Benzenethiol
O.OOEO (U)
Benzidine
3.03E-7 (M)
Benzo (a) anthracene
1.16E-6 (M)
Benzo (a) pyrerie
1.55E-6 (M)
Benzo (b) f luoranthene
1.19E-5 (M)
Benzo (ghi) perylene
5.34E-8 (M)
Benzo (k) f luoranthene
3.94E-5 (M)
Benzoic acid
1.82E-8 (M)
h2 0/m3 oct ano 1
, 4 ' -dichlorobenzilate
4.36 (E)
2.52 (M)
1.30 (M)
5.61 (M)
6.04 (M)
6.06 (M)
6.51 (M)
6.06 (M)
1.19 (E)
Benzonitrile, 3 , 5-dibromo-4-hydroxy-
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Benzyl alcohol
6.10E-7 (M)
Biphenyl
1.01E-1 (M)
Biphenyl, 4-nitro
3.54E-6 (E)
Bromodichloromethane
2.12E-3 (M)
Bromomethane
1.06E-1 (M)
Butyl benzyl phthalate
l.OOE-6 (M)
Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic
O.OOEO (U)
Diallate \ Avadex
1.65E-4 (M)
Carbazole
4.40E-4 (U)
1.10 (M)
4.04 (M)
3.77 (E)
1.88 (M)
1.10 (M)
4.80 (M)
acid, salts and esters
0.00 (U)
0.73 (M)
3.29 (M)
C-8
m3/gVSS.d
-2.00, (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
CASNO
510156
108985
92875
56553
50328
205992
191242
207089
65850
1689845
100516
92524
92933
75274
74839
85687
111546
2303164
86748
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 9
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole m3h20/m3octanol
Carbon disulfide
1.20E-2 (M)
Chloroacetonitrile
O.OOEO (U)
Chlorobenzene
3.72E-3 (M)
Chloroethane
1.48E-2 (M)
Chloroform
3.39E-3 (M)
Chloromethane
4.40E-2 (M)
Chloropicrin
O.OOEO (U)
Chrysene
1.05E-6 (M)
Coumaphos \ Co-Ral
3.20E-8 (M)
Crotoxyphos \ Ciodrin
O.OOEO (U)
Mevinphos \ Phosdrin
O.OOEO (U)
2.00 (M)
0.00 (U)
2.84 (M)
1.54 (M)
1.97 (M)
0.95 (M)
2.44 (U)
5.61 (M) ./
0.00 (U)
0.00 (U)
0.54 (U)
Lindane \ gamma-BHC \ Hexachlorocyclohexane
7.85E-6 (M) 3.90 (M)
alpha-BHC
5.87E-6 (M)
delta-BHC
2.07E-7 (M)
beta-BHC
4.47E-7 (M)
Di-n-octyl phthalate
3.00E-7 (M)
Di-n-propylnitrosamine
6.92E-6 (M)
Dibenz o ( a , h ) anthracene
7.33E-8 (M)
Dibenzo[b,e] [l,4]dioxin,
3.60E-3 (M)
3.90 (M)
4.10 (M)
3.90 (M)
9.20 (M)
1.50 (M)
6.80 (M)
m3/gVSS . d
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
(gamma)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
2,3,7, 8-tetrachloro-
6.72 (M) -4.00 (E)
CASNO
75150
107142
108907
75003
67663
74873
76062
218019
56724
7700176
7786347
58899
319846
319868
,,319857
117840
621647
53703
1746016
C-9
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page ij
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole
Dibenzofuran
1.26E-5 (E)
Dibenzothiophene
O.OOEO (U)
Dibromochloromethane
0-.78E-3 (M)
Dibromomethane
9.98E-4 (M)
Dichloroiodomethane
O.OOEO (U)
Diethyl ether
1.72E-3 (E)
Diethyl phthalate
1.14E-6 (M)
Dimethyl sulfone
O.OOEO (U)
Diphenyl ether
2.24E-3 (M)
Diphenylamine
1.47E-7 (M)
Diphenyldisulfide
O.OOEO (U)
m3 h2 0/m3 octanol
4.31 (M)
0.00 (U)
2.09 (M)
1.53 (E)
0.00 (U)
0.89 (M)
2.50 (M)
0.00 (U)
4.20 (M)
3.60 (M)
0.00 (U)
m3/gVSS . d
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.30 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
6 , 9~Methano-2 , 3 , 4-benzodioxathiepin, 6 , 7
O.OOEO (U)
Thiodan I
O.OOEO (U)
Thiodan II
O.OOEO (U)
Endrin aldehyde
O.OOEO (U)
Endrine ketone
O.OOEO (U)
Ethane, pentachloro-
2.17E-3 (M)
Ethanethioamide
O.OOEO (U)
Ethanone, 1-phenyl
3.30E-7 (M)
3.66 (M)
3.55 (M)
3.62 (E)
5.60 (E)
0.00 (U)
3.67 (M)
-0.46 (M)
1.58 (M)
C-10
-4.00 (E)
-3.30 (E)
-3.30 (E)
-2.. 00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
CASNO
132649
132650
124481
74953
0015
60297
84662
67710
101848
122394
882337
1031078
959988
3321365
7421934
5349470
76017
62555
98862
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 11
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole m3h20/m3octanol
Nitrofen \ TOK
O.OOEO (U)
Ethyl cyanide
3.12E-5 (E)
Ethyl methacrylate
O.OOEO (U)
Ethylbenzene
6.44E-3 (M)
Nabam
O.OOEO (U)
Maneb \ Vancide
O.OOEO (U)
Zineb \ Dithane Z
O.OOEO (U)
Ethylenethiourea
3.08E-10 (E)
Fluoranthene
6.46E-6 (M)
Fluorene
6.42E-5 (M)
Hexachlorobenzene
6.81E-4 (M)
Hexachl or obutadiene
1.03E-2 (M)
0.00 (U)
0.87 (E)
0.00 (U)
3.15 (M)
1.92 (M)
0.00 (U)
0.00 (U)
-0.66 (M)
4.90 (M)
4 . 18 (M)
5.23 (M)
4.78 (M)
Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Hexachl or odibenz o f urans
O.OOEO (U)
Hexachloroethane
2.49E-3 (M)
Hexachloropropene
O.OOEO (U)
Hexanoic acid
1.04E-6 (E)
Indeno (1,2,3 -cd) pyrene
6.86E-8 (M)
lodomethane
5.34E-3 (M)
0.00 (U)
4.62 (M)
0.00 (U)
1.90 (M)
6.50 (M)
1.69 (M)
m3/gVSS . d
-4.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-1.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-4.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-3.00 (E)
CASNO
1836755
107120
97632
100414
142596
12427382
12122677
96457
20644O
86737
118741
87683
1200
1201
67721
1888717
142621
193395
74884
C-ll
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 12
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-mS/mole m3h20/m3octanol
Isobutyl alcohol
1.03E-5 (M)
Xsophorone
5.80E-6 (M)
Longifolene
O.OOEO (U)
0
1
0
.61
.70
.00
(M)
(M)
(U)
Methanesul fonic acid, ethyl ester
9.12E-8 (M) 0.21 (M)
Methyl methacrylate
2.43E-1 (M)
Methyl methanesul f onate
O.OOEO (U)
Methylene chloride
2.03E-3 (M)
N , N-Dimethy 1 f ormamide
3.55E-7 (E)
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine
5.21E-6 (E)
N-Nitrosodiethylamine
1.20E-6 (E)
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
7.90E-7 (M)
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
5.00E-6 (E)
N-Nitrosomethylethylamine
O.OOEO (U)
0
0
1
-1
1
0
0
2
0
N-Nitrosomethylphenylamine
O.OOEO (U) 0
N-Nitrosomorpholine
4.18E-8 (E)
N-Nitrosopiperidine
1.11E-8 (M)
Naphthalene
4.80E-4 (M)
Nitrobenzene
1.30E-5 (M)
Phosphorodithioic acid, O
O.OOEO (U)
-4
-0
3
1
,0,
0
.79
.00
.30
.01
.92
.48
.68
.57
.00
.00
.40
.49
.34
.85
(M)
(U)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(U)
(U)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
S-triethyl ester
.00 (U)
m3/gVSS . d
-1
-2
-3
-2
-2
-2
«»o
-1
-4
-4
-4
-4
-4
-4
-3
-3
-2
-2
-2
.00
.00
.00
*00
.00
.00
.00
.30
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
CASNO
78831
78591
475207
62500
80626
66273 .
75092
68122
924163
55185
62759
86306
10595956
614006
59892
100754
91203
98953
126681
C-12
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 13
Henry's Law
Constant
atm-m3/mo1e
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
m3 h2 0/m3 octano1
biodegradation
rate constant
Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-methyl ester
O.OOEO (U)
Zinophos \ Thionazin
O.OOEO (U)
PCB-1016
l.SOE-,4 (M)
PCB-1221
3.24E-4 (M)
PCB-1232
8.64E-4 (M)
PCB-1242
5.70E-4 (M)
PCB-1248
3.50E-3 (M)
PCB-1254
2.80E-3 (M)
PCB-1260
7.10E-3 (M)
Pentachlorobenzene
7.30E-3 (M)
0.00 (U)
0.00 (U)
4.38 (M)
4.08 (M)
4.54 (M)
4.11 (M)
5.60 (M)
6.04 (M)
7.15 (M)
5.19 (M)
Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Pentachlorodibenzofurans
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
PCNB \ Terraclor \ Quintozene
6.18E-4 (M) ~ "
Pentachlorophenol
2.80E-6 (M)
Pentamethylbenzene
O.OOEO (U)
Perylene
O.OOEO (U)
Phenanthrene
1.59E-4 (M)
Phenol
4.54E-7 (M)
5.45 (M)
5.04 (M)
0.00 (U)
6.50 (M)
4.46 (M)
1.48 (M)
DNBP \ Dinoseb \ 2-sec-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
1.20E-3 (M) 2.09 (M)
m3/gVSS . d
-2.00
-2.30
-3.30
-3.30
-3.30
-3.30
-3.30
-3.30
-3.30
-3.00
-4.00
-4.00
-3.30
-2.00
-4.00
-2.30
-2.30
-1.00
-3.00
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
CASNO
3288582
297972
12674112
11104282
11141165
53469219
12672296
11097691
11096825
608935
1289
1290
82688
87865
700129
198550
85018
108952
88857
C-13
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 14
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-mS/mole m3h20/m3octanol
Dinex \ DN-111 \ 2-Cyclohexyl-4 , 6-dinitrophenol
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Phenol , 2-methyl-4 , 6-dinitro-
4.49E-5 (M) 2.70 (M)
Phenothiazine
1.99E-2 (U) 0.00 (U)
Phosacetin
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Trichlorofon \ Dylox
1.71E-11 (M) 2.29 (M)
Naled \ Dibrom
O.OOEO (U) 1.38 (U)
Dichlorvos \ DDVP
3.50E-7 (M) 1-47 (M)
Tetrachlorvinphos \ Gardona
1.84E-9 (E) 3.53 (M)
Chlorfenvinphos \ Supona
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Dicrotophos \ Bidrin
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Monocrotophos \ Azodrin
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
t
Phosphamidon \ Dimecron
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Tricresylphosphate \ TCP \ TOCP
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Trimethylphosphate
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Hexamethylphosphoramide \ HMPA
1.51E-8 (E) 0.03 (M)
Demeton \ Systox
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Diazinon \ Spectracide
1.40E-6 (M) 2.76 (U)
Chlorpyrifos \ Dursban
4.10E-6 (M) 5.11 (M)
Fensulfothion \ Desan.it
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
m3/gVSS.d
-3.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.00 (E)
CASNO
131895
534521
92842
4104147
52686
300765
62737
961115
470906
141662
6923224
13171216
78308
512561
680319
8065483
333415
2921882
115902
C-14
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 15
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
biodegradation
rate constant
atm-m3/mole
Phorate \ Thimet
4.37E-7 (U)
Disulfoton
2.50E-6 (M)
Azinphos-ethyl \ Ethyl
O.OOEO (U)
Terbufos \ Counter
O.OOEO (U)
m3h2 0/m3 octanol m3/gVSS . d
-2.49
3.26
Guthion
0.00
0.00
Azinphos -methyl \ Guthion
3.80E-6 (M) 0.00
Phosmet \ Imidan
O.OOEO (U)
Cygon \ Dimethoate
9.17E-7 (U)
Fenthion \ Baytex
2.00E-7 (U)
Ethion \ Bladan
O.OOEO (U)
Dioxathion
O.OOEO (U)
2.83
2.71
2.68
0.00
0.00
Carbophenothion \ Trithion
O.OOEO (U) 0.00
Parathion \ Parathion ,
6.10E-7 (M)
ethyl
3.81
(U)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(M)
~(M)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(U)
(M)
Methyl parathion \ Parathion-methyl \ Metaphos
5.59E-8 (M) 1.91 (M)
Famphur \ Famophos
O.OOEO (U)
Leptophos \ Phosvel
2.66E-6 (U)
EPN \ Santox
O.OOEO (U)
Busan 85
O.OOEO (U)
0.00
6.31
0.00
0.00
(U)
(M)
(U)
(U)
Carbamic acid, methyldithio- , monopotassium salt
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Propane, 1 , 2-dibromo-3-chloro-
3.11E-4 (M) 2.29
(M)
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-3.
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
CASNO
298022
298044
2642719
13071799
86500
732116
60515
55389
563122
78342
786196
56382
298000
52857
21609905
2104645
128030
137417
96128
C-15
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT'
Page
Henry's Law
Constant
atm-m3/mole
2,4,5-TP \ Silvex
O.OOEO (U)
Pyrene
5.04E-6 (M)
Pyridine
7.00E-9 (M)
Resorcinol
l.OOE-13 (M)
Safrole
1.29E-7 (M)
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
m3h20/m3octanol
0.00 (U).
4.88 (M)
0.66 (M)
0.80 (M)
2.53 (M)
biodegradation
rate constant
Carbataic acid, dimethyldithio-, sodium salt
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Squalene
O.OOEO (U)
Styrene
9.70E-3 (M)
Malathion \ Sumitox
3.75E-7 (E)
0.00 (U)
2.95 (M)
2.89 (M)
Sulfurous acid, 2-chloroethyl-, 2-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl)
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U) " "
Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
O.OOEO (U) 6.20 (M)
Tetrachlorodibenzofurans
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Tetrachloroethene
2.59E-2 (M)
Tetrachloromethane
2.41E-2 (M)
2.60 (M)
2.64 (M)
TEPP \ Phosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Thianaphthene
O.OOEO (U)
3.10 (U)
Thiram \ Thiuram \ Arasan
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Sulfotepp \ Bladafum \ Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate
O.OOEO (U) 0.00 (U)
Thioxanthe-9-one
O.OOEO (U)
m3,
-2.
-2.
-2.
-1.
-2.
-2.
-3.
-2.
"""di •
Leth
-3.
-4.
-4.
-3-
-3.
-2.
-2.
-2.
ate
-2.
/gV
00
30
00
00
30
00
00
30
00
yi)
00
00
00
00
00
00
30
00
,00
SS.d
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
CASNO 1
93721
129000
110861
108463
94597
128041
7683643
100425
121755
140578
j
1331
1332
127184
56235
107493
95158
137268
368924
492228
0.00 (U)
-3.00 (E)
C-16
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 17
Henry's Law
Constant
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
b iodegradation
rate constant
arm-mj/moie m3h2
Toluene
6.70E-3 (M)
Total xylenes
5.10E-3 (M)
Camphechlor
4.89E-3 (M)
Tribromomethane
5.52E-4 (M)
Trichloroethene
9.10E-3 (M)
Trichlorofluoromethane
5.80E-2 (M)
Triphenylene
O.OOEO (U)
Tripropyleneglycol methyl e
O.OOEO (U)
Vinyl acetate
6.20E-4 (M)
Vinyl chloride
8.19E-2 (M)
Ziram \ Cymate
O.OOEO (U)
[1,1' -Bipheny 1 ] -4 -amine
1.59E-8 (M)
alpha-Terpineol
1.35E-5 (E)
beta-Naphthylamine
8.23E-8 (M)
bis (2 -Chloroethoxy) methane
2.70E-7 (M)
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
1.30E-5 (M)
bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ethe
1.13E-4 (M)
bis(2-Ethylhexyl) phthalate
3.00E-7 (M)
cis-l, 3-Dichloropropene
3.55E-3 (M)
:0
2
3
3
2
2
2
0
t
0
0
1
0
2
2
2
1
1
r
2
8
1
/m3c
.73
.55
.30
.40
.38
.53
.00
her
.00
.73
.38
.00
.78
.90
.07
.26
.46
.10
.70
.98
actanol
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(U)
(U)
(M)
(M)
(U)
(M)
(E)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
m3
-1.
-2.
-3.
-3.
*""O •
-3.
-2.
-3.
-2.
-3.
-2.
-2.
-2.
-4.
-4.
-4.
-4.
-2.
-3.
i/g^
30
30
30
00
00
00
30
00
00
00
00
00
30
00
00
00
00
00
00
7SS.d
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
CASNO
108883
1330207
8001352
75252
79016
75694
217594
20324338
108054
75014
137304
92671
98555
91598
111911
111444
108601
117817
10061015
C-17
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Page 18
Henry's Law
Constant
atm-m3/mole
H-Cresol
1.09E-7 (E)
n-Decane
7.68E-2 (E)
n-Docosane
O.OOEO (U)
n-Dodecane
8.27E-2 (E)
n-Eicosane
O.OOEO (U)
n-Hexacosane
O.OOEO (U)
n-Hexadecane
9.90E-2 (E)
n-Octacosane
O.OOEO (U)
n-Octadecane
1.38E-1 (E)
n-Tetracosane
O.OOEO (U)
n-Tetradecane
7.12E-2 (E)
n-Triacontane
O.OOEO (U)
o + p xylene
5.26E-3 (M)
o,p'-DDT
O.OOEO (U)
o-Anisidine
1.38E-6 (E)
o-Cresol
1.20E-6 (M)
o-Toluidine
2.72E-6 (E)
o-Toluidine, 5-chloro-
O.OOEO (U)
p-Cresol
7.78E-7 (M)
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
m3h20/m3octanol
1.96 (M)
4.46 (E)
9.68 (E)
5.33 (E)
8.81 (E)
0.00 (U)
7.07 (E)
12.29 (E)
7.94 (E)
10.55 (E)
6.20 (E)
0.00 (U)
3.13 (U)
6.19 (M)
0.95 (M)
1.95 (M)
1.32 (M)
0.00 (U)
1.94 (M)
biodegradation
rate constant
m3/gVSS . d
-1.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.00 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-2.30 (E)
-1.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-3.00 (E)
-1.00 (E)
CASNO
108394
124185
629970
112403
112958
630013
544763
630024
593453
646311
629594
638686
1952
789026
90040
95487
95534
95794
106445
C-18
-------
EPA FATE MODEL REPORT
Henry's Law
Constant
atm-m3/mole
log octanol/water
partition coefficient
m3h20/m3octanol
biodegradation
rate constant,
m3/gVSS.d
Page 19
CASNO
p-Cymene
O.OOEO (U)
p-Nitroaniline
l.OOE-6 (M)
Trifluralin \ Treflan
2.64E-5 (E)
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
6.60E-3 (M)
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene
3.55E-3 (M)
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
2.65E-4 (E)
l.OOE-11 (M)
4.10
1.39
5.38
0.48
1.98
t
2.38
3,3'
1.46
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(E)
-dimethoxy
(M)
-2.
-4.
-3.
-3.
-3.
-3.
-3.
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
(E)
99876
100016
1582098
156605
10061026
110576
119904
NOTES:
1.
2.
Compound parameters are categorized by their source. Qualifiers are-
M - a measured value taken from the literature
E - a value estimated using an accepted method
U - The value is unavailable an must be supplied by the user.
S - Biodegradation rate constant has been simulated
Choose from Main Menu for list of model assumption
C-19
-------
Fate And Treatability Estimator
for Conventional Activated Sludge
Publicly Owned Treatment Works
Version 2.00
06/18/90
ABB Environmental Services, Inc.
Port1and, Maine
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Technology Division, Washington, DC
INORGANICS DATABASE LISTING
Antimony
Barium
Aluminum
Chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Zinc
Arsenic
cadmium
Primary
Coeff .
127.00
90.00
46.40
50.00
110.00
59.00
59.00
217.00
150.00
130.00
36.00
135.00
130.00
60.00
Secondary
Coeff.
80.00
64.00
30.40
124.00
50.00
37.00
88.00
193.00
115.00
1000.00
20.00
62.00
130.00
83.00
CASNO
7440360
7440393
7429905
7440473
7440508
7439896
7439921
7439965
7439976
7440020
7440224
7440666
7440382
7440439
C-20
-------
APPENDIX D
SYSTEM DATABASE DESCRIPTION
The FATE model is composed of four databases: the Facility, Organic, Inorganic, and Unit
Conversion databases. This appendix describes the components of each database, and how the
FATE model uses each database for its functions.
The Facility Database is used to store specific operating plant parameters for the three default
POTWs - 'SMALL,' 'MEDIUM,' and 'LARGE.' It also has capacity to store operating data for
any POTW the user wishes FATE to estimate. Table 1 lists and describes each parameter contained
in the Facility Database.
The Organics Database lists all organic compounds used by FATE, their CAS numbers and class,
and their respective chemical constants (e.g., Henry's Law Constant, octanol/water partition
coefficient, and Biodegradation rate constant.) The influent concentration of the organic compound
of concern is also stored in the Organics Database, as is concentration values where, at that particular
concentration, inhibition effects are present. Table 2 lists all parameters contained in the Organics
Database.
The Inorganics Database lists the inorganic compounds for which FATE will run, their correspond-
ing CAS numbers, and coefficients used to predict the fate of the inorganic compound. The influent
concentration of the compound of concern is also stored in the Inorganics Database. Table 3
describes each parameter contained in the Inorganics Database.
For the Unit Conversion Database, standard units for FATE facility parameters were established
from a poll of actual POTWs which determined the most common units POTWs use in their record
keeping. FATE therefore has the capacity to convert facility parameters, which appear in the lower
left of the FATE screen, from one unit to another. If a facility does not record its operating
parameters in the standard units which appear on the screen, FATE will allow input of the values
in alternate units and subsequently convert them to standard FATE units. Table 4 lists and describes
the standard units used in FATE, alternate units FATE is capable of converting for each specific
parameter, and the numerical conversion factor.
D-l
-------
APPENDIX D
Variable Name
FCSEL
FCFCL
FCSTD
FCQ
FCQP
FCXP
FCV
FCXL
FCG
FCQW
FCXV
Table 1 - Facility Database
Description
If FCSEL equals '#,' the facility
has been selected for a FATE
model run
Name of Facility
Record Type ('*' indicates
default facility)
Plant Flow Rate
Primary Sludge Flow Rate
Primary Sludge Concentration
Total Volume of Aeration Basins
Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids
Gas Volumetric Flow Rate to
Aeration Basin
Wasted Sludge Row Rate
Wasted Sludge Concentration
Unit
NA
NA
NA
MOD
gal
mg/1
cu.ft/d
D-2
-------
Table 2 - Organics Database
APPENDIX D
Variable Name
COSEL
COCMP
COCASNO
COSTD
COHC
COHCE
COHTYPE
COLKOW
COLTYPE'
COK
COKTYPE
COSI
COCLASS
COI
COINTYPE
Description
If COSEL equals '#,' then the organic compound
has been selected for the FATE model
Regulatory organic compound name
CAS number of the organic compound
If COSTD equals '*', then the compound CAS
number and chemical constants are default values
Henry's Law Constant of the organic compound
Henry's Law Constant Exponent
Henry's Law Constant type (COHTYPE may
equal 'M' - Measured, '£' - Estimated, or 'U' -
Unavailable)
Log octanol/water partition coefficient of the or-
ganic compound
Log octanol/water partition coefficient type (COL-
TYPE may equal 'M,' '£,' or 'U' as described
previously)
Biodegradation rate constant of the organic com-
pound
Biodegradation rate constant type (COKTYPE
equals '£;' all rate constants were estimated)
Influent concentration of organic compound
Class of the compound:
DIO - Dioxin
PC - Pesticide (Carbamate)
PH - Pesticide (Herbicide)
POH - Pesticide (Organo halide)
POP - Pesticide (Organo phosphorous)
SVA - Semi-volatile (Acid)
SVB - Semi-volatile (Base)
SVN - Semi-volatile (Neutral)
VOL - Volatile
Inhibition concentration
Scale at which inhibition concentration was
measured (U-Unknown, B-Benchtop, P-Pilot
plant, F-Full scale, NA-Not available)
Unit
NA
NA
NA
NA
atm - m /mole
NA
NA
•3 o
m H2O/m octanol
mg/1
NA
mg/1
NA
D-3
-------
APPENDIX D
Variable Name
CISEL
CICMP
CICASNO
CISTD
CIRW
CIML
CISI
Table 3 - Inorganics Database
Description
If CISEL equals '#,' then the
inorganic compound has been
selected for the FATE model
Regulatory inorganic
compound name
Inorganic compound CAS
number
If CISTD equals '*,' then the
compound name and CAS
number are EPA standards
Constant for the inorganic in
the primary system1
Constant for inorganic in the
secondary system
Influent concentration of the
inorganic compound
Unit
NA
NA
NA
NA*
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
D-4
-------
APPENDIX D
Table 4 - Unit Conversion Database
Facility Parameter
Plant flow (Q)
Primary sludge flow (Qp)
Primary sludge cone. (Xp)
Aeration basins volume (V)
MLSS (Xi)
FATE Default Unit
MOD
EPd
gal
mg/1
Other Units
CU.M/D
L/D
GPD
GPM
MOD
L/D
LB/GAL
LB/CU.M
G/CU.M
UG/L
PPB
MG/L
PPM
L
CU.FT
CU.M
MGAL
LB/GAL
LB/CU.M
PPM
UG/L
PPB
Gas flow rate (G.)
Waste sludge flow rate (Qw)
Waste sludge cone. (Xv)
cf/d
G/CU.M
L/D
CU.FT/HR
CU.M/HR
CU.M/D
CFM
GPM
MOD
L/D
UG/L
MG/L
PPB
LB/CU.M
LB/GAL
G/CU.M
PPM
D-5
-------
-------
APPENDIX E
FATE MODEL MAP OF CURSOR KEY MOVEMENTS
-------
-------
FUNCTION
FATE MODEL KEY MOVEMENTS
KEY(S)
COMMENTS
CURSOR MOVEMENT
UP
DOWN
LEFT
RIGHT
SELEC1
FACILITY
COMPOUND
RUN
"RUN
PRINT
SINGLE COMPOUND REPORT
MULTIPLE COMPOUND REPORT
FACILITY DATABASE
COMPOUND DATABASE
HELP
UNMARK SELECTEDRECORDS
GROUP MARKS
GO TO (LETTER OR NUMBER)
CAS # SEARCH
SYSTEM UTILITIES
GO TO DOS
REMOVE BLANK OR
MARK-FOR-OELETION RECORDS
REBUILD INDEXES OF DATABASES
EDITING
EDIT
COPY
ADD
DELETE
I
< SPACE BAR >
< SPACE BAR >
/R
- /PS
/PM
/PF
/PC
(LETTER OR NUMBER)
/S
/UM
/UR
' # " APPEARS TO LEFT OF NAME
' #' APPEARS TO LEFT OF NAME
ORGANIC AND
INORGANIC DATABASES OBTAINED
MAY VIEW ALL SELECTED
RECORDS AT ONCE
FOR ORGANIC/INORGANIC
DATABASES ONLY
TYPE' EXIT * TO RETURN TO FATE
NOT VALID FOR »** RECORDS
TO DELETE FROM
DATABASE FOLLOW WITH / UM
6098-81
-------
-------
INDEX
#
Add
Backup
CAS #
Continue
Copy
Delete
Edit
Facility
Group
Help
Maintenance
Menu Mode
Print
Quit
Rebuild
Run
Selection Mode
System
Unit
Unit Conversion
Unmark
Utilities
5,7-8,11- 12, 14
5,8,11,14
3, 16, 17
8, 12, 15
6, 15, 17
8, 13, 14
13 - 14, 16
6, 11, 13, 14 "
5
15
13-14
14,16
9,11,14-15,18,20
9, 15 - 16, 18, 19, 20
15,17
16
4-5,9,11,15-16,18
11-12,15,18
15 -17
13 -14
6,13
12, 15
14-16
-------
-------